Matthew Todorovski / Perfil
- Informações
10+ anos
experiência
|
1
produtos
|
554
versão demo
|
0
trabalhos
|
0
sinais
|
0
assinantes
|
“A billion dollars ain’t sh*t, for what I’m tryin’ to do.” (Akon)
http://bit.ly/34dBmRJ
[̲̅$̲̅(̲̅ιοο̲̅)̲̅$̲̅] [̲̅$̲̅(̲̅ιοο̲̅)̲̅$̲̅] [̲̅$̲̅(̲̅ιοο̲̅)̲̅$̲̅] [̲̅$̲̅(̲̅ιοο̲̅)̲̅$̲̅] [̲̅$̲̅(̲̅ιοο̲̅)̲̅$̲̅] [̲̅$̲̅(̲̅ιοο̲̅)̲̅$̲̅] [̲̅$̲̅(̲̅ιοο̲̅)̲̅$̲̅]
Greetings and salutations fellow entrepreneur. Welcome to my profile.
I hope you will find some inspiration and encouragement here to assist you on your trading journey.
For the best trading conditions, I recommend using the world's largest true-ECN forex broker (2015): http://bit.ly/2t8SCL2
If you are unable to due to regulations, I recommend this one: http://bit.ly/2L9mdd2
Earn CashBack on your trading commissions: http://bit.ly/3ryoceI
If you want answers, this will help you: https://bit.ly/3gfkBM0
Thank you for visiting my profile.
May you enjoy many green pips!
Matt Todorovski
Maverick trader, currency speculator, professional gambler
◦ Computer Operator, Technological micro Data (2003-2006)
◦ Shop Assistant, Woolworths Supermarkets (2005 - 2017)
◦ Security Officer, [undisclosed employer] (2006 - today)
◦ Station Officer, [undisclosed employer] (2008 - today)
◦ Entrepreneur and property investor (2003-2012)
◦ Forex Wannabe, aspired self-employment (2008 - 2018)
◦ Forex Millionaire, achieved self-employment (2018 - today)
◦ Forex Trillionaire, achieved financial freedom (fait accompli): https://bit.ly/3e0fNcA
My opinion is gratuitous, your munificence is magnanimous!
http://bit.ly/34dBAs3
◦ High Hopes: http://bit.ly/2PbuVKp
◦ Remember The Name: http://bit.ly/2YCE02h
◦ Trader’s Anthem: http://bit.ly/2YIT2DC
THIS IS NOT DEMO
__________________________________________________
►MODERN DAY ALCHEMY: CREATING MONEY FROM "NOTHING"
"Before you start some work, always ask yourself three questions - Why am I doing it, What the results might be and Will I be successful. Only when you think deeply and find satisfactory answers to these questions, go ahead." (Chanakya, Indian teacher, philosopher, economist, jurist and royal advisor, c.371-283 BC)
➊ AIM
To generate a perpetual income on auto-pilot.
➋ HYPOTHESIS
▸ Hypothesis 1:
Foreign Exchange (forex) is the PRE-EMINENT method to make money:
◦ http://bit.ly/35d2v8p
◦ http://bit.ly/2Pem36Z
The benefits compared to conventional business, property, shares, etc:
◦ greater profit potential (high leverage, volatility) (Time + Leverage = Profit);
◦ lower entry barriers: easier to get started, few overhead costs (no employees, no inventory);
◦ highly liquid: immediate entry & exit of the market;
◦ better risk management: custom position sizing between 0.01 - 100 Lots, using trading strategies (eg. hedging);
◦ business-automation: trading robots (Expert Advisors);
◦ market is open 24 hours x 5 days: more trade opportunities, work when you choose;
◦ simplicity: fewer instruments to analyse and trade;
◦ ease of tax calculations: trading statements provide all evidence;
◦ scalability: ease of multiplying results;
◦ enormous volume: market manipulation more difficult;
◦ geographic independence: trade anywhere, mobile business;
◦ recession-proof: business continuity unaffected by disasters, macroeconomics, etc.;
◦ immediate analysis: obtain an accurate "statement of financial position" at all times.
"The most successful investors don't diversify. Rather, they FOCUS (Follow-One-Course-Until-Successful) and specialize. They get to know the investment category they invest in and how the business works better than anyone else." (Robert Kiyosaki, American businessman and author)
“Wide diversification is only required when investors do not understand what they are doing.” (Warren Buffett, American business magnate, investor, speaker and philanthropist)
“The price of a commodity will never go to zero. When you invest in commodities futures, you are not buying a piece of paper that says you own an intangible of a company that can go bankrupt.” (Jim Rogers, American businessman and financial commentator)
▸ Hypothesis 2:
"All unsustainable moves are corrected." (Scott Barkley, Forex Trainer and analyst, President ProAct Traders)
"This makes sense when you step back and look at the big picture. Nothing goes up in a straight line forever. Not stocks. Not real estate. Not anything. There always have to be periods of corrections… booms followed by busts." (Simon Black, international investor, entrepreneur, founder of Sovereign Man)
➌ EQUIPMENT / PREREQUISITES
☐ reliable external income source;
☐ Australian Business Number (ABN);
☐ Personal Computer (PC) with ADSL internet;
☐ FSA/ASIC-regulated ECN/STP broker (recommended: http://bit.ly/2t8SCL2 );
☐ Virtual Private Server (VPS) or Dedicated Server (DS);
☐ MetaTrader 4 (MT4) trading platform;
☐ minimum $10,000 risk capital;
☐ Expert Advisor (EA) trading robot (recommended EA here: https://bit.ly/3aDT7i1 )
☐ registered tax agent;
☐ determination, fortitude, patience, courage, FOCUS.
➍ METHOD OF PROCEDURE (MOP)
☐ have a reliable income source eg. a JOB (Just Over Broke) or a solid conventional business;
☐ register an ABN for taxation purposes;
☐ open a free $10,000 DEMO account at a regulated broker: http://bit.ly/2t8SCL2
☐ obtain a VPS (broker-sponsored or direct from provider);
☐ install MT4 terminal from broker's website;
☐ install EA on MT4 terminal;
☐ backtest EA in MT4's Strategy Tester;
☐ forward test EA on Demo Account for at least three months;
☐ destroy useless robots: http://bit.ly/2sm1OuV
☐ pending satisfactory forward test, open a Real account with a minimum $10,000 risk capital;
☐ register Real account for rebates on broker commissions at www.rebatekingfx.com
☐ retain all trading statements and expense receipts for taxation;
☐ DON’T GIVE UP: if you fail, return to Step 6;
☐ cumulatively compound profits;
☐ declare all profits and pay your tax honestly;
☐ regularly withdraw profits, maintaining sufficient margin at all times;
☐ upgrade VPS to DS; use FIX API trade execution;
☐ make a positive difference to the world; be generous and help others.
➎ SAFETY/RISKS
▸ Forex trading involves a high degree of risk, including the loss of your entire investment:
◦ Do not invest money you cannot afford to lose;
◦ Do not trade unless you understand the risks;
◦ Past performance is no guarantee of future performance;
◦ Results will vary depending upon broker conditions, VPS provider and EA settings.
▸ Market odds are 1:1 - either up or down. That's better odds than the casino, sports betting and lottery. You then improve your odds by observing:
◦ Long-Term Support / Resistance levels;
◦ Long-Term Overbought / Oversold levels (correlations of same currency with different pairs);
◦ 4H, Daily, Weekly charts;
◦ Fibonacci confirmations;
◦ positive Swaps;
◦ fundamentals and market dynamics.
▸ Forex is the fastest way to wealth and paradoxically to penury. Before considering VPS costs, broker commissions, latency, slippage, low liquidity, etc., the odds are mathematically stacked against you:
◦ a loss of 10% requires a gain of 11.11% to recover;
◦ a loss of 20% requires a gain of 25% to recover;
◦ a loss of 30% requires a gain of 42.86% to recover;
◦ a loss of 40% requires a gain of 66.67% to recover;
◦ a loss of 50% requires a gain of 100% to recover.
▸ Risks in forex include:
◦ high leverage;
◦ broker conditions;
◦ "Black Swan" events: eg. Swiss Franc January 2015, Brexit June 2016, GBPUSD Flash Crash October 2016, Yen Flash Crash January 2019;
◦ News events eg. NFP, FOMC;
◦ strategy, user settings, programming quality of EA or system;
◦ "opportunity cost" when losing time or money.
"Many great entrepreneurs have had a moment when they have lost everything. Monks create this situation intentionally through 'Vairagya' when they give up all money and possessions. Many entrepreneurs end up in the same situation unintentionally." (Roger Hamilton, world renowned futurist and social entrepreneur, http://bit.ly/2E552px )
"A wise man says: 'HIGH RISK HIGH PROFIT, LOW RISK LOW PROFIT, AND NO RISK NO PROFIT.'
Another wise man says: 'THERE IS A DIFFERENCE BETWEEN TAKING RISK AND BEING FOOLISH.' (anon)
➏ RESULTS
Archived Myfxbook profile: http://bit.ly/2EaQVPA
Current Myfxbook profile: http://bit.ly/2YLQp40
THIS IS NOT DEMO
▸ TAX ASSESSED BUSINESS PROFIT (LOSS):
FY2009: $ (30,499) $5,300 refund
FY2010: $ (37,280) plus $3,693 debt (wrong tax treatment)
FY2011: $ (19,288) plus $5,448 debt (wrong tax treatment)
FY2012: $ (2,904) plus $9,681 debt (wrong tax treatment)
FY2013: $ (159,324) $18,973 refund
FY2014: $ (74,721) $16,719 refund
FY2015: $ (71,542) $18,958 refund
FY2016: $ (91,413) $23,272 refund
FY2017: $ (58,031) $11,758 refund
FY2018: $ (137,530) $29,710 refund
FY2019: $ (1,376,387) $23,496 refund (future tax offset: $1,478,678)
FY2020: $ (213,177) $27,672 refund
FY2021: $ ...
▸ MILESTONES:
$32,000: invested $4k and made 800% return in 4.5 days using CFDs (Aug 2008)
$1.69: started primary account 313166 (22 Nov, 2013)
-$327,127: nadir of primary account 313166 (27 Aug, 2018)
$0 profit: zero point of primary account 313166 (27 Sep, 2018)
$1 million net profit: Posted 9 Oct, 2018
$2 million net profit: Achieved 16 Oct, 2018
$4 million net profit: Achieved 19 Oct, 2018
$6 million net profit: Achieved 1 Nov, 2018
$8 million net profit: Achieved 28 Nov, 2018
$10 million net profit: Posted 4 Dec, 2018
$11 million net profit: Posted 5 Dec, 2018
$12 million net profit: Posted 13 Dec, 2018
$13 million net profit: Posted 21 Dec, 2018
$13.5 million loss (approx) (96%): Posted 3 Jan, 2019
◦ http://bit.ly/2sm431j
◦ http://bit.ly/2E6tvdR
$604: nadir of 20 accounts. Posted 06 June 2020.
$100 million net profit: Posted... http://bit.ly/2sm3i8s
$1 billion net profit: Posted...
$10 billion net profit: Posted...
$100 billion net profit: Posted...
$1 trillion net profit: Posted... http://bit.ly/2ShTeHb
▸ Other examples:
◦ "Gann held a trading record which has been unsurpassed by anyone since. In front of a customs inspector he turned $130 into $12,000 in less than 1 month." ( http://bit.ly/2sn9zkj )
◦ http://bit.ly/34ep3V0
◦ http://bit.ly/2E9iRTL
"Don't let yourself get attached to anything you are not willing to walk out on in 30 seconds flat if you feel the heat around the corner.” (Robert De Niro, American actor)
“When I thought I couldn't go on, I forced myself to keep going. My success is based on persistence, not luck.” (Norman Lear, American television writer)
“You may be disappointed if you fail, but you are doomed if you don't try.” (Beverly Sills, American operatic soprano)
"The AMOUNT of money you have does not matter; what matters is the SYSTEM you use. No AMOUNT of money can save you if you have a bad SYSTEM. Conversely, if you have a good SYSTEM you can start with a small AMOUNT and easily become rich." (Matthew Todorovski)
➐ DISCUSSION
▸ Trading vs Gambling
With experience comes understanding. By this method you will tell who has experience and who has none:
◦ traders with little experience will resent comparisons between "trading" and "gambling" as anathema.
◦ traders with much experience will understand "trading is by very definition gambling".
Refer:
◦ Rule 4 and 5 "Michael Steinhart" (below)
◦ http://bit.ly/2sjo1K6
◦ https://bit.ly/39uiF0m
◦ http://bit.ly/2sjoR9I
◦ http://bit.ly/2PbxvA5
◦ http://bit.ly/35azWZy
◦ http://bit.ly/2E7FckD
◦ http://bit.ly/2PbFFse
◦ http://bit.ly/2E57355
◦ http://bit.ly/2seGd7Y
◦ http://bit.ly/35daCSF
◦ http://bit.ly/349kV8L
◦ http://bit.ly/2qMvuBe
◦ http://bit.ly/2seGub0
◦ http://bit.ly/2P9PGWZ
◦ http://bit.ly/35eSwPZ
◦ http://bit.ly/2E9bpbu
◦ http://bit.ly/2U3I7lW
◦ http://bit.ly/38bBnuN
▸ Expert Advisors
There is a plethora of Expert Advisors (EA) to consider. Essential criterion include:
◦ positive user reviews: http://bit.ly/35cYcKv
◦ verified Real monitoring account(s) with over three months' trade history;
◦ prompt and helpful pre-sales / after-sales support;
◦ fair price and license options;
◦ details of trading strategy;
◦ clear user instructions: pairs, timeframes, parameters;
◦ margin requirements.
◦ During Demo forward test performance, confirm:
- suitability of broker trading conditions;
- EA settings for desired performance;
- reasonable frequency of trading;
- stable EA operations.
◦ Red flags to avoid:
- excessive server messages;
- large StopLoss in comparison to TakeProfit;
- Lotsize increases;
- multiple orders.
▸ Curriculum Vitae
◦ 2003-2008: I attended many investment seminars on shares, property, options, etc. Spent upwards of approximately AUD$50,000.
◦ Oct 2008: I became interested in forex during the GFC (Global Financial Crisis) of 2008, when front-page news highlighted the opportunity. For the first time ever, the Aussie Dollar reached parity with the US Dollar (August 2008) and my first foray into forex began with CFDs at CMC Markets. I heavily sold AUDUSD, turning $4K into $32K within 4.5 days from the Monday until Friday afternoon, but my account was over-leveraged to the extent that open profit dropped by $10K to $22K within 30 minutes! At US$0.89 I decided the market still had a long way to go down, so I kept my positions open expecting I would survive. Unfortunately, the market corrected to US$0.92 and I received my first ever margin call. It was a thrilling learning experience and I was convinced!
◦ 2008-2018: Many hopeful moments, but overall results were quite depressive and devastating. The main failures were over-leveraging, risk-taking, overconfidence (in my own skills and EAs) and impatience. Estimated trading losses approximated AUD$700K(?), but be reminded:
- "You pay for education, whether university or real-life experience";
- "No one becomes successful from Day 1";
- “Nothing worth doing is ever easy" (Theodore Roosevelt, American statesman and writer, 26th POTUS, 1858-1919);
- "Make all your mistakes early in life" (Rule 1 “Michael Steinhardt”, below).
- Losses are offset against Assessable Tax Income with an ABN business. A good tax agent is essential - the difference can be seen in Results above.
◦ Sep 2018: I stopped focusing on low timeframes of 1M, 5M, 15M, 1H, and began focusing on high timeframes of 4H, Daily, and Weekly. With AUD$50,000 ($20K of savings + $30K FY2018 tax refund), I happen-chanced upon the CHFSGD being overbought and nearing long-term resistance after seven-straight Long days. Short CHFSGD was Swap-positive, so even more encouragement to hold the positions for the ride down! I Shorted heavily and made over 800% in less than a month (posted 28 Sep 2018).
◦ Oct 2018: I Shorted EURTRY and boosted my equity from $450K to over $9M (29 November 2018). I could have made at least three times as much, if not for my broker's Trading Desk coercing me to reduce my exposure by half, under duress of reduced leverage. Exposure was reduced by 70%, from 670 Lots to only 200 Lots (posted 16 Oct 2018). Refer Rule 4 and 6 “Michael Steinhart” (below). Opened 20 new broker accounts and received broker sponsorship for 12 new VPS. Daily profits exceeded $100k; monthly volumes exceeded 20,000 Lots (broker rebate = USD$58,000 / 0.375 / $7(RTL).
◦ Jan 2019: Yen Flash Crash costs me $13.5 million (approx. 96% loss) (posted 3 Jan, 2019) due to a combination of factors:
- mirroring the same system and settings to all accounts;
- trading many pairs (correlation risk);
- increasing Risk by 40x;
- splitting money across 20 accounts (lowered available margin);
- not using an equity stoploss;
- exceptional market conditions.
◦ Jan 2020: consolidated 12 VPS (20 accounts) onto one broker-sponsored DS. Use of FIX API.
➑ CONCLUSION
To be DETERMINED...
◦ To be determined: (inconclusive, future tense) to ascertain or establish exactly by research or calculation;
◦ (It has been) DETERMINED: (conclusive, past participle) has been proven definitively; learnt with certainty or assurance; facts have been ascertained.
◦ DETERMINATION will overcome any obstacle: http://bit.ly/35boXik
Prepare yourself for success ( http://bit.ly/34ffNjw )
"The biggest challenge after success is shutting up about it." (Criss Jami, American poet, essayist, philosopher, songwriter, creator/designer)
"Success unshared is failure." (John Paul DeJoria, Greek-Italian-American entrepreneur, a self-made billionaire, philanthropist)
"Don't blame Wall Street. Don't blame the big banks. If you don't have a job and you're not rich, blame yourself!" (Herman Cain, American Politician)
___________________________________________________
►HALL OF SHAME
“Our critics make us strong! Our fears make us bold! Our haters make us wise! Our foes make us active! Our obstacles make us passionate! Our losses make us wealthy! Our disappointments make us appointed! Our unseen treasures give us a known peace! Whatever is designed against us will work for us!” (Israelmore Ayivor, writer)
▸ DISSES
Recorded herein for posterity. All made before I turned $50,000 into $13million in Sep-Oct 2018.
“Matthew you are poor man! The worst trader I know! Probably the worst trader in the world! Why do you comment free products that you are not interest in and you do not know nothing about these products, you financial moron! Just for points? It is your new way of making money? Anyone who lost less money than you is better trader than you!!! Even koala bear LMAO!" (Krzysztof Lorenc, hater, 2018)
“You can't stop, you have an addiction, that's a serious problem. You are mentally sick; you need to see a psychologist." (M. Garwarzad, hater, 2018)
“You were greedy. You should have listened to me all those years ago (2008?) and invested in houses. Houses were $300 K, now they are over $1 million. You could have had a few houses by now. The rent helps pay them off. You could have been retired by [age] 40 (currently 35). You should cut your losses now and stop your gambling. Take out whatever money you have left and invest in gold. Fiat currency is going to be worthless. We are going to see a depression worse than 1930. You have wasted all your money. You wouldn't have to keep working three jobs if you had listened to me back then. You [had] better start saving or else if you lose your job you will have nothing. What will happen if you can't work? If you fall sick? You won't be able to afford medical expenses, and you won't be able to afford rent. You will be out on the streets (begging). Start putting some money away in a savings account. You're lucky you're not in jail for losing all that money." (K. Morel, hater, 2018)
“Quit while you're ahead. Take it out. You should take the money out and buy a property. You don't know what's going to happen (with your health, life, investment, etc.)" (many detractors, most everyone else, 2006-2018)
“You don't really have that money; that is Demo trading." (haters that keep losing, 2018)
▸ REBUTTAL
Forget About Dre: http://bit.ly/2qEFkF4
Broke: http://bit.ly/2P9Mhr8
Why You Always Hatin? http://bit.ly/2E7GQmj
No Love: http://bit.ly/2qHAXJs
Balla Blockin: http://bit.ly/2shCiHv
Lay Low: http://bit.ly/2EaRUzb
IDGAF: http://bit.ly/2smamSx
Fake Ass Bitches: http://bit.ly/2PaZJLm
F*ck Em All: http://bit.ly/2PdfKkc
Fear Nothing: http://bit.ly/2sngOJ1
Killing In the Name: http://bit.ly/2sjvB7w
Titanium: http://bit.ly/2PdrH9B
Till I Die: http://bit.ly/2YIVXMr
I'm a Real 1: http://bit.ly/2E6c7pK
Grew Up A Screw Up: http://bit.ly/348MBe1
I Got the Keys: http://bit.ly/34aMRJx
Forever: http://bit.ly/35eWtEi
Back In Black: http://bit.ly/2Pdkar3
Y.U. MAD: http://bit.ly/2E96CXp
Rollout: http://bit.ly/2sjvYyW
Good Morning: http://bit.ly/2qELgxQ
Bugatti: http://bit.ly/2slCyW0
100 Million: http://bit.ly/2sm3i8s
Cash Flow: http://bit.ly/35eWJDg
All I Do Is Win: http://bit.ly/2YEcm4M
I Made It: http://bit.ly/2E7qPwT
Berzerk: http://bit.ly/2qHkapR
Chillin': http://bit.ly/2sgcgEo
Good Feeling: http://bit.ly/35f9Rsb
My Ass: http://bit.ly/2qJ0r9r
Happy: http://bit.ly/2PcdvgZ
You’re Never Gonna Get It: http://bit.ly/2Pd10BK
Hard Bottoms & White Socks: http://bit.ly/2qELDse
Traders Anthem: http://bit.ly/2YIT2DC
Make It Rain: http://bit.ly/2sm3TqJ
High As Me: http://bit.ly/393hOSr
Hood Rich: http://bit.ly/35ozwic
http://bit.ly/2YDdQwh
http://bit.ly/2YF9rc1
"It doesn’t matter what morons say." (Dan Pena, American businessman and business coach)
“The distance between insanity and genius is measured only by success.” (Bruce Feirstein, American screenwriter)
“Some people try to be tall by cutting off the heads of others.” (Paramahansa Yogananda, Indian yogi and guru, 1893-1952)
“What you habitually think largely determines what you will ultimately become.” (Bruce Lee, Hong Kong-American actor, director, martial artist, martial arts instructor, philosopher, 1940-1973)
"It’s our nature: Human beings like success but they hate successful people." (Carrot Top, American comedian)
"The secret to success is to offend the greatest number of people." (George Bernard Shaw, Irish playwright, critic, polemicist, political activist, 1856-1950)
“The more bold you are, the more rejection you’ll experience.” (Todd Brison, blogger)
"Behind every successful person lies a pack of haters." (Eminem, American rapper)
"Those who try to do something and fail are infinitely better than those who try nothing and succeed." (Lloyd Jones, New Zealand author)
"Winners are not afraid of losing. But losers are. Failure is part of the process of success. People who avoid failure also avoid success." (Robert Kiyosaki, American businessman and author)
“It's hard to soar with the eagles when you're surrounded by turkeys.” (Adam Sandler, American actor, comedian, screenwriter, film producer)
"Can you really explain to a fish what it’s like to walk on land? One day on land is worth a thousand years of talking about it, and one day running a business has exactly the same kind of value." (Warren Buffett, American business magnate, investor, speaker and philanthropist)
"I owe my success to having listened respectfully to the very best advice, and then going away and doing the exact opposite." (G. K. Chesterton, English writer, poet, philosopher, dramatist, journalist, orator, lay theologian, biographer, literary and art critic, 1874-1936)
“Do not save what is left after spending but spend what is left after saving.” (Warren Buffett, American business magnate, investor, speaker and philanthropist)
“Investing puts money to work. The only reason to save money is to invest it.” (Grant Cardone, author, sales trainer, speaker, real estate mogul)
http://bit.ly/2Pc09kH
“A man convinced against his will, stands opposed ever still. A man convinced he is right, gives the effort twice the fight.” (Jeffrey Fry, entrepreneur)
"When everything seems to be going against you, remember that the airplane takes off against the wind, not with it.” (Henry Ford, American captain of industry, business magnate, 1863-1947)
"Always bear in mind that your own resolution to succeed is more important than any other one thing." (Abraham Lincoln, American statesman, lawyer, 16th POTUS, 1809-1865)
"If you think you can, you can. And if you think you can’t, you’re right." (Henry Ford, American captain of industry, business magnate, founder Ford Motor Company, 1863-1947)
"Only those who dare to fail greatly can ever achieve greatly." (Robert F. Kennedy, American politician, lawyer, senator, 1925-1968)
"That some achieve great success, is proof to all that others can achieve it as well." (Abraham Lincoln, American statesman, lawyer, 16th POTUS, 1809-1865)
"The super successful also have a different take on failure. They understand that failure is what happens when you do something. The greatest successes in the world also experienced the greatest failures. The all-time strikeout record in major league baseball is held by… Babe Ruth. But we don’t remember him for his strikeouts. We remember him for setting a home run record that stood for decades, long before performance enhancing drugs destroyed America’s love affair with baseball. No one cares about the Babe’s strikeouts. The point is he kept swinging the damn bat! Most of us never get out of the dugout – let alone up to the plate. Those people not only wonder why they never hit a home run – they even begrudge the determined hitters who do." (Dan Pena, American businessman and business coach)
"I’ve missed more than 9,000 shots in my career. I’ve lost almost 300 games. 26 times I’ve been trusted to take the game winning shot and missed. I’ve failed over and over and over again in my life and that is why I succeed." (Michael Jordan, American former professional basketball player)
"If you have no critics you’ll likely have no success." (Malcolm X, American minister and human rights activist, 1925-1965)
"I’m convinced that about half of what separates successful entrepreneurs from the non successful entrepreneurs is pure perseverance. It is so hard, you pour so much of your life into this thing, there are such rough moments in time, that most people give up. I don’t blame them, it’s really tough." (Steve Jobs, American business magnate, 1955-2011)
"Through perseverance many people win success out of what seemed destined to be certain failure." (Benjamin Disraeli, former British Prime Minister, 1804-1881)
"The distance between insanity and genius is measured only by success." (Bruce Feirstein, American screenwriter)
"The people who succeed are irrationally passionate about something." (Naval Ravikant, CEO Founder AngelList)
“You will fall. And when you fall, the winner always gets up, and the loser stays down.” (Arnold Schwarzenegger, Austrian-American actor, filmmaker, businessman, investor, author, philanthropist, activist, politician, former professional bodybuilder and powerlifter)
"Failure should be our teacher, not our undertaker. Failure is delay, not defeat. It is a temporary detour, not a dead end. Failure is something we can avoid only by saying nothing, doing nothing, and being nothing." (Dr. Denis Waitley, American motivational speaker, writer and consultant)
“If you want to increase your success rate, double your failure rate.” (Tom Watson Sr, American businessman, chairman and CEO of IBM, 1874-1956)
"The season of failure is the best time for sowing the seeds of success." (Paramahansa Yogananda, Indian yogi and guru, 1893-1952)
"The master has failed more times than the beginner has even tried." (Stephen McCranie, writer and illustrator)
"Your willingness to fail is what will let you succeed." (Vinod Khosla, Indian American billionaire engineer, businessman, venture capitalist)
"Failure is simply the opportunity to begin again, this time more intelligently." (Henry Ford, American captain of industry, business magnate, 1863-1947)
"But life will become a burden of existence unless you learn how to fail gracefully. There is an art in defeat which noble souls always acquire; you must know how to lose cheerfully; you must be fearless of disappointment. Never hesitate to admit failure. Make no attempt to hide failure under deceptive smiles and beaming optimism. It sounds well always to claim success, but the end results are appalling. Such a technique leads directly to the creation of a world of unreality and to the inevitable crash of ultimate disillusionment." (Urantia Book 160:4.13)
"Many of life’s failures are people who did not realize how close they were to success when they gave up." (Thomas Alva Edison, American inventor and businessman, 1847-1931)
"Our best successes often come after our greatest disappointments." (Henry Ward Beecher, American Congregationalist clergyman, social reformer, speaker, 1813-1887)
"If you set your goals ridiculously high and it’s a failure, you will fail above everyone else’s success." (James Cameron, Canadian filmmaker, philanthropist, deep-sea explorer)
"Success is almost totally dependent upon drive and persistence. The extra energy required to make another effort or try another approach is the secret of winning." (Denis Waitley, American motivational speaker)
"Dictionary is the only place that success comes before work. Hard work is the price we must pay for success. I think you can accomplish anything if you’re willing to pay the price." (Vince Lombardi, American football player, coach, executive, 1913-1970)
"Ambition is the path to success. Persistence is the vehicle you arrive in. (Bill Bradley, American politician, former professional basketball player)
"Success consists of going from failure to failure without loss of enthusiasm." (Winston Churchill, British politician, statesman, army officer, writer, 1874-1965)
"The first requisite for success is the ability to apply your physical and mental energies to one problem incessantly without growing weary." (Charles Caleb Colton, English cleric, writer, collector, 1780-1832)
"Optimism is the faith that leads to achievement." (Helen Keller, American author, political activist, lecturer, 1880-1968)
"The only question to ask yourself is, how much are you willing to sacrifice to achieve this success?" (Larry Flynt, American publisher)
"Success comes in cans; failure in can’ts." (Wilfred Peterson, American author, 1900-1995)
"If you really want to do something, you will find a way. If you don’t, you’ll find an excuse." (Jim Rohn, American entrepreneur, author, motivational speaker, 1930-2009)
"Success is my only option, failure’s not." (Eminem, American rapper)
"Fall seven times, stand up eight." (Japanese Proverb)
"Success is the good fortune that comes from aspiration, desperation, perspiration, and inspiration." (Evan Esar, American humorist, 1899-1995)
"Men succeed when they realize that their failures are the preparation for their victories." (Ralph Waldo Emerson, American essayist, lecturer, philosopher, poet, 1803-1882)
"Super success is not for the wishy washy. Victory in business, like war, comes to the toughest son-of-a-bitch in the valley." (Dan Pena, American businessman and business coach)
"Behind every successful man there’s a lot of unsuccessful years." (Bob Brown, former Australian politician, medical doctor, and environmentalist)
"A minute’s success pays the failure of years." (Robert Browning, English poet and playwright, 1812-1889)
"I once read an interview with a hedge fund manager, who had one of his traders lose $50 million on a trade. When asked if he was going to fire that trader, he replied “Are you nuts? We just paid $50 million for him to learn that lesson – why would we pack him up and ship him off to another hedge fund to benefit from it?” (Christopher Lee, independent trader, http://bit.ly/34aZ3ds )
"It is a mistake to suppose that men succeed through success; they much oftener succeed through failures. Precept, study, advice, and example could never have taught them so well as failure has done." (Samuel Smiles, author, 1812-1904)
“Formal education will make you a living; self-education will make you a fortune.” (Jim Rohn, American entrepreneur, author and motivational speaker, 1930-2009)
“To be a successful business owner and investor, you have to be emotionally neutral to winning and losing. Winning and losing are just part of the game.” (Robert Kiyosaki, American businessman and author)
"Out of the 241 trades, 16 of them were responsible for ALL of the profit. Most people in this world can't handle it. Yet, it is the only way I have ever seen anyone make money trading. Ever. I was on Wall Street for 23 years. All of the successful fund managers will have long losing streaks, sometimes lasting 6 months to a year. And then... boom! They let their winners run and they wipe out all of their losses. It is how trading works." (Mark Shawzin, thepatterntrader.com)
"The winners pay for thousands of losers." (Jeff Bezos, CEO of Amazon, http://bit.ly/2YM0vBW )
"To turn $100 into $110 is work. To turn $100 million into $110 million is inevitable." (Edgar Bronfman Sr, Canadian-American businessman and philanthropist, 1929-2013)
"The best revenge is massive success." (Frank Sinatra, American singer, 1915-1998)
____________________________________________________________________________________
►E=MC²: EMANCIPATION (E) = MOTIVATION (M) x CONCENTRATION (C)² (aka. intentioned F.O.C.U.S.)
◦ Motivation (M): http://bit.ly/2PdsTJU
◦ Remember The Name: http://bit.ly/2YCE02h
◦ Always Hardcore: http://bit.ly/2E9saDb
◦ Go Hard: http://bit.ly/2YDgbqW
◦ Work Hard Play Hard: http://bit.ly/35f0oRx
◦ We Made It: http://bit.ly/348OhnP
"The difference between the impossible and the possible lies in a man's DETERMINATION." (Tommy Lasorda, manager Los Angeles Dodgers 1976-1996)
"It always seems impossible until IT'S DONE." (Nelson Mandela, former South African President, 1918-2013)
“You will find that you are not a victim of fate but a victim of faith (your own).” (Neville Goddard, prophet, influential teacher, author, 1905-1972)
"Come what may, all bad fortune is to be conquered by endurance." (Virgil, Roman Poet, 70-19BC)
"Without your involvement you can't succeed. With your involvement you can't fail." (A.P.J Abdul Kalam, scientist, science administrator, 11th President of India, 1931–2015)
"Tough times don’t last. Tough people do." (Dan Pena, American businessman and business coach)
"What separates those who go under and those who rise above adversity is the strength of their will and their hunger for power." (50 Cent, American rapper, singer, songwriter, record producer, actor, businessman, investor)
“Imagination is the beginning of creation. You imagine what you desire, and then you believe it to be true. Every dream could be realized by those self-disciplined enough to believe it.” (Neville Goddard, prophet, influential teacher, and author, 1905-1972)
“Dream is not the thing you see in sleep but is that thing that doesn't let you sleep.” (A.P.J. Abdul Kalam, scientist, science administrator, 11th President of India, 1931–2015)
"The fulfillment of your dream is directly proportional to your desire to succeed… and how much you’re willing to sacrifice. If you are not prepared to die, then you are not prepared to live." (Dan Pena, American businessman and business coach)
"Get rich or die trying." (50 Cent, American rapper, singer, songwriter, record producer, actor, businessman, investor)
"Never say die!" http://bit.ly/349x5yI (DragonBall Z, Akira Toriyama, Japanese manga artist)
"One shouldn't take life so seriously. No one gets out alive anyway.” (Jim Morrison, American singer-songwriter, poet)
"We should not fret for what is past, nor should we be anxious about the future; men of discernment deal only with the present moment." (Chanakya, Indian teacher, philosopher, economist, jurist, royal advisor, c.371-283 BC)
"Much of man's sorrow is born of the disappointment of his ambitions and the wounding of his pride. Although men owe a duty to themselves to make the best of their lives on earth, having thus sincerely exerted themselves, they should cheerfully accept their lot and exercise ingenuity in making the most of that which has fallen to their hands." (Urantia Book 149:5.3)
"If all you have is money, you are among the poorest people in the world. You only become truly rich the day you possess something that money cannot buy.” (Matshona Dhliwayo, philosopher, entrepreneur, author)
"Top 15 things money can’t buy: Time. Happiness. Inner Peace. Integrity. Love. Character. Manners. Health. Respect. Morals. Trust. Patience. Class. Common sense. Dignity." (Roy T. Bennett, author)
“While wealth will be a capricious shadow to our lives, true riches lie in strength of character; that is infinitely harder to accumulate. It is the only gold that enhances our potential in terms of what we can offer the world.” (Salma Farook, author)
"A wise person should have money in their head, but not in their heart." (Jonathan Swift, Anglo-Irish satirist, essayist, poet, 1667-1745)
“Does not Dionysius seem to have made it sufficiently clear that there can be nothing happy for the person over whom some fear always looms?" (Sword of Damocles, Tusculan Disputations, Marcus Tullius Cicero, 106-43BC)
"Wealth consists not in having great possessions, but in having few wants." (Epictetus, Greek Stoic philosopher, 50-135AD)
"Just ignore whoever isn't willing to share; don't expect money when you give bread to a beggar." (anon)
"If the faith of the Most High has entered your heart, then shall you abide free from fear throughout all the days of your life. Fret not yourself because of the prosperity of the ungodly; fear not those who plot evil; let the soul turn away from sin and put your whole trust in the God of salvation. The weary soul of the wandering mortal finds eternal rest in the arms of the Most High; the wise man hungers for the divine embrace; the earth child longs for the security of the arms of the Universal Father. The noble man seeks for that high estate wherein the soul of the mortal blends with the spirit of the Supreme. God is just: What fruit we receive not from our plantings in this world we shall receive in the next.” ' (Urantia Book 131:1.9)
"...the object of fear is fear itself. "Nothing," says Seneca, "is terrible in things except fear itself." And Epictetus says, "For it is not death or hardship that is a fearful thing, but the fear of death and hardship." Our anxiety puts frightening masks over all men and things. If we strip them of these masks their own countenance appears and the fear they produce disappears. This is true even of death. Since every day a little of our life is taken from us - since we are dying every day - the final hour when we cease to exist does not of itself bring death; it merely completes the death process. The horrors connected with it are a matter of imagination. They vanish when the mask is taken from the image of death." (Paul Tillich, author, The Courage To Be, p.19)
'One day when Ganid asked Jesus why he had not devoted himself to the work of a public teacher, he said: “My son, everything must await the coming of its time. You are born into the world, but no amount of anxiety and no manifestation of impatience will help you to grow up. You must, in all such matters, wait upon time. Time alone will ripen the green fruit upon the tree. Season follows season and sundown follows sunrise only with the passing of time. I am now on the way to Rome with you and your father, and that is sufficient for today. My tomorrow is wholly in the hands of my Father in heaven.” And then he told Ganid the story of Moses and the forty years of watchful waiting and continued preparation.' (Urantia Book 130:5.3)
"To ask is the first important step. To continue to ask never allows the process to move beyond the asking stage. First ask, assume the answer is on its way and then continue to express appreciation that it is happening in its own perfect wisdom and timing. That 'wisdom and timing' is greatly influenced by the one asking and how well that awareness is able to follow through with the two remaining steps after the initial asking. This is often called prayer. Nothing can happen until there is first asking. Then the next two steps, assuming it is happening (continued FOCUS of intent) and expression of appreciation (allowance) controls the manifestation. It is that simple! A few additional details are helpful. Ask within a framework that allows what might be called 'Divine Intelligence' or thought thinking to fill in the details. Doubt destroys results; trust insures them." (anonymous, Vol III: Becoming, http://bit.ly/2EaUncY )
"Try and leave this world a little better than you found it, and when your turn comes to die, you can die happy in feeling that at any rate, you have not wasted your time but have done your best." (Robert Baden-Powell, British Army officer, writer, author)
"The satisfying joy of high duty is the eclipsing emotion of spiritual beings. Sorrow cannot exist in the face of the consciousness of divine duty faithfully performed. And when man’s ascending soul stands before the Supreme Judge, the decision of eternal import will not be determined by material successes or quantitative achievements; the verdict reverberating through the high courts declares: 'Well done, good and faithful servant; you have been faithful over a few essentials; you shall be made ruler over universe realities.'" (Urantia Book 25:1.6)
13 “When, through and by the ministry of all the helper hosts of the universal scheme of survival, you are finally deposited on the receiving world of Havona, you arrive with only one sort of perfection — perfection of purpose. Your purpose has been thoroughly proved; your faith has been tested. You are known to be disappointment proof. Not even the failure to discern the Universal Father can shake the faith or seriously disturb the trust of an ascendant mortal who has passed through the experience that all must traverse in order to attain the perfect spheres of Havona. By the time you reach Havona, your sincerity has become sublime. Perfection of purpose and divinity of desire, with steadfastness of faith, have secured your entrance to the settled abodes of eternity; your deliverance from the uncertainties of time is full and complete; and now must you come face to face with the problems of Havona and the immensities of Paradise, to meet which you have so long been in training in the experiential epochs of time on the world schools of space.
14 Faith has won for the ascendant pilgrim a perfection of purpose which admits the children of time to the portals of eternity. Now must the pilgrim helpers begin the work of developing that perfection of understanding and that technique of comprehension which are so indispensable to Paradise perfection of personality.
15 Ability to comprehend is the mortal passport to Paradise. Willingness to believe is the key to Havona. The acceptance of sonship, co-operation with the indwelling Adjuster, is the price of evolutionary survival.”
(Urantia Book 26:4.13-15)
“But long before reaching Havona, these ascendant children of time have learned to feast upon uncertainty, to fatten upon disappointment, to enthuse over apparent defeat, to invigorate in the presence of difficulties, to exhibit indomitable courage in the face of immensity, and to exercise unconquerable faith when confronted with the challenge of the inexplicable. Long since, the battle cry of these pilgrims became: “In liaison with God, nothing—absolutely nothing—is impossible.” (Urantia Book 26:5.3)
2 The eternal purpose of the eternal God is a high spiritual ideal. The events of time and the struggles of material existence are but the transient scaffolding which bridges over to the other side, to the promised land of spiritual reality and supernal existence. Of course, you mortals find it difficult to grasp the idea of an eternal purpose; you are virtually unable to comprehend the thought of eternity, something never beginning and never ending. Everything familiar to you has an end.
3 As regards an individual life, the duration of a realm, or the chronology of any connected series of events, it would seem that we are dealing with an isolated stretch of time; everything seems to have a beginning and an end. And it would appear that a series of such experiences, lives, ages, or epochs, when successively arranged, constitutes a straightaway drive, an isolated event of time flashing momentarily across the infinite face of eternity. But when we look at all this from behind the scenes, a more comprehensive view and a more complete understanding suggest that such an explanation is inadequate, disconnected, and wholly unsuited properly to account for, and otherwise to correlate, the transactions of time with the underlying purposes and basic reactions of eternity.
4 To me it seems more fitting, for purposes of explanation to the mortal mind, to conceive of eternity as a cycle and the eternal purpose as an endless circle, a cycle of eternity in some way synchronized with the transient material cycles of time. As regards the sectors of time connected with, and forming a part of, the cycle of eternity, we are forced to recognize that such temporary epochs are born, live, and die just as the temporary beings of time are born, live, and die. Most human beings die because, having failed to achieve the spirit level of Adjuster fusion, the metamorphosis of death constitutes the only possible procedure whereby they may escape the fetters of time and the bonds of material creation, thereby being enabled to strike spiritual step with the progressive procession of eternity. Having survived the trial life of time and material existence, it becomes possible for you to continue on in touch with, even as a part of, eternity, swinging on forever with the worlds of space around the circle of the eternal ages. (Urantia Book 32:5.2-4)
"When persons search for God, they are searching for everything. When they find God, they have found everything." (Urantia Book 117:6.9)
"In the madness of materialism the West delivers its great thinkers to the graveyard of thoughts, and tramples those in the dirt, who wish to abjure this madness with strong and holy words." (Prince V. F. Odoyevsky, Russian philosopher)
"The height of sophistication is simplicity. (Clare Boothe Luce, American author, politician, U.S. Ambassador, 1903-1987)
“He who succeeds in raising himself above his emotions in suppressing in himself anger and the fear of illness, is capable of overcoming the attrition of the years and attaining an age at least double that at which men now die of old age.“ (Adamus St. Germain, 1710–1784)
"This above all: to thine own self be true, And it must follow, as the night the day, Thou canst not then be false to any man." (William Shakespeare, English poet, 1564-1616)
The opposite of FEAR (False Evidence Appearing Real) is FAITH (the First Attribute In Thinking Healthy): https://bit.ly/2UWSnNk
◦ http://bit.ly/2QzdKms
◦ http://bit.ly/358ugiB
◦ www.urantia.org
◦ http://bit.ly/2EaT5yp
◦ http://bit.ly/2PevSSc
◦ www.nohoax.com
◦ http://bit.ly/349tIHN
◦ http://bit.ly/2EaURQk
◦ http://bit.ly/2E5geCy
◦ http://bit.ly/35fbIx9
◦ http://bit.ly/2EcAq5e
◦ www.wespenre.com
◦ http://bit.ly/2EaV6Lb
◦ http://bit.ly/347ylCk
◦ http://bit.ly/2WARhte
◦ http://bit.ly/2UaSWny
◦ http://bit.ly/2y6jJsJ
◦ http://bit.ly/2xak9y9
____________________________________________________________________________________________
►HOW TO INVEST LIKE... MICHAEL STEINHARDT (American investor, hedge fund manager, and philanthropist)
By Filipe R. Costa
▸ A FEW TRADING RULES
In a speech back in 2004, Steinhardt mentioned a few trading rules that he believes to be critical to achieving a successful investment performance. They can be summarised as follows:
1/Make all your mistakes early in life.
Steinhardt is very pragmatic and believes that the most important part of learning comes from one's own mistakes. Investors learn from their bad experiences and become aware of what works and what does not.
2/Always make your living doing something you enjoy.
This allows the commitment to the whole investment process to be strong, which is a requirement in a competitive world. Basically, investment is about brain and heart.
3/Be intellectually competitive.
Investment is a continuous process requiring supervision and action even before some particular asset is selected and added to a portfolio. Constant research is always required to gain an advantage over the market in order to "sense a major change coming in a situation, before anyone else". Sensing the market before all others do has always been a top priority for Steinhardt; it is this that led him to go over his firm's portfolio six times a day, and rendered him the sobriquet Captain Ahab.
4/Make good decisions even with incomplete information.
It is a good idea to gather as much information as possible before entering any single trade, but the available information will never be complete or perfect. Investors need to be trained to work on the facts, figure out what does matter, and take the right trading decisions before all others gain awareness of the situation. They then need to have the courage to put sufficient money behind the trade to achieve a meaningful outcome.
5/Always trust your intuition.
Over the years, investors develop and refine an ability to take the best decisions on their intuition. But this intuition doesn't come from a gut feeling or a hunch. Rather, it is a complex process deriving from the investor's cumulative learning over the years. It's wisdom, like that of a fruit seller guessing weights without a scale. It's an educated intuition.
6/Don't make small investments.
Amazon's stock price climbed from $38 to $820 during the last 10 years, a 2,160% rise. Had you invested $10,000 you would have a respectable $216,000 position by now. But had you invested just $100 you would have missed a potentially life-changing opportunity. After spending so much time and effort researching an asset, investors must make sure that the rewards from the money at risk are meaningful.
▸ A FEW FINAL WORDS
Steinhardt's variant perception is a contrarian approach to the market, but one under which opposing market sentiment is insufficient. Timing is everything. Just because sentiment is very bullish, which is usually the case near market tops, it doesn't mean it can't be even more bullish the next day (the Nifty-Fifty during the 1960s is a good example of this).Trends often last longer than you can stay solvent betting against them. Investors need a strong instinct for the markets, which takes time to develop and effort to improve. Past experience trading the markets is key, as is knowledge acquired through deep research. Steinhardt doesn't believe in pre-set rules. For him, stop-loss orders, buying on weakness selling on strength breakouts and breakdowns, as well as charts and technical analysis, are all superfluous to a successful strategy. "I look at the stock. It has a fantastic chart. The chart has a base like this, and then if it goes up a little bit more, boy it is a real breakout, blah, blah, blah, blah. They all seem the same to me".
Fundamentals and market timing is what matters the most. And, when the right opportunity surges, investors should embrace it without fear, being flexible enough to be net short as easily as they can be net long, and having the boldness to take on large meaningful positions.
http://bit.ly/2YEHtgB
https://bit.ly/2BR21eR
_________________________________________________________
►DAN PENA'S PENAISMS (American businessman and business coach)
◦ Dream big… and dare to fail!
◦ The more you investigate, the less you have to invest.
◦ Never, ever second-guess yourself.
◦ I’ve never seen a “part-time” super successful, high performance person.
◦ Don’t waste time on things you can’t change.
◦ When you deal with the opinionated or egotistical, always give credit where it isn’t due.
◦ You won’t always have all the answers. Only take seriously the advice of others whom you greatly respect.
◦ The consequences of a misguided decision are insignificant in the cosmos of eternity.
◦ Always shoot for the moon. Even if you don’t hit the bulls-eye, you’ll at least get 80%
◦ Everybody else is worried about life after death. My concern is about life before death.
◦ The business world is divided into people with great ideas, and people who take action on those ideas.
◦ If you want things to change, first you have to change.
◦ A man who dwells on his past, robs his future.
◦ There’s a big difference between playing to win and playing not to lose.
◦ The only difference between a champ and a chump is “U”.
◦ A good plan executed today is better than a great plan executed next week.
◦ To achieve “hyper-growth”, avert avoidable mistakes, and let your successes run their course. Do more of what you’re doing right – and less of what you’re doing wrong.
◦ Business opportunities abound – but formidable barriers exist. And the biggest barrier is psychological. It is you.
◦ Conventional wisdom is almost always wrong.
◦ Absence of evidence is not evidence of absence. Just because something has never been done doesn’t mean it can’t be done. The fact you have never seen or heard something is not proof that it doesn’t exist.
◦ Every worthy dream has a “pay-price-to-action”. That means you have to give up something to get something. You can’t have it all.
◦ The best way to predict the future is to create it yourself.
◦ I never met a super successful, high performance person who wasn’t enthusiastic.
◦ Whoever said money can’t buy you happiness doesn’t know where to shop.
◦ Excuses are the crutches of the untalented and unambitious.
◦ You’ve known all along it’s tough to be successful. But you’d rather hear the fairy tales.
◦ Always respect the individual on the other side of the deal. He is not as stupid as you may think. And you’re not as smart as you think.
◦ Logic can be a logical process which leads to a wrong conclusion.
◦ It isn’t a case of taking a big chance. It’s a matter of giving yourself a big chance.
◦ The more self-esteem you give others, the more you have. And the more you have, the easier it is to give away.
◦ Most successful people do it poorly until they do it well. Just keep blundering along. You can’t wait until it’s exactly right. The product of your quest for perfection is… paralysis.
◦ A guarantor is a fool with a pen.
◦ No matter how tempting, never accept short-term solutions to long-term problems.
◦ Too many companies try to patch when they should amputate. ‘Let’s reorganize and save this mess’ is a clarion call to disaster. Cut your losses, kick the cuttings out of your way, and move on.
◦ If you want to travel above and beyond the herd, don’t try to be better. Try to be different. Or better yet, be first!
◦ Find your passion and wrap your career around it.
◦ You’ll be motivated by inspiration… or desperation. It’s your choice.
◦ People with low self-esteem protect themselves by not taking risks. High self-esteem gives you the power of confidence to take chances.
◦ Give yourself permission to make mistakes. It’s called learning.
◦ Being all you can be is possible for anyone, but... super success is not for everyone. Period.
◦ Don’t take high performance advice from your peers, family or friends unless they are high performance people themselves.
◦ The road to success is always under construction.
◦ Progress often masquerades as trouble.
◦ Don’t focus on mistakes, focus on the positive “next time”!
___________________________________________________
THIS IS NOT DEMO
http://bit.ly/34dBmRJ
[̲̅$̲̅(̲̅ιοο̲̅)̲̅$̲̅] [̲̅$̲̅(̲̅ιοο̲̅)̲̅$̲̅] [̲̅$̲̅(̲̅ιοο̲̅)̲̅$̲̅] [̲̅$̲̅(̲̅ιοο̲̅)̲̅$̲̅] [̲̅$̲̅(̲̅ιοο̲̅)̲̅$̲̅] [̲̅$̲̅(̲̅ιοο̲̅)̲̅$̲̅] [̲̅$̲̅(̲̅ιοο̲̅)̲̅$̲̅]
Greetings and salutations fellow entrepreneur. Welcome to my profile.
I hope you will find some inspiration and encouragement here to assist you on your trading journey.
For the best trading conditions, I recommend using the world's largest true-ECN forex broker (2015): http://bit.ly/2t8SCL2
If you are unable to due to regulations, I recommend this one: http://bit.ly/2L9mdd2
Earn CashBack on your trading commissions: http://bit.ly/3ryoceI
If you want answers, this will help you: https://bit.ly/3gfkBM0
Thank you for visiting my profile.
May you enjoy many green pips!
Matt Todorovski
Maverick trader, currency speculator, professional gambler
◦ Computer Operator, Technological micro Data (2003-2006)
◦ Shop Assistant, Woolworths Supermarkets (2005 - 2017)
◦ Security Officer, [undisclosed employer] (2006 - today)
◦ Station Officer, [undisclosed employer] (2008 - today)
◦ Entrepreneur and property investor (2003-2012)
◦ Forex Wannabe, aspired self-employment (2008 - 2018)
◦ Forex Millionaire, achieved self-employment (2018 - today)
◦ Forex Trillionaire, achieved financial freedom (fait accompli): https://bit.ly/3e0fNcA
My opinion is gratuitous, your munificence is magnanimous!
http://bit.ly/34dBAs3
◦ High Hopes: http://bit.ly/2PbuVKp
◦ Remember The Name: http://bit.ly/2YCE02h
◦ Trader’s Anthem: http://bit.ly/2YIT2DC
THIS IS NOT DEMO
__________________________________________________
►MODERN DAY ALCHEMY: CREATING MONEY FROM "NOTHING"
"Before you start some work, always ask yourself three questions - Why am I doing it, What the results might be and Will I be successful. Only when you think deeply and find satisfactory answers to these questions, go ahead." (Chanakya, Indian teacher, philosopher, economist, jurist and royal advisor, c.371-283 BC)
➊ AIM
To generate a perpetual income on auto-pilot.
➋ HYPOTHESIS
▸ Hypothesis 1:
Foreign Exchange (forex) is the PRE-EMINENT method to make money:
◦ http://bit.ly/35d2v8p
◦ http://bit.ly/2Pem36Z
The benefits compared to conventional business, property, shares, etc:
◦ greater profit potential (high leverage, volatility) (Time + Leverage = Profit);
◦ lower entry barriers: easier to get started, few overhead costs (no employees, no inventory);
◦ highly liquid: immediate entry & exit of the market;
◦ better risk management: custom position sizing between 0.01 - 100 Lots, using trading strategies (eg. hedging);
◦ business-automation: trading robots (Expert Advisors);
◦ market is open 24 hours x 5 days: more trade opportunities, work when you choose;
◦ simplicity: fewer instruments to analyse and trade;
◦ ease of tax calculations: trading statements provide all evidence;
◦ scalability: ease of multiplying results;
◦ enormous volume: market manipulation more difficult;
◦ geographic independence: trade anywhere, mobile business;
◦ recession-proof: business continuity unaffected by disasters, macroeconomics, etc.;
◦ immediate analysis: obtain an accurate "statement of financial position" at all times.
"The most successful investors don't diversify. Rather, they FOCUS (Follow-One-Course-Until-Successful) and specialize. They get to know the investment category they invest in and how the business works better than anyone else." (Robert Kiyosaki, American businessman and author)
“Wide diversification is only required when investors do not understand what they are doing.” (Warren Buffett, American business magnate, investor, speaker and philanthropist)
“The price of a commodity will never go to zero. When you invest in commodities futures, you are not buying a piece of paper that says you own an intangible of a company that can go bankrupt.” (Jim Rogers, American businessman and financial commentator)
▸ Hypothesis 2:
"All unsustainable moves are corrected." (Scott Barkley, Forex Trainer and analyst, President ProAct Traders)
"This makes sense when you step back and look at the big picture. Nothing goes up in a straight line forever. Not stocks. Not real estate. Not anything. There always have to be periods of corrections… booms followed by busts." (Simon Black, international investor, entrepreneur, founder of Sovereign Man)
➌ EQUIPMENT / PREREQUISITES
☐ reliable external income source;
☐ Australian Business Number (ABN);
☐ Personal Computer (PC) with ADSL internet;
☐ FSA/ASIC-regulated ECN/STP broker (recommended: http://bit.ly/2t8SCL2 );
☐ Virtual Private Server (VPS) or Dedicated Server (DS);
☐ MetaTrader 4 (MT4) trading platform;
☐ minimum $10,000 risk capital;
☐ Expert Advisor (EA) trading robot (recommended EA here: https://bit.ly/3aDT7i1 )
☐ registered tax agent;
☐ determination, fortitude, patience, courage, FOCUS.
➍ METHOD OF PROCEDURE (MOP)
☐ have a reliable income source eg. a JOB (Just Over Broke) or a solid conventional business;
☐ register an ABN for taxation purposes;
☐ open a free $10,000 DEMO account at a regulated broker: http://bit.ly/2t8SCL2
☐ obtain a VPS (broker-sponsored or direct from provider);
☐ install MT4 terminal from broker's website;
☐ install EA on MT4 terminal;
☐ backtest EA in MT4's Strategy Tester;
☐ forward test EA on Demo Account for at least three months;
☐ destroy useless robots: http://bit.ly/2sm1OuV
☐ pending satisfactory forward test, open a Real account with a minimum $10,000 risk capital;
☐ register Real account for rebates on broker commissions at www.rebatekingfx.com
☐ retain all trading statements and expense receipts for taxation;
☐ DON’T GIVE UP: if you fail, return to Step 6;
☐ cumulatively compound profits;
☐ declare all profits and pay your tax honestly;
☐ regularly withdraw profits, maintaining sufficient margin at all times;
☐ upgrade VPS to DS; use FIX API trade execution;
☐ make a positive difference to the world; be generous and help others.
➎ SAFETY/RISKS
▸ Forex trading involves a high degree of risk, including the loss of your entire investment:
◦ Do not invest money you cannot afford to lose;
◦ Do not trade unless you understand the risks;
◦ Past performance is no guarantee of future performance;
◦ Results will vary depending upon broker conditions, VPS provider and EA settings.
▸ Market odds are 1:1 - either up or down. That's better odds than the casino, sports betting and lottery. You then improve your odds by observing:
◦ Long-Term Support / Resistance levels;
◦ Long-Term Overbought / Oversold levels (correlations of same currency with different pairs);
◦ 4H, Daily, Weekly charts;
◦ Fibonacci confirmations;
◦ positive Swaps;
◦ fundamentals and market dynamics.
▸ Forex is the fastest way to wealth and paradoxically to penury. Before considering VPS costs, broker commissions, latency, slippage, low liquidity, etc., the odds are mathematically stacked against you:
◦ a loss of 10% requires a gain of 11.11% to recover;
◦ a loss of 20% requires a gain of 25% to recover;
◦ a loss of 30% requires a gain of 42.86% to recover;
◦ a loss of 40% requires a gain of 66.67% to recover;
◦ a loss of 50% requires a gain of 100% to recover.
▸ Risks in forex include:
◦ high leverage;
◦ broker conditions;
◦ "Black Swan" events: eg. Swiss Franc January 2015, Brexit June 2016, GBPUSD Flash Crash October 2016, Yen Flash Crash January 2019;
◦ News events eg. NFP, FOMC;
◦ strategy, user settings, programming quality of EA or system;
◦ "opportunity cost" when losing time or money.
"Many great entrepreneurs have had a moment when they have lost everything. Monks create this situation intentionally through 'Vairagya' when they give up all money and possessions. Many entrepreneurs end up in the same situation unintentionally." (Roger Hamilton, world renowned futurist and social entrepreneur, http://bit.ly/2E552px )
"A wise man says: 'HIGH RISK HIGH PROFIT, LOW RISK LOW PROFIT, AND NO RISK NO PROFIT.'
Another wise man says: 'THERE IS A DIFFERENCE BETWEEN TAKING RISK AND BEING FOOLISH.' (anon)
➏ RESULTS
Archived Myfxbook profile: http://bit.ly/2EaQVPA
Current Myfxbook profile: http://bit.ly/2YLQp40
THIS IS NOT DEMO
▸ TAX ASSESSED BUSINESS PROFIT (LOSS):
FY2009: $ (30,499) $5,300 refund
FY2010: $ (37,280) plus $3,693 debt (wrong tax treatment)
FY2011: $ (19,288) plus $5,448 debt (wrong tax treatment)
FY2012: $ (2,904) plus $9,681 debt (wrong tax treatment)
FY2013: $ (159,324) $18,973 refund
FY2014: $ (74,721) $16,719 refund
FY2015: $ (71,542) $18,958 refund
FY2016: $ (91,413) $23,272 refund
FY2017: $ (58,031) $11,758 refund
FY2018: $ (137,530) $29,710 refund
FY2019: $ (1,376,387) $23,496 refund (future tax offset: $1,478,678)
FY2020: $ (213,177) $27,672 refund
FY2021: $ ...
▸ MILESTONES:
$32,000: invested $4k and made 800% return in 4.5 days using CFDs (Aug 2008)
$1.69: started primary account 313166 (22 Nov, 2013)
-$327,127: nadir of primary account 313166 (27 Aug, 2018)
$0 profit: zero point of primary account 313166 (27 Sep, 2018)
$1 million net profit: Posted 9 Oct, 2018
$2 million net profit: Achieved 16 Oct, 2018
$4 million net profit: Achieved 19 Oct, 2018
$6 million net profit: Achieved 1 Nov, 2018
$8 million net profit: Achieved 28 Nov, 2018
$10 million net profit: Posted 4 Dec, 2018
$11 million net profit: Posted 5 Dec, 2018
$12 million net profit: Posted 13 Dec, 2018
$13 million net profit: Posted 21 Dec, 2018
$13.5 million loss (approx) (96%): Posted 3 Jan, 2019
◦ http://bit.ly/2sm431j
◦ http://bit.ly/2E6tvdR
$604: nadir of 20 accounts. Posted 06 June 2020.
$100 million net profit: Posted... http://bit.ly/2sm3i8s
$1 billion net profit: Posted...
$10 billion net profit: Posted...
$100 billion net profit: Posted...
$1 trillion net profit: Posted... http://bit.ly/2ShTeHb
▸ Other examples:
◦ "Gann held a trading record which has been unsurpassed by anyone since. In front of a customs inspector he turned $130 into $12,000 in less than 1 month." ( http://bit.ly/2sn9zkj )
◦ http://bit.ly/34ep3V0
◦ http://bit.ly/2E9iRTL
"Don't let yourself get attached to anything you are not willing to walk out on in 30 seconds flat if you feel the heat around the corner.” (Robert De Niro, American actor)
“When I thought I couldn't go on, I forced myself to keep going. My success is based on persistence, not luck.” (Norman Lear, American television writer)
“You may be disappointed if you fail, but you are doomed if you don't try.” (Beverly Sills, American operatic soprano)
"The AMOUNT of money you have does not matter; what matters is the SYSTEM you use. No AMOUNT of money can save you if you have a bad SYSTEM. Conversely, if you have a good SYSTEM you can start with a small AMOUNT and easily become rich." (Matthew Todorovski)
➐ DISCUSSION
▸ Trading vs Gambling
With experience comes understanding. By this method you will tell who has experience and who has none:
◦ traders with little experience will resent comparisons between "trading" and "gambling" as anathema.
◦ traders with much experience will understand "trading is by very definition gambling".
Refer:
◦ Rule 4 and 5 "Michael Steinhart" (below)
◦ http://bit.ly/2sjo1K6
◦ https://bit.ly/39uiF0m
◦ http://bit.ly/2sjoR9I
◦ http://bit.ly/2PbxvA5
◦ http://bit.ly/35azWZy
◦ http://bit.ly/2E7FckD
◦ http://bit.ly/2PbFFse
◦ http://bit.ly/2E57355
◦ http://bit.ly/2seGd7Y
◦ http://bit.ly/35daCSF
◦ http://bit.ly/349kV8L
◦ http://bit.ly/2qMvuBe
◦ http://bit.ly/2seGub0
◦ http://bit.ly/2P9PGWZ
◦ http://bit.ly/35eSwPZ
◦ http://bit.ly/2E9bpbu
◦ http://bit.ly/2U3I7lW
◦ http://bit.ly/38bBnuN
▸ Expert Advisors
There is a plethora of Expert Advisors (EA) to consider. Essential criterion include:
◦ positive user reviews: http://bit.ly/35cYcKv
◦ verified Real monitoring account(s) with over three months' trade history;
◦ prompt and helpful pre-sales / after-sales support;
◦ fair price and license options;
◦ details of trading strategy;
◦ clear user instructions: pairs, timeframes, parameters;
◦ margin requirements.
◦ During Demo forward test performance, confirm:
- suitability of broker trading conditions;
- EA settings for desired performance;
- reasonable frequency of trading;
- stable EA operations.
◦ Red flags to avoid:
- excessive server messages;
- large StopLoss in comparison to TakeProfit;
- Lotsize increases;
- multiple orders.
▸ Curriculum Vitae
◦ 2003-2008: I attended many investment seminars on shares, property, options, etc. Spent upwards of approximately AUD$50,000.
◦ Oct 2008: I became interested in forex during the GFC (Global Financial Crisis) of 2008, when front-page news highlighted the opportunity. For the first time ever, the Aussie Dollar reached parity with the US Dollar (August 2008) and my first foray into forex began with CFDs at CMC Markets. I heavily sold AUDUSD, turning $4K into $32K within 4.5 days from the Monday until Friday afternoon, but my account was over-leveraged to the extent that open profit dropped by $10K to $22K within 30 minutes! At US$0.89 I decided the market still had a long way to go down, so I kept my positions open expecting I would survive. Unfortunately, the market corrected to US$0.92 and I received my first ever margin call. It was a thrilling learning experience and I was convinced!
◦ 2008-2018: Many hopeful moments, but overall results were quite depressive and devastating. The main failures were over-leveraging, risk-taking, overconfidence (in my own skills and EAs) and impatience. Estimated trading losses approximated AUD$700K(?), but be reminded:
- "You pay for education, whether university or real-life experience";
- "No one becomes successful from Day 1";
- “Nothing worth doing is ever easy" (Theodore Roosevelt, American statesman and writer, 26th POTUS, 1858-1919);
- "Make all your mistakes early in life" (Rule 1 “Michael Steinhardt”, below).
- Losses are offset against Assessable Tax Income with an ABN business. A good tax agent is essential - the difference can be seen in Results above.
◦ Sep 2018: I stopped focusing on low timeframes of 1M, 5M, 15M, 1H, and began focusing on high timeframes of 4H, Daily, and Weekly. With AUD$50,000 ($20K of savings + $30K FY2018 tax refund), I happen-chanced upon the CHFSGD being overbought and nearing long-term resistance after seven-straight Long days. Short CHFSGD was Swap-positive, so even more encouragement to hold the positions for the ride down! I Shorted heavily and made over 800% in less than a month (posted 28 Sep 2018).
◦ Oct 2018: I Shorted EURTRY and boosted my equity from $450K to over $9M (29 November 2018). I could have made at least three times as much, if not for my broker's Trading Desk coercing me to reduce my exposure by half, under duress of reduced leverage. Exposure was reduced by 70%, from 670 Lots to only 200 Lots (posted 16 Oct 2018). Refer Rule 4 and 6 “Michael Steinhart” (below). Opened 20 new broker accounts and received broker sponsorship for 12 new VPS. Daily profits exceeded $100k; monthly volumes exceeded 20,000 Lots (broker rebate = USD$58,000 / 0.375 / $7(RTL).
◦ Jan 2019: Yen Flash Crash costs me $13.5 million (approx. 96% loss) (posted 3 Jan, 2019) due to a combination of factors:
- mirroring the same system and settings to all accounts;
- trading many pairs (correlation risk);
- increasing Risk by 40x;
- splitting money across 20 accounts (lowered available margin);
- not using an equity stoploss;
- exceptional market conditions.
◦ Jan 2020: consolidated 12 VPS (20 accounts) onto one broker-sponsored DS. Use of FIX API.
➑ CONCLUSION
To be DETERMINED...
◦ To be determined: (inconclusive, future tense) to ascertain or establish exactly by research or calculation;
◦ (It has been) DETERMINED: (conclusive, past participle) has been proven definitively; learnt with certainty or assurance; facts have been ascertained.
◦ DETERMINATION will overcome any obstacle: http://bit.ly/35boXik
Prepare yourself for success ( http://bit.ly/34ffNjw )
"The biggest challenge after success is shutting up about it." (Criss Jami, American poet, essayist, philosopher, songwriter, creator/designer)
"Success unshared is failure." (John Paul DeJoria, Greek-Italian-American entrepreneur, a self-made billionaire, philanthropist)
"Don't blame Wall Street. Don't blame the big banks. If you don't have a job and you're not rich, blame yourself!" (Herman Cain, American Politician)
___________________________________________________
►HALL OF SHAME
“Our critics make us strong! Our fears make us bold! Our haters make us wise! Our foes make us active! Our obstacles make us passionate! Our losses make us wealthy! Our disappointments make us appointed! Our unseen treasures give us a known peace! Whatever is designed against us will work for us!” (Israelmore Ayivor, writer)
▸ DISSES
Recorded herein for posterity. All made before I turned $50,000 into $13million in Sep-Oct 2018.
“Matthew you are poor man! The worst trader I know! Probably the worst trader in the world! Why do you comment free products that you are not interest in and you do not know nothing about these products, you financial moron! Just for points? It is your new way of making money? Anyone who lost less money than you is better trader than you!!! Even koala bear LMAO!" (Krzysztof Lorenc, hater, 2018)
“You can't stop, you have an addiction, that's a serious problem. You are mentally sick; you need to see a psychologist." (M. Garwarzad, hater, 2018)
“You were greedy. You should have listened to me all those years ago (2008?) and invested in houses. Houses were $300 K, now they are over $1 million. You could have had a few houses by now. The rent helps pay them off. You could have been retired by [age] 40 (currently 35). You should cut your losses now and stop your gambling. Take out whatever money you have left and invest in gold. Fiat currency is going to be worthless. We are going to see a depression worse than 1930. You have wasted all your money. You wouldn't have to keep working three jobs if you had listened to me back then. You [had] better start saving or else if you lose your job you will have nothing. What will happen if you can't work? If you fall sick? You won't be able to afford medical expenses, and you won't be able to afford rent. You will be out on the streets (begging). Start putting some money away in a savings account. You're lucky you're not in jail for losing all that money." (K. Morel, hater, 2018)
“Quit while you're ahead. Take it out. You should take the money out and buy a property. You don't know what's going to happen (with your health, life, investment, etc.)" (many detractors, most everyone else, 2006-2018)
“You don't really have that money; that is Demo trading." (haters that keep losing, 2018)
▸ REBUTTAL
Forget About Dre: http://bit.ly/2qEFkF4
Broke: http://bit.ly/2P9Mhr8
Why You Always Hatin? http://bit.ly/2E7GQmj
No Love: http://bit.ly/2qHAXJs
Balla Blockin: http://bit.ly/2shCiHv
Lay Low: http://bit.ly/2EaRUzb
IDGAF: http://bit.ly/2smamSx
Fake Ass Bitches: http://bit.ly/2PaZJLm
F*ck Em All: http://bit.ly/2PdfKkc
Fear Nothing: http://bit.ly/2sngOJ1
Killing In the Name: http://bit.ly/2sjvB7w
Titanium: http://bit.ly/2PdrH9B
Till I Die: http://bit.ly/2YIVXMr
I'm a Real 1: http://bit.ly/2E6c7pK
Grew Up A Screw Up: http://bit.ly/348MBe1
I Got the Keys: http://bit.ly/34aMRJx
Forever: http://bit.ly/35eWtEi
Back In Black: http://bit.ly/2Pdkar3
Y.U. MAD: http://bit.ly/2E96CXp
Rollout: http://bit.ly/2sjvYyW
Good Morning: http://bit.ly/2qELgxQ
Bugatti: http://bit.ly/2slCyW0
100 Million: http://bit.ly/2sm3i8s
Cash Flow: http://bit.ly/35eWJDg
All I Do Is Win: http://bit.ly/2YEcm4M
I Made It: http://bit.ly/2E7qPwT
Berzerk: http://bit.ly/2qHkapR
Chillin': http://bit.ly/2sgcgEo
Good Feeling: http://bit.ly/35f9Rsb
My Ass: http://bit.ly/2qJ0r9r
Happy: http://bit.ly/2PcdvgZ
You’re Never Gonna Get It: http://bit.ly/2Pd10BK
Hard Bottoms & White Socks: http://bit.ly/2qELDse
Traders Anthem: http://bit.ly/2YIT2DC
Make It Rain: http://bit.ly/2sm3TqJ
High As Me: http://bit.ly/393hOSr
Hood Rich: http://bit.ly/35ozwic
http://bit.ly/2YDdQwh
http://bit.ly/2YF9rc1
"It doesn’t matter what morons say." (Dan Pena, American businessman and business coach)
“The distance between insanity and genius is measured only by success.” (Bruce Feirstein, American screenwriter)
“Some people try to be tall by cutting off the heads of others.” (Paramahansa Yogananda, Indian yogi and guru, 1893-1952)
“What you habitually think largely determines what you will ultimately become.” (Bruce Lee, Hong Kong-American actor, director, martial artist, martial arts instructor, philosopher, 1940-1973)
"It’s our nature: Human beings like success but they hate successful people." (Carrot Top, American comedian)
"The secret to success is to offend the greatest number of people." (George Bernard Shaw, Irish playwright, critic, polemicist, political activist, 1856-1950)
“The more bold you are, the more rejection you’ll experience.” (Todd Brison, blogger)
"Behind every successful person lies a pack of haters." (Eminem, American rapper)
"Those who try to do something and fail are infinitely better than those who try nothing and succeed." (Lloyd Jones, New Zealand author)
"Winners are not afraid of losing. But losers are. Failure is part of the process of success. People who avoid failure also avoid success." (Robert Kiyosaki, American businessman and author)
“It's hard to soar with the eagles when you're surrounded by turkeys.” (Adam Sandler, American actor, comedian, screenwriter, film producer)
"Can you really explain to a fish what it’s like to walk on land? One day on land is worth a thousand years of talking about it, and one day running a business has exactly the same kind of value." (Warren Buffett, American business magnate, investor, speaker and philanthropist)
"I owe my success to having listened respectfully to the very best advice, and then going away and doing the exact opposite." (G. K. Chesterton, English writer, poet, philosopher, dramatist, journalist, orator, lay theologian, biographer, literary and art critic, 1874-1936)
“Do not save what is left after spending but spend what is left after saving.” (Warren Buffett, American business magnate, investor, speaker and philanthropist)
“Investing puts money to work. The only reason to save money is to invest it.” (Grant Cardone, author, sales trainer, speaker, real estate mogul)
http://bit.ly/2Pc09kH
“A man convinced against his will, stands opposed ever still. A man convinced he is right, gives the effort twice the fight.” (Jeffrey Fry, entrepreneur)
"When everything seems to be going against you, remember that the airplane takes off against the wind, not with it.” (Henry Ford, American captain of industry, business magnate, 1863-1947)
"Always bear in mind that your own resolution to succeed is more important than any other one thing." (Abraham Lincoln, American statesman, lawyer, 16th POTUS, 1809-1865)
"If you think you can, you can. And if you think you can’t, you’re right." (Henry Ford, American captain of industry, business magnate, founder Ford Motor Company, 1863-1947)
"Only those who dare to fail greatly can ever achieve greatly." (Robert F. Kennedy, American politician, lawyer, senator, 1925-1968)
"That some achieve great success, is proof to all that others can achieve it as well." (Abraham Lincoln, American statesman, lawyer, 16th POTUS, 1809-1865)
"The super successful also have a different take on failure. They understand that failure is what happens when you do something. The greatest successes in the world also experienced the greatest failures. The all-time strikeout record in major league baseball is held by… Babe Ruth. But we don’t remember him for his strikeouts. We remember him for setting a home run record that stood for decades, long before performance enhancing drugs destroyed America’s love affair with baseball. No one cares about the Babe’s strikeouts. The point is he kept swinging the damn bat! Most of us never get out of the dugout – let alone up to the plate. Those people not only wonder why they never hit a home run – they even begrudge the determined hitters who do." (Dan Pena, American businessman and business coach)
"I’ve missed more than 9,000 shots in my career. I’ve lost almost 300 games. 26 times I’ve been trusted to take the game winning shot and missed. I’ve failed over and over and over again in my life and that is why I succeed." (Michael Jordan, American former professional basketball player)
"If you have no critics you’ll likely have no success." (Malcolm X, American minister and human rights activist, 1925-1965)
"I’m convinced that about half of what separates successful entrepreneurs from the non successful entrepreneurs is pure perseverance. It is so hard, you pour so much of your life into this thing, there are such rough moments in time, that most people give up. I don’t blame them, it’s really tough." (Steve Jobs, American business magnate, 1955-2011)
"Through perseverance many people win success out of what seemed destined to be certain failure." (Benjamin Disraeli, former British Prime Minister, 1804-1881)
"The distance between insanity and genius is measured only by success." (Bruce Feirstein, American screenwriter)
"The people who succeed are irrationally passionate about something." (Naval Ravikant, CEO Founder AngelList)
“You will fall. And when you fall, the winner always gets up, and the loser stays down.” (Arnold Schwarzenegger, Austrian-American actor, filmmaker, businessman, investor, author, philanthropist, activist, politician, former professional bodybuilder and powerlifter)
"Failure should be our teacher, not our undertaker. Failure is delay, not defeat. It is a temporary detour, not a dead end. Failure is something we can avoid only by saying nothing, doing nothing, and being nothing." (Dr. Denis Waitley, American motivational speaker, writer and consultant)
“If you want to increase your success rate, double your failure rate.” (Tom Watson Sr, American businessman, chairman and CEO of IBM, 1874-1956)
"The season of failure is the best time for sowing the seeds of success." (Paramahansa Yogananda, Indian yogi and guru, 1893-1952)
"The master has failed more times than the beginner has even tried." (Stephen McCranie, writer and illustrator)
"Your willingness to fail is what will let you succeed." (Vinod Khosla, Indian American billionaire engineer, businessman, venture capitalist)
"Failure is simply the opportunity to begin again, this time more intelligently." (Henry Ford, American captain of industry, business magnate, 1863-1947)
"But life will become a burden of existence unless you learn how to fail gracefully. There is an art in defeat which noble souls always acquire; you must know how to lose cheerfully; you must be fearless of disappointment. Never hesitate to admit failure. Make no attempt to hide failure under deceptive smiles and beaming optimism. It sounds well always to claim success, but the end results are appalling. Such a technique leads directly to the creation of a world of unreality and to the inevitable crash of ultimate disillusionment." (Urantia Book 160:4.13)
"Many of life’s failures are people who did not realize how close they were to success when they gave up." (Thomas Alva Edison, American inventor and businessman, 1847-1931)
"Our best successes often come after our greatest disappointments." (Henry Ward Beecher, American Congregationalist clergyman, social reformer, speaker, 1813-1887)
"If you set your goals ridiculously high and it’s a failure, you will fail above everyone else’s success." (James Cameron, Canadian filmmaker, philanthropist, deep-sea explorer)
"Success is almost totally dependent upon drive and persistence. The extra energy required to make another effort or try another approach is the secret of winning." (Denis Waitley, American motivational speaker)
"Dictionary is the only place that success comes before work. Hard work is the price we must pay for success. I think you can accomplish anything if you’re willing to pay the price." (Vince Lombardi, American football player, coach, executive, 1913-1970)
"Ambition is the path to success. Persistence is the vehicle you arrive in. (Bill Bradley, American politician, former professional basketball player)
"Success consists of going from failure to failure without loss of enthusiasm." (Winston Churchill, British politician, statesman, army officer, writer, 1874-1965)
"The first requisite for success is the ability to apply your physical and mental energies to one problem incessantly without growing weary." (Charles Caleb Colton, English cleric, writer, collector, 1780-1832)
"Optimism is the faith that leads to achievement." (Helen Keller, American author, political activist, lecturer, 1880-1968)
"The only question to ask yourself is, how much are you willing to sacrifice to achieve this success?" (Larry Flynt, American publisher)
"Success comes in cans; failure in can’ts." (Wilfred Peterson, American author, 1900-1995)
"If you really want to do something, you will find a way. If you don’t, you’ll find an excuse." (Jim Rohn, American entrepreneur, author, motivational speaker, 1930-2009)
"Success is my only option, failure’s not." (Eminem, American rapper)
"Fall seven times, stand up eight." (Japanese Proverb)
"Success is the good fortune that comes from aspiration, desperation, perspiration, and inspiration." (Evan Esar, American humorist, 1899-1995)
"Men succeed when they realize that their failures are the preparation for their victories." (Ralph Waldo Emerson, American essayist, lecturer, philosopher, poet, 1803-1882)
"Super success is not for the wishy washy. Victory in business, like war, comes to the toughest son-of-a-bitch in the valley." (Dan Pena, American businessman and business coach)
"Behind every successful man there’s a lot of unsuccessful years." (Bob Brown, former Australian politician, medical doctor, and environmentalist)
"A minute’s success pays the failure of years." (Robert Browning, English poet and playwright, 1812-1889)
"I once read an interview with a hedge fund manager, who had one of his traders lose $50 million on a trade. When asked if he was going to fire that trader, he replied “Are you nuts? We just paid $50 million for him to learn that lesson – why would we pack him up and ship him off to another hedge fund to benefit from it?” (Christopher Lee, independent trader, http://bit.ly/34aZ3ds )
"It is a mistake to suppose that men succeed through success; they much oftener succeed through failures. Precept, study, advice, and example could never have taught them so well as failure has done." (Samuel Smiles, author, 1812-1904)
“Formal education will make you a living; self-education will make you a fortune.” (Jim Rohn, American entrepreneur, author and motivational speaker, 1930-2009)
“To be a successful business owner and investor, you have to be emotionally neutral to winning and losing. Winning and losing are just part of the game.” (Robert Kiyosaki, American businessman and author)
"Out of the 241 trades, 16 of them were responsible for ALL of the profit. Most people in this world can't handle it. Yet, it is the only way I have ever seen anyone make money trading. Ever. I was on Wall Street for 23 years. All of the successful fund managers will have long losing streaks, sometimes lasting 6 months to a year. And then... boom! They let their winners run and they wipe out all of their losses. It is how trading works." (Mark Shawzin, thepatterntrader.com)
"The winners pay for thousands of losers." (Jeff Bezos, CEO of Amazon, http://bit.ly/2YM0vBW )
"To turn $100 into $110 is work. To turn $100 million into $110 million is inevitable." (Edgar Bronfman Sr, Canadian-American businessman and philanthropist, 1929-2013)
"The best revenge is massive success." (Frank Sinatra, American singer, 1915-1998)
____________________________________________________________________________________
►E=MC²: EMANCIPATION (E) = MOTIVATION (M) x CONCENTRATION (C)² (aka. intentioned F.O.C.U.S.)
◦ Motivation (M): http://bit.ly/2PdsTJU
◦ Remember The Name: http://bit.ly/2YCE02h
◦ Always Hardcore: http://bit.ly/2E9saDb
◦ Go Hard: http://bit.ly/2YDgbqW
◦ Work Hard Play Hard: http://bit.ly/35f0oRx
◦ We Made It: http://bit.ly/348OhnP
"The difference between the impossible and the possible lies in a man's DETERMINATION." (Tommy Lasorda, manager Los Angeles Dodgers 1976-1996)
"It always seems impossible until IT'S DONE." (Nelson Mandela, former South African President, 1918-2013)
“You will find that you are not a victim of fate but a victim of faith (your own).” (Neville Goddard, prophet, influential teacher, author, 1905-1972)
"Come what may, all bad fortune is to be conquered by endurance." (Virgil, Roman Poet, 70-19BC)
"Without your involvement you can't succeed. With your involvement you can't fail." (A.P.J Abdul Kalam, scientist, science administrator, 11th President of India, 1931–2015)
"Tough times don’t last. Tough people do." (Dan Pena, American businessman and business coach)
"What separates those who go under and those who rise above adversity is the strength of their will and their hunger for power." (50 Cent, American rapper, singer, songwriter, record producer, actor, businessman, investor)
“Imagination is the beginning of creation. You imagine what you desire, and then you believe it to be true. Every dream could be realized by those self-disciplined enough to believe it.” (Neville Goddard, prophet, influential teacher, and author, 1905-1972)
“Dream is not the thing you see in sleep but is that thing that doesn't let you sleep.” (A.P.J. Abdul Kalam, scientist, science administrator, 11th President of India, 1931–2015)
"The fulfillment of your dream is directly proportional to your desire to succeed… and how much you’re willing to sacrifice. If you are not prepared to die, then you are not prepared to live." (Dan Pena, American businessman and business coach)
"Get rich or die trying." (50 Cent, American rapper, singer, songwriter, record producer, actor, businessman, investor)
"Never say die!" http://bit.ly/349x5yI (DragonBall Z, Akira Toriyama, Japanese manga artist)
"One shouldn't take life so seriously. No one gets out alive anyway.” (Jim Morrison, American singer-songwriter, poet)
"We should not fret for what is past, nor should we be anxious about the future; men of discernment deal only with the present moment." (Chanakya, Indian teacher, philosopher, economist, jurist, royal advisor, c.371-283 BC)
"Much of man's sorrow is born of the disappointment of his ambitions and the wounding of his pride. Although men owe a duty to themselves to make the best of their lives on earth, having thus sincerely exerted themselves, they should cheerfully accept their lot and exercise ingenuity in making the most of that which has fallen to their hands." (Urantia Book 149:5.3)
"If all you have is money, you are among the poorest people in the world. You only become truly rich the day you possess something that money cannot buy.” (Matshona Dhliwayo, philosopher, entrepreneur, author)
"Top 15 things money can’t buy: Time. Happiness. Inner Peace. Integrity. Love. Character. Manners. Health. Respect. Morals. Trust. Patience. Class. Common sense. Dignity." (Roy T. Bennett, author)
“While wealth will be a capricious shadow to our lives, true riches lie in strength of character; that is infinitely harder to accumulate. It is the only gold that enhances our potential in terms of what we can offer the world.” (Salma Farook, author)
"A wise person should have money in their head, but not in their heart." (Jonathan Swift, Anglo-Irish satirist, essayist, poet, 1667-1745)
“Does not Dionysius seem to have made it sufficiently clear that there can be nothing happy for the person over whom some fear always looms?" (Sword of Damocles, Tusculan Disputations, Marcus Tullius Cicero, 106-43BC)
"Wealth consists not in having great possessions, but in having few wants." (Epictetus, Greek Stoic philosopher, 50-135AD)
"Just ignore whoever isn't willing to share; don't expect money when you give bread to a beggar." (anon)
"If the faith of the Most High has entered your heart, then shall you abide free from fear throughout all the days of your life. Fret not yourself because of the prosperity of the ungodly; fear not those who plot evil; let the soul turn away from sin and put your whole trust in the God of salvation. The weary soul of the wandering mortal finds eternal rest in the arms of the Most High; the wise man hungers for the divine embrace; the earth child longs for the security of the arms of the Universal Father. The noble man seeks for that high estate wherein the soul of the mortal blends with the spirit of the Supreme. God is just: What fruit we receive not from our plantings in this world we shall receive in the next.” ' (Urantia Book 131:1.9)
"...the object of fear is fear itself. "Nothing," says Seneca, "is terrible in things except fear itself." And Epictetus says, "For it is not death or hardship that is a fearful thing, but the fear of death and hardship." Our anxiety puts frightening masks over all men and things. If we strip them of these masks their own countenance appears and the fear they produce disappears. This is true even of death. Since every day a little of our life is taken from us - since we are dying every day - the final hour when we cease to exist does not of itself bring death; it merely completes the death process. The horrors connected with it are a matter of imagination. They vanish when the mask is taken from the image of death." (Paul Tillich, author, The Courage To Be, p.19)
'One day when Ganid asked Jesus why he had not devoted himself to the work of a public teacher, he said: “My son, everything must await the coming of its time. You are born into the world, but no amount of anxiety and no manifestation of impatience will help you to grow up. You must, in all such matters, wait upon time. Time alone will ripen the green fruit upon the tree. Season follows season and sundown follows sunrise only with the passing of time. I am now on the way to Rome with you and your father, and that is sufficient for today. My tomorrow is wholly in the hands of my Father in heaven.” And then he told Ganid the story of Moses and the forty years of watchful waiting and continued preparation.' (Urantia Book 130:5.3)
"To ask is the first important step. To continue to ask never allows the process to move beyond the asking stage. First ask, assume the answer is on its way and then continue to express appreciation that it is happening in its own perfect wisdom and timing. That 'wisdom and timing' is greatly influenced by the one asking and how well that awareness is able to follow through with the two remaining steps after the initial asking. This is often called prayer. Nothing can happen until there is first asking. Then the next two steps, assuming it is happening (continued FOCUS of intent) and expression of appreciation (allowance) controls the manifestation. It is that simple! A few additional details are helpful. Ask within a framework that allows what might be called 'Divine Intelligence' or thought thinking to fill in the details. Doubt destroys results; trust insures them." (anonymous, Vol III: Becoming, http://bit.ly/2EaUncY )
"Try and leave this world a little better than you found it, and when your turn comes to die, you can die happy in feeling that at any rate, you have not wasted your time but have done your best." (Robert Baden-Powell, British Army officer, writer, author)
"The satisfying joy of high duty is the eclipsing emotion of spiritual beings. Sorrow cannot exist in the face of the consciousness of divine duty faithfully performed. And when man’s ascending soul stands before the Supreme Judge, the decision of eternal import will not be determined by material successes or quantitative achievements; the verdict reverberating through the high courts declares: 'Well done, good and faithful servant; you have been faithful over a few essentials; you shall be made ruler over universe realities.'" (Urantia Book 25:1.6)
13 “When, through and by the ministry of all the helper hosts of the universal scheme of survival, you are finally deposited on the receiving world of Havona, you arrive with only one sort of perfection — perfection of purpose. Your purpose has been thoroughly proved; your faith has been tested. You are known to be disappointment proof. Not even the failure to discern the Universal Father can shake the faith or seriously disturb the trust of an ascendant mortal who has passed through the experience that all must traverse in order to attain the perfect spheres of Havona. By the time you reach Havona, your sincerity has become sublime. Perfection of purpose and divinity of desire, with steadfastness of faith, have secured your entrance to the settled abodes of eternity; your deliverance from the uncertainties of time is full and complete; and now must you come face to face with the problems of Havona and the immensities of Paradise, to meet which you have so long been in training in the experiential epochs of time on the world schools of space.
14 Faith has won for the ascendant pilgrim a perfection of purpose which admits the children of time to the portals of eternity. Now must the pilgrim helpers begin the work of developing that perfection of understanding and that technique of comprehension which are so indispensable to Paradise perfection of personality.
15 Ability to comprehend is the mortal passport to Paradise. Willingness to believe is the key to Havona. The acceptance of sonship, co-operation with the indwelling Adjuster, is the price of evolutionary survival.”
(Urantia Book 26:4.13-15)
“But long before reaching Havona, these ascendant children of time have learned to feast upon uncertainty, to fatten upon disappointment, to enthuse over apparent defeat, to invigorate in the presence of difficulties, to exhibit indomitable courage in the face of immensity, and to exercise unconquerable faith when confronted with the challenge of the inexplicable. Long since, the battle cry of these pilgrims became: “In liaison with God, nothing—absolutely nothing—is impossible.” (Urantia Book 26:5.3)
2 The eternal purpose of the eternal God is a high spiritual ideal. The events of time and the struggles of material existence are but the transient scaffolding which bridges over to the other side, to the promised land of spiritual reality and supernal existence. Of course, you mortals find it difficult to grasp the idea of an eternal purpose; you are virtually unable to comprehend the thought of eternity, something never beginning and never ending. Everything familiar to you has an end.
3 As regards an individual life, the duration of a realm, or the chronology of any connected series of events, it would seem that we are dealing with an isolated stretch of time; everything seems to have a beginning and an end. And it would appear that a series of such experiences, lives, ages, or epochs, when successively arranged, constitutes a straightaway drive, an isolated event of time flashing momentarily across the infinite face of eternity. But when we look at all this from behind the scenes, a more comprehensive view and a more complete understanding suggest that such an explanation is inadequate, disconnected, and wholly unsuited properly to account for, and otherwise to correlate, the transactions of time with the underlying purposes and basic reactions of eternity.
4 To me it seems more fitting, for purposes of explanation to the mortal mind, to conceive of eternity as a cycle and the eternal purpose as an endless circle, a cycle of eternity in some way synchronized with the transient material cycles of time. As regards the sectors of time connected with, and forming a part of, the cycle of eternity, we are forced to recognize that such temporary epochs are born, live, and die just as the temporary beings of time are born, live, and die. Most human beings die because, having failed to achieve the spirit level of Adjuster fusion, the metamorphosis of death constitutes the only possible procedure whereby they may escape the fetters of time and the bonds of material creation, thereby being enabled to strike spiritual step with the progressive procession of eternity. Having survived the trial life of time and material existence, it becomes possible for you to continue on in touch with, even as a part of, eternity, swinging on forever with the worlds of space around the circle of the eternal ages. (Urantia Book 32:5.2-4)
"When persons search for God, they are searching for everything. When they find God, they have found everything." (Urantia Book 117:6.9)
"In the madness of materialism the West delivers its great thinkers to the graveyard of thoughts, and tramples those in the dirt, who wish to abjure this madness with strong and holy words." (Prince V. F. Odoyevsky, Russian philosopher)
"The height of sophistication is simplicity. (Clare Boothe Luce, American author, politician, U.S. Ambassador, 1903-1987)
“He who succeeds in raising himself above his emotions in suppressing in himself anger and the fear of illness, is capable of overcoming the attrition of the years and attaining an age at least double that at which men now die of old age.“ (Adamus St. Germain, 1710–1784)
"This above all: to thine own self be true, And it must follow, as the night the day, Thou canst not then be false to any man." (William Shakespeare, English poet, 1564-1616)
The opposite of FEAR (False Evidence Appearing Real) is FAITH (the First Attribute In Thinking Healthy): https://bit.ly/2UWSnNk
◦ http://bit.ly/2QzdKms
◦ http://bit.ly/358ugiB
◦ www.urantia.org
◦ http://bit.ly/2EaT5yp
◦ http://bit.ly/2PevSSc
◦ www.nohoax.com
◦ http://bit.ly/349tIHN
◦ http://bit.ly/2EaURQk
◦ http://bit.ly/2E5geCy
◦ http://bit.ly/35fbIx9
◦ http://bit.ly/2EcAq5e
◦ www.wespenre.com
◦ http://bit.ly/2EaV6Lb
◦ http://bit.ly/347ylCk
◦ http://bit.ly/2WARhte
◦ http://bit.ly/2UaSWny
◦ http://bit.ly/2y6jJsJ
◦ http://bit.ly/2xak9y9
____________________________________________________________________________________________
►HOW TO INVEST LIKE... MICHAEL STEINHARDT (American investor, hedge fund manager, and philanthropist)
By Filipe R. Costa
▸ A FEW TRADING RULES
In a speech back in 2004, Steinhardt mentioned a few trading rules that he believes to be critical to achieving a successful investment performance. They can be summarised as follows:
1/Make all your mistakes early in life.
Steinhardt is very pragmatic and believes that the most important part of learning comes from one's own mistakes. Investors learn from their bad experiences and become aware of what works and what does not.
2/Always make your living doing something you enjoy.
This allows the commitment to the whole investment process to be strong, which is a requirement in a competitive world. Basically, investment is about brain and heart.
3/Be intellectually competitive.
Investment is a continuous process requiring supervision and action even before some particular asset is selected and added to a portfolio. Constant research is always required to gain an advantage over the market in order to "sense a major change coming in a situation, before anyone else". Sensing the market before all others do has always been a top priority for Steinhardt; it is this that led him to go over his firm's portfolio six times a day, and rendered him the sobriquet Captain Ahab.
4/Make good decisions even with incomplete information.
It is a good idea to gather as much information as possible before entering any single trade, but the available information will never be complete or perfect. Investors need to be trained to work on the facts, figure out what does matter, and take the right trading decisions before all others gain awareness of the situation. They then need to have the courage to put sufficient money behind the trade to achieve a meaningful outcome.
5/Always trust your intuition.
Over the years, investors develop and refine an ability to take the best decisions on their intuition. But this intuition doesn't come from a gut feeling or a hunch. Rather, it is a complex process deriving from the investor's cumulative learning over the years. It's wisdom, like that of a fruit seller guessing weights without a scale. It's an educated intuition.
6/Don't make small investments.
Amazon's stock price climbed from $38 to $820 during the last 10 years, a 2,160% rise. Had you invested $10,000 you would have a respectable $216,000 position by now. But had you invested just $100 you would have missed a potentially life-changing opportunity. After spending so much time and effort researching an asset, investors must make sure that the rewards from the money at risk are meaningful.
▸ A FEW FINAL WORDS
Steinhardt's variant perception is a contrarian approach to the market, but one under which opposing market sentiment is insufficient. Timing is everything. Just because sentiment is very bullish, which is usually the case near market tops, it doesn't mean it can't be even more bullish the next day (the Nifty-Fifty during the 1960s is a good example of this).Trends often last longer than you can stay solvent betting against them. Investors need a strong instinct for the markets, which takes time to develop and effort to improve. Past experience trading the markets is key, as is knowledge acquired through deep research. Steinhardt doesn't believe in pre-set rules. For him, stop-loss orders, buying on weakness selling on strength breakouts and breakdowns, as well as charts and technical analysis, are all superfluous to a successful strategy. "I look at the stock. It has a fantastic chart. The chart has a base like this, and then if it goes up a little bit more, boy it is a real breakout, blah, blah, blah, blah. They all seem the same to me".
Fundamentals and market timing is what matters the most. And, when the right opportunity surges, investors should embrace it without fear, being flexible enough to be net short as easily as they can be net long, and having the boldness to take on large meaningful positions.
http://bit.ly/2YEHtgB
https://bit.ly/2BR21eR
_________________________________________________________
►DAN PENA'S PENAISMS (American businessman and business coach)
◦ Dream big… and dare to fail!
◦ The more you investigate, the less you have to invest.
◦ Never, ever second-guess yourself.
◦ I’ve never seen a “part-time” super successful, high performance person.
◦ Don’t waste time on things you can’t change.
◦ When you deal with the opinionated or egotistical, always give credit where it isn’t due.
◦ You won’t always have all the answers. Only take seriously the advice of others whom you greatly respect.
◦ The consequences of a misguided decision are insignificant in the cosmos of eternity.
◦ Always shoot for the moon. Even if you don’t hit the bulls-eye, you’ll at least get 80%
◦ Everybody else is worried about life after death. My concern is about life before death.
◦ The business world is divided into people with great ideas, and people who take action on those ideas.
◦ If you want things to change, first you have to change.
◦ A man who dwells on his past, robs his future.
◦ There’s a big difference between playing to win and playing not to lose.
◦ The only difference between a champ and a chump is “U”.
◦ A good plan executed today is better than a great plan executed next week.
◦ To achieve “hyper-growth”, avert avoidable mistakes, and let your successes run their course. Do more of what you’re doing right – and less of what you’re doing wrong.
◦ Business opportunities abound – but formidable barriers exist. And the biggest barrier is psychological. It is you.
◦ Conventional wisdom is almost always wrong.
◦ Absence of evidence is not evidence of absence. Just because something has never been done doesn’t mean it can’t be done. The fact you have never seen or heard something is not proof that it doesn’t exist.
◦ Every worthy dream has a “pay-price-to-action”. That means you have to give up something to get something. You can’t have it all.
◦ The best way to predict the future is to create it yourself.
◦ I never met a super successful, high performance person who wasn’t enthusiastic.
◦ Whoever said money can’t buy you happiness doesn’t know where to shop.
◦ Excuses are the crutches of the untalented and unambitious.
◦ You’ve known all along it’s tough to be successful. But you’d rather hear the fairy tales.
◦ Always respect the individual on the other side of the deal. He is not as stupid as you may think. And you’re not as smart as you think.
◦ Logic can be a logical process which leads to a wrong conclusion.
◦ It isn’t a case of taking a big chance. It’s a matter of giving yourself a big chance.
◦ The more self-esteem you give others, the more you have. And the more you have, the easier it is to give away.
◦ Most successful people do it poorly until they do it well. Just keep blundering along. You can’t wait until it’s exactly right. The product of your quest for perfection is… paralysis.
◦ A guarantor is a fool with a pen.
◦ No matter how tempting, never accept short-term solutions to long-term problems.
◦ Too many companies try to patch when they should amputate. ‘Let’s reorganize and save this mess’ is a clarion call to disaster. Cut your losses, kick the cuttings out of your way, and move on.
◦ If you want to travel above and beyond the herd, don’t try to be better. Try to be different. Or better yet, be first!
◦ Find your passion and wrap your career around it.
◦ You’ll be motivated by inspiration… or desperation. It’s your choice.
◦ People with low self-esteem protect themselves by not taking risks. High self-esteem gives you the power of confidence to take chances.
◦ Give yourself permission to make mistakes. It’s called learning.
◦ Being all you can be is possible for anyone, but... super success is not for everyone. Period.
◦ Don’t take high performance advice from your peers, family or friends unless they are high performance people themselves.
◦ The road to success is always under construction.
◦ Progress often masquerades as trouble.
◦ Don’t focus on mistakes, focus on the positive “next time”!
___________________________________________________
THIS IS NOT DEMO
Amigos
3974
Pedidos
Enviados
![Matthew Todorovski](https://c.mql5.com/avatar/2014/9/5423F64B-633A.jpg)
Matthew Todorovski
CHAPTER 51 Wars
25/51.1. When Thothma was quite dead the priests carried his body into the temple, fully believing his spirit would return from heaven and transform the body from corruptible into incorruptible flesh to live forever. And they laid the corpse in the place previously designated by the Gods, and sealed it up according to the commands of the false Osiris, Savior of men.
25/51.2. Osiris had said: Whoever believes in me, him I will save to everlasting life, and though he lose his body, he shall find it yet again, and the corruptible flesh shall be changed in the twinkling of an eye, and become incorruptible to life everlasting, with the spirit that abides within it.
25/51.3. On the fifth day the priests opened the chamber, for according to the LAWS OF MIRACLES, on that day, the spirit should accomplish the feat; but lo and behold, it had not come to pass, and the body still lay cold and dead. But the Gods came in sar’gis and said to the priests: Seal up the body for another five days. And the priests did as commanded; and after that they examined it again, but life had not returned. Again they were commanded to seal it up for another five days, which they did, but life did not return.
25/51.4. Houaka, who was now the high priest, inquired of Osiris concerning the matter. And Osiris, through his servant God, Egupt, answered him, saying: Go fetch a young man who is warm in the blood, which is life in the flesh, and he shall be the seventh son of an adept, and know how to CAST HIMSELF IN DEATH.
25/51.5. The priests brought Xaian, who was in his twenty-fourth year, and when he came into the Holy Chamber he was told to cast himself in death for benefit of the king’s soul. And Xaian thus cast himself, and he was sealed in the chamber of death for five days along with the king’s corpse. And in five days the priests brought both bodies into the Holy Chamber, according to instructions. And Osiris came and commanded them to stand around the bodies, and when they had done so, the angels from Osiris’ kingdom came and spirited away the dead body of the king, and they brought back the spirit of Xaian to inhabit the body of Xaian, and put it in possession of it, making believe it was the spirit of Thothma returned.
25/51.6. Houaka said to the Gods: Where is the body of Thothma? Has it been transformed? And the Gods answered: It has gone to heaven, and will return after many days. But as to the spirit of the king, behold, he is with you. And the priests spoke to Xaian, believing it was Thothma. And after three days they came out of the temple (pretending Xian was Thothma), to re-crown him as Thothma the Second, and they proclaimed it abroad that these things were true, although they knew they were not.
25/51.7. As to the spirit of Thothma, at the time of death it was taken to Agho’aden and put among the servants of Osiris’ heavenly kingdom, and thus enslaved. So Xaian became king of Egupt.
25/51.8. Now, regarding the false Gods, Osiris and his confederates, they never tried to reincarnate the spirit of Thothma; but because of the virtues and the wisdom of Thothma, they used him for the benefit of Osiris’ heavenly kingdom, and to establish Osiris everlastingly on the earth as the all highest God.
25/51.9. As to the kingdoms of the land of Egupt, which succeeded Thothma, the inhabitants of the earth already know the chief part. For hundreds and hundreds of years the Eguptians were the most learned people in the world, and especially in knowledge of the stars, sun and moon, and in adeptism and miracles.
25/51.10. But woe came to them; the land became flooded with hundreds of millions of drujas; and as to the people of Egupt, the chief desire was to be able to return in spirit after death and dwell with mortals. And the things which followed are not even lawful to mention.
25/51.11. Suffice it to say, these spirits lost all sight of any higher heavens than to dwell on the earth; they knew no other. And they watched for the times when children were born, and obsessed them, driving away the natural spirit, and growing up in the new body of the newborn, calling themselves reincarnated; and these drujas professed that when they previously lived on earth they were great kings, or queens, or philosophers.
25/51.12. And they taught as their master, Osiris, the false, did: That there was no higher heaven than here on the earth, and that man must be reincarnated over and over until the flesh became immortal. Not all of these spirits drove away the natural spirit; but many merely engrafted themselves on the same body; and, while such persons lived, these spirits lived with them and dwelt with them day and night; not knowing more than their mortal companion. And when such a person died, behold, the druja went and engrafted itself on another child, and lived and dwelt with it in the same way; and thus continuing, generation after generation.
25/51.13. And because of these indulgences many of the spirits came in sar’gis in the families of the Eguptians; eating and drinking with them corporeally; and even doing things of which no man may speak, by which dire disease seized upon the flesh of mortals; and their blood and their flesh became inhabited with vermin. The people became idlers and vagrants; the lands were not tilled, and the places of learning became deserted ruins.
http://oahspestandardedition.com/OAHSPE_Standard_Edition_for_Screen_Reading.pdf
25/51.1. When Thothma was quite dead the priests carried his body into the temple, fully believing his spirit would return from heaven and transform the body from corruptible into incorruptible flesh to live forever. And they laid the corpse in the place previously designated by the Gods, and sealed it up according to the commands of the false Osiris, Savior of men.
25/51.2. Osiris had said: Whoever believes in me, him I will save to everlasting life, and though he lose his body, he shall find it yet again, and the corruptible flesh shall be changed in the twinkling of an eye, and become incorruptible to life everlasting, with the spirit that abides within it.
25/51.3. On the fifth day the priests opened the chamber, for according to the LAWS OF MIRACLES, on that day, the spirit should accomplish the feat; but lo and behold, it had not come to pass, and the body still lay cold and dead. But the Gods came in sar’gis and said to the priests: Seal up the body for another five days. And the priests did as commanded; and after that they examined it again, but life had not returned. Again they were commanded to seal it up for another five days, which they did, but life did not return.
25/51.4. Houaka, who was now the high priest, inquired of Osiris concerning the matter. And Osiris, through his servant God, Egupt, answered him, saying: Go fetch a young man who is warm in the blood, which is life in the flesh, and he shall be the seventh son of an adept, and know how to CAST HIMSELF IN DEATH.
25/51.5. The priests brought Xaian, who was in his twenty-fourth year, and when he came into the Holy Chamber he was told to cast himself in death for benefit of the king’s soul. And Xaian thus cast himself, and he was sealed in the chamber of death for five days along with the king’s corpse. And in five days the priests brought both bodies into the Holy Chamber, according to instructions. And Osiris came and commanded them to stand around the bodies, and when they had done so, the angels from Osiris’ kingdom came and spirited away the dead body of the king, and they brought back the spirit of Xaian to inhabit the body of Xaian, and put it in possession of it, making believe it was the spirit of Thothma returned.
25/51.6. Houaka said to the Gods: Where is the body of Thothma? Has it been transformed? And the Gods answered: It has gone to heaven, and will return after many days. But as to the spirit of the king, behold, he is with you. And the priests spoke to Xaian, believing it was Thothma. And after three days they came out of the temple (pretending Xian was Thothma), to re-crown him as Thothma the Second, and they proclaimed it abroad that these things were true, although they knew they were not.
25/51.7. As to the spirit of Thothma, at the time of death it was taken to Agho’aden and put among the servants of Osiris’ heavenly kingdom, and thus enslaved. So Xaian became king of Egupt.
25/51.8. Now, regarding the false Gods, Osiris and his confederates, they never tried to reincarnate the spirit of Thothma; but because of the virtues and the wisdom of Thothma, they used him for the benefit of Osiris’ heavenly kingdom, and to establish Osiris everlastingly on the earth as the all highest God.
25/51.9. As to the kingdoms of the land of Egupt, which succeeded Thothma, the inhabitants of the earth already know the chief part. For hundreds and hundreds of years the Eguptians were the most learned people in the world, and especially in knowledge of the stars, sun and moon, and in adeptism and miracles.
25/51.10. But woe came to them; the land became flooded with hundreds of millions of drujas; and as to the people of Egupt, the chief desire was to be able to return in spirit after death and dwell with mortals. And the things which followed are not even lawful to mention.
25/51.11. Suffice it to say, these spirits lost all sight of any higher heavens than to dwell on the earth; they knew no other. And they watched for the times when children were born, and obsessed them, driving away the natural spirit, and growing up in the new body of the newborn, calling themselves reincarnated; and these drujas professed that when they previously lived on earth they were great kings, or queens, or philosophers.
25/51.12. And they taught as their master, Osiris, the false, did: That there was no higher heaven than here on the earth, and that man must be reincarnated over and over until the flesh became immortal. Not all of these spirits drove away the natural spirit; but many merely engrafted themselves on the same body; and, while such persons lived, these spirits lived with them and dwelt with them day and night; not knowing more than their mortal companion. And when such a person died, behold, the druja went and engrafted itself on another child, and lived and dwelt with it in the same way; and thus continuing, generation after generation.
25/51.13. And because of these indulgences many of the spirits came in sar’gis in the families of the Eguptians; eating and drinking with them corporeally; and even doing things of which no man may speak, by which dire disease seized upon the flesh of mortals; and their blood and their flesh became inhabited with vermin. The people became idlers and vagrants; the lands were not tilled, and the places of learning became deserted ruins.
http://oahspestandardedition.com/OAHSPE_Standard_Edition_for_Screen_Reading.pdf
![Matthew Todorovski](https://c.mql5.com/avatar/2014/9/5423F64B-633A.jpg)
Matthew Todorovski
CHAPTER 50 Wars
25/50.1. When the temple was completed, and the king and his four high priests entered into the Holy Chamber, the false Osiris, through his servant God, Egupt, came in sar’gis, and spoke to the king, saying: Here I am, O king!
25/50.2. Thothma said: My labor is well recompensed. That you have come to me, O Lord my God, I am blessed. Osiris said: Keep holy my chambers; permit no man, woman or child, that dwells on the face of the earth, to know the mysteries of these, my holies, except for my adepts. Here lies the key of everlasting life.
25/50.3. Thothma said: What do you mean by, the key of everlasting life? Osiris said: In this is that which is of good and evil, as I commanded your forefathers; to eat of it, man shall become as Gods, and so live forever. For this is the triumph of man over death, even for which I created him on the earth.
25/50.4. Thothma said: Shall only we five know these things? Osiris said: Surely not; otherwise the light of my kingdom would not be full. Behold how I built the temple! Was it not in the keeping of adepts? So, then, in the same manner that I have given you knowledge of my kingdom, so shall you give it to others, not permitting these lights (to come) to them except through my commandments.1010
25/50.5. Now in the second month after the temple was completed, Thothma, the king, having put the affairs of his kingdom in order, went into the HOLY CHAMBER, and from there ascended into the CHAMBER OF LIFE AND DEATH, leaving the four chief priests in the Holy Chamber. And Thothma CAST HIMSELF IN DEATH (dormancy) by swallowing his tongue. And the priests closed the entrance and sealed the king within.
25/50.6. Osiris, through his servant God, Egupt, said to the priests: One of you shall remain on quarter-watch, dwelling within the Holy Chamber and I will remain also. And the four priests cast lots, selecting their order, one for each of the four watches, of six hours each; repeating their schedule every day. And Osiris sent Baal to the spirit of Thothma, and took him to Agho’aden, Osiris’ heavenly place, showing his spirit the glory of the throne, saying: Behold the God of Gods. Thothma said: It is a great glory; lo, my eyes are blinded by the light of the Lord my God. After this, Baal took the soul of Thothma into a thousand heavenly places in Osiris’ kingdom, and showed him its glory.
25/50.7. Thothma said to Baal: O angel of God, you have shown me that God, in truth, is in the image of man. Nor is there anyone else but one God, who rules over all.
25/50.8. Baal said: What do you say, then; who is God? Thothma said: What do you say? For behold, his glory was so great I could not look upon him.
25/50.9. Then Baal answered, saying: There are only angels and mortals; these are the sum of all things. He, you have looked upon, was even as you are, a one-time mortal, but on a far-off star-world. He attained to the Godhead to create a world for himself; even as you, who are an adept, can create flowers, plants and serpents. Thus he came into the void regions of space and created the earth and her heavens, and they belong to him, for they are his. And in like manner every star-world is created and ruled by a God like your God, who is Lord of all.
25/50.10. Thothma said: O if only all people could know these things! O that I may remember them when I am returned to earth. Baal said: You shall remember more than this; for I will now take you to the hells of the idolaters and the Jehovihians. Baal then took the soul of Thothma to the hells of De’yus, and showed him its horrors. But he did not take him to the regions of God, in Craoshivi.
25/50.11. Now when Thothma had traveled in heaven for thirty days, Baal brought his spirit back to the Chamber of Death, and showed him how to regain his corporeal part, which he did. And then Baal signaled to Egupt, and the latter spoke to the priest on watch, saying: Behold, Thothma has returned; go and fetch your brothers, and deliver him into the Holy Chamber.
25/50.12. And when they came they unloosed the sealing stones and delivered the king into the Holy Chamber, and he was awake from his trance. Now, Thothma had been in the death trance forty days, but remembered all he had seen in heaven, which he related to the high priests who were with him. And both Baal and Egupt came in sar’gis and talked in the Holy Chamber with Thothma and the priests. For one day the king remained in the Holy Chamber, so that his spirit could be reconciled to the flesh; and on the next day he and the priests came out of the temple and sealed its door, and placed the king’s guard in charge, so that no man or woman would molest the place.
25/50.13. The three angels, Egupt, Baal and Ashtaroth, came into the altar in the king’s palace that night, and showed themselves to the college students who had attained ADEPT. Baal spoke orally before them, directing his words to the king, saying: Behold, I am the angel of God your Lord, whom you have seen in heaven; I am the same who traveled in heaven with you. What I speak, I say in the name of the Lord our God, whose servant I am. Tomorrow your high priests shall draw lots, and one of them shall enter the Chamber of Holies, in the Osirian Temple, and do as you have done. And after him, behold, another of the high priests shall do likewise; and so on, until all four have had your experience.
25/50.14. And it came to pass that the four priests in turn CAST THEMSELVES IN DEATH, and visited Osiris’ heavenly kingdoms, and also many of the hells of De’yus, being led in spirit by Baal or Ashtaroth, Egupt being the guardian God of the temple.
25/50.15. When they had thus accumulated the same knowledge of heaven and earth, the five of them were of one mind as to attaining life everlasting in the corporeal body. Osiris said: Behold, I will bring back many who are already dead; and they shall call to their embalmed bodies and wake them up and inhabit them. Go, then, to the root of the matter, and prepare my people, for I will come in person and inhabit the temple you have built; and my heavenly kingdom shall descend to the earth. Therefore, prepare the COLUMN OF THE STARS!
25/50.16. Thothma built a column to the east line of the slat, seven lengths, and the height was thirty-six lengths; of wood and stone he built it, with an opening from the bottom to the top, and the width of the opening was six lengths. In its walls was a winding stairway, and there were windows looking out to the east and west and north and south, so that the stars from every quarter could be observed. On the summit of the column were dwelling-places for the seers and mathematicians, with places for the measuring instruments and lenses.
25/50.17. When this was completed, Thothma built an external wall of wood and stone across the slat of the temple; and within this wall were stairs also, and these led to the top of the pyramid. This wall was also provided with windows, so that the northern stars could be observed.
25/50.18. Thothma made an observing column for the sun, and it was provided with lenses of all colors, so that adepts standing at the base of the pyramid could see the sun at every hour of the day, and distinguish the spots and their changes. A gau was set within each of the angles of observation, so that the position of the sun relative to the northern stars could be determined every day.
25/50.19. By using these two columns, therefore, Thothma and his mathematicians measured the sun, moon and stars as to their distances and sizes. And Osiris commanded the king to send his wisest mathematicians into the distant lands of the earth, to observe the winds of heaven, and the drought upon the earth; and the abundance of the yield of the earth in different regions, in different years and seasons; and to observe famines and pestilences, and all types of occurrences on the face of the earth. He said to the king: When your mathematicians have returned to you with their accumulated wisdom, you, or your successor, shall examine the sun, stars and moon, and compare them to the things that the mathematicians shall relate, one year with another; and three years with another three years, and five with five, and seven with seven, and so on for hundreds of years, and thousands of years.
25/50.20. And when you have taken in the term of three thousand three hundred years, and compared the sun, moon and stars, as relate to the occurrences of the earth, you shall have the key of prophecy for three thousand three hundred years ahead. And you shall say of this land and of that land; and of this people and that people, how it will be with them, and you shall not err. ||
25/50.21. Thothma, the king, called together his mathematicians, and, according to their grade, chose from among them twelve hundred. These he divided into groups of one hundred each; and he gave them a sufficient number of attendants; and he sent them toward all the sides of the world, allotting to them sixteen years each for observation, according to the commandments.
25/50.22. And they took with them all kinds of instruments to measure with, besides scribes to make the records of those matters that came before them. And they went throughout Arabin’ya, Vind’yu, Jaffeth, Par’si’e, Heleste, and Uropa, even across to the western sea (Atlantic Ocean); and to the southern extreme of Arabin’ya (Africa), and to the great kingdoms in the interior; and to the north of Heleste, Par’si’e, and Jaffeth, to the regions of everlasting snow.
25/50.23. And in sixteen and seventeen years they returned, except some who died on the journeys. And most wonderful was the knowledge these mathematicians gained. In some countries they found philosophers who had the knowledge required even at the tip of their tongues. Thothma received them in great pomp and glory, and awarded all of them with great riches.
25/50.24. And Thothma had these things rewritten and condensed into books, and named them books of great learning, and they were deposited within the south chamber of the pyramid, where harm could never come to them.
25/50.25. And Thothma made it a law, that other mathematicians should travel over the same regions for another sixteen years and make similar observations; and after them, yet other mathematicians to succeed them, and so on for three thousand three hundred years. And accordingly, a new expedition started out. Now during the absence of the first mathematicians, Thothma and his philosophers observed the sun, moon and stars every day, and a record was made as to their places and movements, and as to occurrences on the earth in the regions of Thothma’s home kingdom. And these observations were reduced to tablets and maps, and a record made of them in the Par’si’e’an language, which was the language of the learned. For the Eguptian language of that day was spoken mostly by the unlearned, and was mixed with the Fonecean, a language of sounds.
25/50.26. After the mathematicians returned, Thothma and his philosophers examined the whole matter as compared with the maps and tablets of the heavens, and the facts deduced from these comparisons were written in a separate book and called THE PHILOSOPHIES OF GOD AND HIS SON THOTHMA, KING OF EARTH!
25/50.27. Copies of this book were made and sent into the lands of Arabin’ya, Vind’yu, Jaffeth, Par’si’e, Heleste and Uropa, to the priests of God, but the original book was filed in the Holy Chamber, in the Temple of Osiris.
25/50.28. Thothma applied himself to impart wisdom to all men. And during his reign he built in the land of Egupt seventy-seven colleges of Great Learning, twelve colleges of prophecy, two hundred houses of philosophy, seven adepteries, three thousand free schools, and four thousand houses of sacrifice to Osiris, Savior of men.
25/50.29. Besides those, there were constructed three hundred and forty obelisks to God; thirty triumphal arches to De’yus; and four thousand oans-nus [or nu-oan –Ed.] to the Creator (the false Osiris), and these were mounted on pedestals of polished stone, and stood at the street corners.
25/50.30. And during Thothma’s reign more than four thousand men and three hundred women graduated to the rank of adept, all capable of the death trance, and of going about in spirit. And within thirty years over seven hundred of these were permitted to test the cast of the holy chambers in the pyramid. And their spirits were conducted into Osiris’ heavenly regions, and sojourned there for many days, and returned to their bodies unharmed. Because of the position of the chambers, there was no action upon their bodies while in the swoon.
25/50.31. Thus Thothma proved himself to be one of the wisest and greatest men that ever dwelt on the face of the earth. He believed all things the Gods told him, believed he was Thoth reincarnated, and believed he would never die as to the flesh.
25/50.32. The false Osiris, through his servant God, Egupt, had said to Thothma: This is the manner of heaven and earth, regarding man: All men are reincarnated over and over until perfected to immortal flesh; and in that day, man has so perfected his adeptism that he can remain on earth or ascend to heaven, even when he desires. Hence of all knowledge, adeptism is the greatest.
25/50.33. Thothma asked if there were any new creations. Satan prompted Osiris, who said: No; your spirit is as old as the earth. At first it was small and round, like a grain of mustard, only it was spirit. And the multitude of these seeds comprise the All Unseen. When one of them takes root in gestation, then is the beginning. And it is born into the world a frog, or an ass, or worm, or lion, or small creeping thing; and it lives its time and dies. And the spirit dispatches itself back again into another womb, and it is born forth a man low as to knowledge, evil as to life. And he lives a time and dies again; but again the spirit hurries back to another womb, and it is born forth again, another man, but wiser as to knowledge, and less evil as to life. And this continues to hundreds of generations and to thousands. But he who has attained adeptship has it in his power to call forth out of the earth his own corporeality; he no longer needs to go through the filth of others.
25/50.34. Thothma was wise even in his belief; for when he was growing old, and seeing his flesh sunken, and his eyes growing hollow and dim, and his hands getting withered, he inquired of the Gods, saying: I know you have taught me truth, O God. As to judgment, I am weak before you, and curious in my vanity. Osiris said: Speak, O king!
25/50.35. Thothma said: By all the force of my will; and by my great learning, I cannot stop the withering of the flesh. If, therefore, I already dry up like a mummy, beyond the power of my will, how will it be with me when I am further emaciated?
25/50.36. Satan prompted Osiris to answer the king, and so he said: Until you are even more emaciated you cannot understand the power of your own soul.
25/50.37. With this the king was reconciled, and even when he was tottering on his last legs he began to build a new palace, saying: After I have changed this flesh into immortal flesh, here I will come and dwell forever. And I shall be surrounded by adepts, wise and faultless. And this shall be the first colony of the kind I will build on the earth.
25/50.38. But afterward I will build many colonies like it; more and more of them, until I have all the earth redeemed to immortal flesh. For of such shall be my kingdom, and all men and all women on the earth shall own me Lord of all. ||
25/50.39. Nevertheless, with all Thothma’s wisdom, and the wisdom of his Gods, he fell on a stone and died suddenly on the day he was one hundred years old.
http://oahspestandardedition.com/OAHSPE_Standard_Edition_for_Screen_Reading.pdf
25/50.1. When the temple was completed, and the king and his four high priests entered into the Holy Chamber, the false Osiris, through his servant God, Egupt, came in sar’gis, and spoke to the king, saying: Here I am, O king!
25/50.2. Thothma said: My labor is well recompensed. That you have come to me, O Lord my God, I am blessed. Osiris said: Keep holy my chambers; permit no man, woman or child, that dwells on the face of the earth, to know the mysteries of these, my holies, except for my adepts. Here lies the key of everlasting life.
25/50.3. Thothma said: What do you mean by, the key of everlasting life? Osiris said: In this is that which is of good and evil, as I commanded your forefathers; to eat of it, man shall become as Gods, and so live forever. For this is the triumph of man over death, even for which I created him on the earth.
25/50.4. Thothma said: Shall only we five know these things? Osiris said: Surely not; otherwise the light of my kingdom would not be full. Behold how I built the temple! Was it not in the keeping of adepts? So, then, in the same manner that I have given you knowledge of my kingdom, so shall you give it to others, not permitting these lights (to come) to them except through my commandments.1010
25/50.5. Now in the second month after the temple was completed, Thothma, the king, having put the affairs of his kingdom in order, went into the HOLY CHAMBER, and from there ascended into the CHAMBER OF LIFE AND DEATH, leaving the four chief priests in the Holy Chamber. And Thothma CAST HIMSELF IN DEATH (dormancy) by swallowing his tongue. And the priests closed the entrance and sealed the king within.
25/50.6. Osiris, through his servant God, Egupt, said to the priests: One of you shall remain on quarter-watch, dwelling within the Holy Chamber and I will remain also. And the four priests cast lots, selecting their order, one for each of the four watches, of six hours each; repeating their schedule every day. And Osiris sent Baal to the spirit of Thothma, and took him to Agho’aden, Osiris’ heavenly place, showing his spirit the glory of the throne, saying: Behold the God of Gods. Thothma said: It is a great glory; lo, my eyes are blinded by the light of the Lord my God. After this, Baal took the soul of Thothma into a thousand heavenly places in Osiris’ kingdom, and showed him its glory.
25/50.7. Thothma said to Baal: O angel of God, you have shown me that God, in truth, is in the image of man. Nor is there anyone else but one God, who rules over all.
25/50.8. Baal said: What do you say, then; who is God? Thothma said: What do you say? For behold, his glory was so great I could not look upon him.
25/50.9. Then Baal answered, saying: There are only angels and mortals; these are the sum of all things. He, you have looked upon, was even as you are, a one-time mortal, but on a far-off star-world. He attained to the Godhead to create a world for himself; even as you, who are an adept, can create flowers, plants and serpents. Thus he came into the void regions of space and created the earth and her heavens, and they belong to him, for they are his. And in like manner every star-world is created and ruled by a God like your God, who is Lord of all.
25/50.10. Thothma said: O if only all people could know these things! O that I may remember them when I am returned to earth. Baal said: You shall remember more than this; for I will now take you to the hells of the idolaters and the Jehovihians. Baal then took the soul of Thothma to the hells of De’yus, and showed him its horrors. But he did not take him to the regions of God, in Craoshivi.
25/50.11. Now when Thothma had traveled in heaven for thirty days, Baal brought his spirit back to the Chamber of Death, and showed him how to regain his corporeal part, which he did. And then Baal signaled to Egupt, and the latter spoke to the priest on watch, saying: Behold, Thothma has returned; go and fetch your brothers, and deliver him into the Holy Chamber.
25/50.12. And when they came they unloosed the sealing stones and delivered the king into the Holy Chamber, and he was awake from his trance. Now, Thothma had been in the death trance forty days, but remembered all he had seen in heaven, which he related to the high priests who were with him. And both Baal and Egupt came in sar’gis and talked in the Holy Chamber with Thothma and the priests. For one day the king remained in the Holy Chamber, so that his spirit could be reconciled to the flesh; and on the next day he and the priests came out of the temple and sealed its door, and placed the king’s guard in charge, so that no man or woman would molest the place.
25/50.13. The three angels, Egupt, Baal and Ashtaroth, came into the altar in the king’s palace that night, and showed themselves to the college students who had attained ADEPT. Baal spoke orally before them, directing his words to the king, saying: Behold, I am the angel of God your Lord, whom you have seen in heaven; I am the same who traveled in heaven with you. What I speak, I say in the name of the Lord our God, whose servant I am. Tomorrow your high priests shall draw lots, and one of them shall enter the Chamber of Holies, in the Osirian Temple, and do as you have done. And after him, behold, another of the high priests shall do likewise; and so on, until all four have had your experience.
25/50.14. And it came to pass that the four priests in turn CAST THEMSELVES IN DEATH, and visited Osiris’ heavenly kingdoms, and also many of the hells of De’yus, being led in spirit by Baal or Ashtaroth, Egupt being the guardian God of the temple.
25/50.15. When they had thus accumulated the same knowledge of heaven and earth, the five of them were of one mind as to attaining life everlasting in the corporeal body. Osiris said: Behold, I will bring back many who are already dead; and they shall call to their embalmed bodies and wake them up and inhabit them. Go, then, to the root of the matter, and prepare my people, for I will come in person and inhabit the temple you have built; and my heavenly kingdom shall descend to the earth. Therefore, prepare the COLUMN OF THE STARS!
25/50.16. Thothma built a column to the east line of the slat, seven lengths, and the height was thirty-six lengths; of wood and stone he built it, with an opening from the bottom to the top, and the width of the opening was six lengths. In its walls was a winding stairway, and there were windows looking out to the east and west and north and south, so that the stars from every quarter could be observed. On the summit of the column were dwelling-places for the seers and mathematicians, with places for the measuring instruments and lenses.
25/50.17. When this was completed, Thothma built an external wall of wood and stone across the slat of the temple; and within this wall were stairs also, and these led to the top of the pyramid. This wall was also provided with windows, so that the northern stars could be observed.
25/50.18. Thothma made an observing column for the sun, and it was provided with lenses of all colors, so that adepts standing at the base of the pyramid could see the sun at every hour of the day, and distinguish the spots and their changes. A gau was set within each of the angles of observation, so that the position of the sun relative to the northern stars could be determined every day.
25/50.19. By using these two columns, therefore, Thothma and his mathematicians measured the sun, moon and stars as to their distances and sizes. And Osiris commanded the king to send his wisest mathematicians into the distant lands of the earth, to observe the winds of heaven, and the drought upon the earth; and the abundance of the yield of the earth in different regions, in different years and seasons; and to observe famines and pestilences, and all types of occurrences on the face of the earth. He said to the king: When your mathematicians have returned to you with their accumulated wisdom, you, or your successor, shall examine the sun, stars and moon, and compare them to the things that the mathematicians shall relate, one year with another; and three years with another three years, and five with five, and seven with seven, and so on for hundreds of years, and thousands of years.
25/50.20. And when you have taken in the term of three thousand three hundred years, and compared the sun, moon and stars, as relate to the occurrences of the earth, you shall have the key of prophecy for three thousand three hundred years ahead. And you shall say of this land and of that land; and of this people and that people, how it will be with them, and you shall not err. ||
25/50.21. Thothma, the king, called together his mathematicians, and, according to their grade, chose from among them twelve hundred. These he divided into groups of one hundred each; and he gave them a sufficient number of attendants; and he sent them toward all the sides of the world, allotting to them sixteen years each for observation, according to the commandments.
25/50.22. And they took with them all kinds of instruments to measure with, besides scribes to make the records of those matters that came before them. And they went throughout Arabin’ya, Vind’yu, Jaffeth, Par’si’e, Heleste, and Uropa, even across to the western sea (Atlantic Ocean); and to the southern extreme of Arabin’ya (Africa), and to the great kingdoms in the interior; and to the north of Heleste, Par’si’e, and Jaffeth, to the regions of everlasting snow.
25/50.23. And in sixteen and seventeen years they returned, except some who died on the journeys. And most wonderful was the knowledge these mathematicians gained. In some countries they found philosophers who had the knowledge required even at the tip of their tongues. Thothma received them in great pomp and glory, and awarded all of them with great riches.
25/50.24. And Thothma had these things rewritten and condensed into books, and named them books of great learning, and they were deposited within the south chamber of the pyramid, where harm could never come to them.
25/50.25. And Thothma made it a law, that other mathematicians should travel over the same regions for another sixteen years and make similar observations; and after them, yet other mathematicians to succeed them, and so on for three thousand three hundred years. And accordingly, a new expedition started out. Now during the absence of the first mathematicians, Thothma and his philosophers observed the sun, moon and stars every day, and a record was made as to their places and movements, and as to occurrences on the earth in the regions of Thothma’s home kingdom. And these observations were reduced to tablets and maps, and a record made of them in the Par’si’e’an language, which was the language of the learned. For the Eguptian language of that day was spoken mostly by the unlearned, and was mixed with the Fonecean, a language of sounds.
25/50.26. After the mathematicians returned, Thothma and his philosophers examined the whole matter as compared with the maps and tablets of the heavens, and the facts deduced from these comparisons were written in a separate book and called THE PHILOSOPHIES OF GOD AND HIS SON THOTHMA, KING OF EARTH!
25/50.27. Copies of this book were made and sent into the lands of Arabin’ya, Vind’yu, Jaffeth, Par’si’e, Heleste and Uropa, to the priests of God, but the original book was filed in the Holy Chamber, in the Temple of Osiris.
25/50.28. Thothma applied himself to impart wisdom to all men. And during his reign he built in the land of Egupt seventy-seven colleges of Great Learning, twelve colleges of prophecy, two hundred houses of philosophy, seven adepteries, three thousand free schools, and four thousand houses of sacrifice to Osiris, Savior of men.
25/50.29. Besides those, there were constructed three hundred and forty obelisks to God; thirty triumphal arches to De’yus; and four thousand oans-nus [or nu-oan –Ed.] to the Creator (the false Osiris), and these were mounted on pedestals of polished stone, and stood at the street corners.
25/50.30. And during Thothma’s reign more than four thousand men and three hundred women graduated to the rank of adept, all capable of the death trance, and of going about in spirit. And within thirty years over seven hundred of these were permitted to test the cast of the holy chambers in the pyramid. And their spirits were conducted into Osiris’ heavenly regions, and sojourned there for many days, and returned to their bodies unharmed. Because of the position of the chambers, there was no action upon their bodies while in the swoon.
25/50.31. Thus Thothma proved himself to be one of the wisest and greatest men that ever dwelt on the face of the earth. He believed all things the Gods told him, believed he was Thoth reincarnated, and believed he would never die as to the flesh.
25/50.32. The false Osiris, through his servant God, Egupt, had said to Thothma: This is the manner of heaven and earth, regarding man: All men are reincarnated over and over until perfected to immortal flesh; and in that day, man has so perfected his adeptism that he can remain on earth or ascend to heaven, even when he desires. Hence of all knowledge, adeptism is the greatest.
25/50.33. Thothma asked if there were any new creations. Satan prompted Osiris, who said: No; your spirit is as old as the earth. At first it was small and round, like a grain of mustard, only it was spirit. And the multitude of these seeds comprise the All Unseen. When one of them takes root in gestation, then is the beginning. And it is born into the world a frog, or an ass, or worm, or lion, or small creeping thing; and it lives its time and dies. And the spirit dispatches itself back again into another womb, and it is born forth a man low as to knowledge, evil as to life. And he lives a time and dies again; but again the spirit hurries back to another womb, and it is born forth again, another man, but wiser as to knowledge, and less evil as to life. And this continues to hundreds of generations and to thousands. But he who has attained adeptship has it in his power to call forth out of the earth his own corporeality; he no longer needs to go through the filth of others.
25/50.34. Thothma was wise even in his belief; for when he was growing old, and seeing his flesh sunken, and his eyes growing hollow and dim, and his hands getting withered, he inquired of the Gods, saying: I know you have taught me truth, O God. As to judgment, I am weak before you, and curious in my vanity. Osiris said: Speak, O king!
25/50.35. Thothma said: By all the force of my will; and by my great learning, I cannot stop the withering of the flesh. If, therefore, I already dry up like a mummy, beyond the power of my will, how will it be with me when I am further emaciated?
25/50.36. Satan prompted Osiris to answer the king, and so he said: Until you are even more emaciated you cannot understand the power of your own soul.
25/50.37. With this the king was reconciled, and even when he was tottering on his last legs he began to build a new palace, saying: After I have changed this flesh into immortal flesh, here I will come and dwell forever. And I shall be surrounded by adepts, wise and faultless. And this shall be the first colony of the kind I will build on the earth.
25/50.38. But afterward I will build many colonies like it; more and more of them, until I have all the earth redeemed to immortal flesh. For of such shall be my kingdom, and all men and all women on the earth shall own me Lord of all. ||
25/50.39. Nevertheless, with all Thothma’s wisdom, and the wisdom of his Gods, he fell on a stone and died suddenly on the day he was one hundred years old.
http://oahspestandardedition.com/OAHSPE_Standard_Edition_for_Screen_Reading.pdf
![Matthew Todorovski](https://c.mql5.com/avatar/2014/9/5423F64B-633A.jpg)
Matthew Todorovski
Fake money is the only way to make money...
Demo results are never the same as Real results.
Even copying I will get a loss in Real.
THIS IS NOT REAL
Demo results are never the same as Real results.
Even copying I will get a loss in Real.
THIS IS NOT REAL
![](https://c.mql5.com/1/151/Clipboard01__1.jpg)
![Matthew Todorovski](https://c.mql5.com/avatar/2014/9/5423F64B-633A.jpg)
Matthew Todorovski
CHAPTER 49 Wars
25/49.1. Osiris then instructed king Thothma to drive out of the land of Egupt all the Faithists who could not be made slaves of, especially the shepherd kings.
25/49.2. Thothma impressed an army of two hundred thousand warriors, and drove off the shepherd kings, putting to death more than three hundred thousand of them. And he took from the Faithists all their possessions, such as houses and lands, and did not allow them to hold any mortal thing in possession; neither permitting them to till the soil, except as servants, nor to engage in any other labor except as servants. And to escape the tyranny of Thothma, there went out of the land of Egupt, three million Faithists, including the shepherd kings, the unlearned. And in regard to the Faithists who remained in the land of Egupt, Osiris, through king Thothma, made the following laws:
25/49.3. You shall not possess any land, house, ox or any beast of burden, nor cow nor calf, nor shall your people possess an altar of worship, temple, or place of sacred dance. But you shall be a servant and a servant of servants all the days of your life. But in your sleeping place and in the sleeping place of your family you shall do worship in your own way, nor shall any man molest you there regarding that.
25/49.4. You shall not openly profess your doctrines under penalty of your blood and your flesh; and you shall no longer teach in the schools or colleges; nor shall your children receive great learning. And of your arts, of measuring and working numbers, you shall no longer keep them secret, or your blood shall be upon you.
25/49.5. And if you say: Behold, the Great Spirit; or Jehovih, the Ever Present, you shall suffer death, and your wife and your children with you. And if a man questions, to try you, asking: Who created the world? You shall answer: Behold, God! And if he asks further: Do you think the Creator is Ever Present? You shall say: No, he is like a man who has finished his labor, he sits on his throne in heaven. And if he asks you further: Where is God? You shall answer: On the Mountain Hored, in heaven. And if he asks you still further: Is the Ever Present a Person? You shall say: No, the Ever Present is void like the wind; there is only one ruler in heaven and earth, even Osiris, who is Lord the God, Savior of men.
25/49.6. Whoever does not do these things shall be put to death; whoever does not bow to Thothma, my earthly ruler, shall not live, says God. ||
25/49.7. These laws were entered in the libraries of Egupt, and also proclaimed publicly by the scribes and seers. And yet even with these restrictions upon them, more than two million Faithists remained in the land of Egupt.
25/49.8. And it came to pass that Thothma began the building of the TEMPLE OF OSIRIS (pyramid), and he impressed two hundred thousand men and women in the building of it, of which number more than one-half were Faithists. And these laborers were divided into groups of twelves and twenty-fours and forty-eights, and so on, and each group had a captain; but for series of groups of one thousand seven hundred and twenty-eight men and women, there were generals, and for every six generals there was one marshal, and for every twelve marshals there was one chief, and these chiefs were of the Privy Council of the king.
25/49.9. And the king allotted a separate work to every chief; some to dig canals, some to quarry stone, and some to hew the stones; some to build boats, some to provide rollers, and others timbers, and yet others capstans.
25/49.10. In two places the surveyors found stone with which to build the temple, one was above the banks of the great river, Egon, at the foot of Mount Hazeka, and the other was across the Plains of Neuf, in the Mountains of Aokaba. From the headwaters of Egon a canal was made, first to Aokaba, and from there it descended by locks to the Plains of Neuf, and then on to Gakir, the place chosen by the king for the temple to be built.
25/49.11. And as for the logs used in building, they were brought down the waters of Egon, from the forests of Gambotha and Rugzak. These logs were tied together and floated on the water to the place required, where, by means of capstans, they were drawn out of the water ready for use.
25/49.12. Now the stones of the temple were hewn in the region of the quarries. And when properly dressed, they were placed on slides by capstans, and then, by capstans, let down the mountainsides, to the water, upon which they were to float to the place required for them.
25/49.13. The floats were made of boards sawed by men skilled in the work, and were of sufficient length and width to carry the burden they were designed for. And at the bottom of the floats were rollers, gudgeoned at the ends. Now when a stone was let down from the place of its hewing on to the float, it was ready to be carried to its destination. And when the float arrived near Gakir, ropes, made of hemp and flax, were fastened to the float, and by means of capstans on the land, the float was drawn up an inclined plane out of the water, the rollers of the float answering as wheels.
25/49.14. When all things were ready for building the temple, the king himself, being learned in all philosophies, proceeded to lay the foundation, and to give instructions as to the manner of building it.
25/49.15. These were the instruments used by the king and his workmen: the gau, the length, the square, the compass, and the plumb and line. Nor were there any other instruments of measure or observation used in the entire building of the temple. And as to the measure called A LENGTH, it was the average length of a man, after measuring one thousand men. This length was divided into twelve parts, and these parts again into twelve parts, and so on.
25/49.16. After the first part of the temple was laid, the builders of the inclined plane began to build it also, but it was built of logs. And when it was raised a little, another layer of the temple was built; then again the inclined plane was built higher, and another layer of the temple built; and so on. Thus the inclined plane, which was made of wood, was built up as the temple increased in height.
25/49.17. The width of the inclined plane was the same as the width of the temple, but the whole length of the inclined plane was four hundred and forty lengths (of a man).1008 The floats carrying the stones were drawn up this inclined plane by means of capstans, and by men and women directly pulling also.
25/49.18. Thothma spent twenty-four years building the temple; and then it was completed. But it required another half a year to take away the inclined plane used in building it. After that it stood free and clear, the greatest building that had ever been built on the earth or ever would be.
25/49.19. Such, then, was Thothma’s TEMPLE OF OSIRIS, THE GREAT PYRAMID.
25/49.20. Jehovih had said: Suffer them to build this, for the time of the building is midway between the ends of the earth; and now is the extreme of the earth’s corporeal growth; so let it stand as a monument of the greatest corporeal aspiration of man. For from this time forward, man shall seek not to build himself everlastingly on the earth, but in heaven. And these things shall be testimony that in the corporeal age of the earth, man was of like aspiration; and in the spiritual age of man, in an opposite condition of corporeal surroundings; for by the earth I prove what was; and by man prove what the earth was and is at certain periods of time.
http://oahspestandardedition.com/OAHSPE_Standard_Edition_for_Screen_Reading.pdf
25/49.1. Osiris then instructed king Thothma to drive out of the land of Egupt all the Faithists who could not be made slaves of, especially the shepherd kings.
25/49.2. Thothma impressed an army of two hundred thousand warriors, and drove off the shepherd kings, putting to death more than three hundred thousand of them. And he took from the Faithists all their possessions, such as houses and lands, and did not allow them to hold any mortal thing in possession; neither permitting them to till the soil, except as servants, nor to engage in any other labor except as servants. And to escape the tyranny of Thothma, there went out of the land of Egupt, three million Faithists, including the shepherd kings, the unlearned. And in regard to the Faithists who remained in the land of Egupt, Osiris, through king Thothma, made the following laws:
25/49.3. You shall not possess any land, house, ox or any beast of burden, nor cow nor calf, nor shall your people possess an altar of worship, temple, or place of sacred dance. But you shall be a servant and a servant of servants all the days of your life. But in your sleeping place and in the sleeping place of your family you shall do worship in your own way, nor shall any man molest you there regarding that.
25/49.4. You shall not openly profess your doctrines under penalty of your blood and your flesh; and you shall no longer teach in the schools or colleges; nor shall your children receive great learning. And of your arts, of measuring and working numbers, you shall no longer keep them secret, or your blood shall be upon you.
25/49.5. And if you say: Behold, the Great Spirit; or Jehovih, the Ever Present, you shall suffer death, and your wife and your children with you. And if a man questions, to try you, asking: Who created the world? You shall answer: Behold, God! And if he asks further: Do you think the Creator is Ever Present? You shall say: No, he is like a man who has finished his labor, he sits on his throne in heaven. And if he asks you further: Where is God? You shall answer: On the Mountain Hored, in heaven. And if he asks you still further: Is the Ever Present a Person? You shall say: No, the Ever Present is void like the wind; there is only one ruler in heaven and earth, even Osiris, who is Lord the God, Savior of men.
25/49.6. Whoever does not do these things shall be put to death; whoever does not bow to Thothma, my earthly ruler, shall not live, says God. ||
25/49.7. These laws were entered in the libraries of Egupt, and also proclaimed publicly by the scribes and seers. And yet even with these restrictions upon them, more than two million Faithists remained in the land of Egupt.
25/49.8. And it came to pass that Thothma began the building of the TEMPLE OF OSIRIS (pyramid), and he impressed two hundred thousand men and women in the building of it, of which number more than one-half were Faithists. And these laborers were divided into groups of twelves and twenty-fours and forty-eights, and so on, and each group had a captain; but for series of groups of one thousand seven hundred and twenty-eight men and women, there were generals, and for every six generals there was one marshal, and for every twelve marshals there was one chief, and these chiefs were of the Privy Council of the king.
25/49.9. And the king allotted a separate work to every chief; some to dig canals, some to quarry stone, and some to hew the stones; some to build boats, some to provide rollers, and others timbers, and yet others capstans.
25/49.10. In two places the surveyors found stone with which to build the temple, one was above the banks of the great river, Egon, at the foot of Mount Hazeka, and the other was across the Plains of Neuf, in the Mountains of Aokaba. From the headwaters of Egon a canal was made, first to Aokaba, and from there it descended by locks to the Plains of Neuf, and then on to Gakir, the place chosen by the king for the temple to be built.
25/49.11. And as for the logs used in building, they were brought down the waters of Egon, from the forests of Gambotha and Rugzak. These logs were tied together and floated on the water to the place required, where, by means of capstans, they were drawn out of the water ready for use.
25/49.12. Now the stones of the temple were hewn in the region of the quarries. And when properly dressed, they were placed on slides by capstans, and then, by capstans, let down the mountainsides, to the water, upon which they were to float to the place required for them.
25/49.13. The floats were made of boards sawed by men skilled in the work, and were of sufficient length and width to carry the burden they were designed for. And at the bottom of the floats were rollers, gudgeoned at the ends. Now when a stone was let down from the place of its hewing on to the float, it was ready to be carried to its destination. And when the float arrived near Gakir, ropes, made of hemp and flax, were fastened to the float, and by means of capstans on the land, the float was drawn up an inclined plane out of the water, the rollers of the float answering as wheels.
25/49.14. When all things were ready for building the temple, the king himself, being learned in all philosophies, proceeded to lay the foundation, and to give instructions as to the manner of building it.
25/49.15. These were the instruments used by the king and his workmen: the gau, the length, the square, the compass, and the plumb and line. Nor were there any other instruments of measure or observation used in the entire building of the temple. And as to the measure called A LENGTH, it was the average length of a man, after measuring one thousand men. This length was divided into twelve parts, and these parts again into twelve parts, and so on.
25/49.16. After the first part of the temple was laid, the builders of the inclined plane began to build it also, but it was built of logs. And when it was raised a little, another layer of the temple was built; then again the inclined plane was built higher, and another layer of the temple built; and so on. Thus the inclined plane, which was made of wood, was built up as the temple increased in height.
25/49.17. The width of the inclined plane was the same as the width of the temple, but the whole length of the inclined plane was four hundred and forty lengths (of a man).1008 The floats carrying the stones were drawn up this inclined plane by means of capstans, and by men and women directly pulling also.
25/49.18. Thothma spent twenty-four years building the temple; and then it was completed. But it required another half a year to take away the inclined plane used in building it. After that it stood free and clear, the greatest building that had ever been built on the earth or ever would be.
25/49.19. Such, then, was Thothma’s TEMPLE OF OSIRIS, THE GREAT PYRAMID.
25/49.20. Jehovih had said: Suffer them to build this, for the time of the building is midway between the ends of the earth; and now is the extreme of the earth’s corporeal growth; so let it stand as a monument of the greatest corporeal aspiration of man. For from this time forward, man shall seek not to build himself everlastingly on the earth, but in heaven. And these things shall be testimony that in the corporeal age of the earth, man was of like aspiration; and in the spiritual age of man, in an opposite condition of corporeal surroundings; for by the earth I prove what was; and by man prove what the earth was and is at certain periods of time.
http://oahspestandardedition.com/OAHSPE_Standard_Edition_for_Screen_Reading.pdf
![Matthew Todorovski](https://c.mql5.com/avatar/2014/9/5423F64B-633A.jpg)
Matthew Todorovski
CHAPTER 48 Wars
25/48.1. In Haikwad, in Par’si’e, dwelt king Luthag, a man of great wisdom and kingly power. His capital city, Sowruts, lay on the border of Fonecea, and had twelve tributary cities, each city being ruled over by a king.
25/48.2. A great drought came upon the regions ruled by Luthag; and being a king of benevolence, he sent inspectors far and near, to find a country of water and good soil. But alas, they did not find what was desired.
25/48.3. Luthag consulted the oracles, and behold, the angel, Egupt, came and answered the king, saying: Send your seer and I will lead him. So the king sent for his high seer, and told him the words of the oracle. The seer said: Wherever the God touched you, permit me to touch also, and perhaps I can hear your God speak.
25/48.4. The seer touched the king in the place, and at once the God spoke to him, and he heard. So it came to pass that the God led the seer into Egupt, which at that time was called South Arabin’ya. The seer did not know the country, and he asked the God. The spirit said: Behold the land of Egupt. Thus was named that land, which is to this day called Egypt.
25/48.5. The seer found the land fertile and well watered; so he returned to Par’si’e and informed the king. Upon hearing the report the king commanded his people to migrate to Egupt. And so in the first year fifty thousand departed; and in the second year one hundred thousand, and this many migrated each year afterward for many years.
25/48.6. || These things occurred in the seven hundredth year of the reign of De’yus in Hored. And in the space of two hundred years more, behold, the land of Egupt was peopled over with millions of people; for the drought and famines in the nearby countries drove them here. ||
25/48.7. Luthag sent his son to govern the land of Egupt, and he made it tributary to the kingdom of Sowruts. The son’s name was Haxax; and when he was old and died, he left the governorship of Egupt to his son, Bakal, who broke the allegiance with Par’si’e and established all of Egupt as an independent kingdom. Bakal’s son, Goth, succeeded him; and Goth enriched his kingdom with great cities and temples, and places of learning, and founded games and tournaments. Goth’s daughter, Rabec, succeeded him; and was the first queen of Egupt. Rabec still further enriched the great land with cities and places of learning. Thus stood the country at the time De’yus was overthrown in his heavenly kingdom.
And now for seventy years the Gods, Osiris, Baal, Ashtaroth and Egupt, did not have much power with mortals.
25/48.8. And during this short period, the shepherd kings migrated into Egupt in vast numbers; and in sympathy with these, and of kindred faith, were the followers of Abraham, the Faithists, who also migrated rapidly into Egupt.
25/48.9. Meanwhile the kingdom had passed from Rabec to her oldest son, Hwan; and to his oldest son, Naman; and to his oldest son, Sev; and to his daughter, Arma; and to her oldest son, Hotha; and to his oldest son, Rowtsag.
25/48.10. And here stood the matter when Osiris resolved to revise the records of mortals and angels regarding the history of creation by God; which he did according to his own decrees, which were as previously stated.
25/48.11. So it came to pass that through the oracles, king Rowtsag bestowed upon the libraries of Egupt the history of the creation of heaven and earth, with the origin of sin, and the creation of man, the first of whom was now called Adam, instead of A’su, adopting the Par’si’e’an word instead of the Vedic.
25/48.12. And these records were the same from which Ezra, in the next dan’ha cycle, made selections, and erroneously attributed them to be the doctrines of the Faithists, who were called Iz’Zerlites. And the records of the Faithists were neither kept nor permitted in the state records, but kept among the Faithists themselves, for they were outlawed then, even as they are to this day, because they would not adopt the Saviors and Gods of the state.
25/48.13. Rowtsag’s son, Hi-ram, succeeded him; and Thammas, his son, succeeded Hi-ram. Thammas was a seer and prophet, and could see the Gods and talk understandingly with them. Thammas was succeeded by his daughter, Hannah; and she was succeeded by Hojax, who was the builder of the TEMPLE OF OSIRIS, commonly called the GREAT PYRAMID.
25/48.14. In honor of the prophet of De’yus, the first mortal servant of Osiris, whose name was Thoth, Hojax named himself, Thothma, which is to say, God-Thoth; for Osiris told Hojax: You are the very Thoth reincarnated; and behold, you shall be God of the earth.
25/48.15. Thothma could hear the Gods and talk understandingly with them. And to him, Osiris, through his angel servant God, Egupt, gave special care from his youth up. At the age of sixteen years, Thothma passed the examination in the house of philosophy, and in astronomy and mineralogy. At seventeen he passed THE BUILDERS SCHOOL and the HISTORIES OF THE THOUSAND GODS. At eighteen he was admitted as an ADEPT IN LIFE AND DEATH, having power to attain the dormant state; and to see without his mortal eyes, and to hear without his mortal ears. At nineteen, he ascended the throne at the death of his father and mother.
25/48.16. For, because Osiris desired to use Thothma, he sent his destroying angels, and they inoculated the breath of Hannah and her husband, and they died by poison in the lungs.
25/48.17. So Osiris, through his servant God, Egupt, spoke to Thothma, saying: My son, my son! Thothma said: I hear you, O God, what do you desire? Osiris said: Provide a dark chamber and I will come to you. Thothma provided a dark chamber, and then Osiris through his servant God, came to him, saying:
25/48.18. You have great wisdom, but you forget your promise! Thothma said: In what, O God? Osiris said: When you were in heaven, you said: Now I will go down to the earth and reincarnate myself, and prove everlasting life in the flesh. || For many years Osiris had told this same thing to Thothma until he believed faithfully he had been so in heaven, returned, and reincarnated himself for such purpose.
25/48.19. And he answered Osiris, saying: It seems like a dream to me, even as you speak about it.
25/48.20. Osiris asked Thothma what was the greatest, best of all things. Thothma said: There are only two things, corporeal and spiritual.
25/48.21. Osiris said: True. What then is wisdom? Thothma said: To acquire great corporeal knowledge in the first place; and in the second, to acquire spiritual knowledge. But tell me, O God of wisdom, how can a man attain the highest spiritual knowledge?
25/48.22. Osiris said: To come and dwell in heaven and see for one’s self. Thothma said: How long must a man sojourn in heaven in order to learn its wisdom? Osiris said: One day; a hundred days; a thousand years; a million years, according to the man.
25/48.23. Thothma said: If one could leave the corporeal part for a hundred days and travel in heaven for that amount of time, would it profit him? Osiris said: To do that is to master death. Behold, you have already attained to power of the dormant state. To control the course of the spirit; that is the next lesson.
25/48.24. Thothma said: Behold, O God, I have attained to the power of the dormant state, even as the magicians who submit to be buried for ninety days. Yes; and I go in spirit from my corporeal part, and see many things, but my soul is like a breath of wind, and goes at random.
25/48.25. Osiris said: Provide me a temple, and I will come and teach you. Thothma said: How to preserve the body for so long, so that it is not damaged—that is the question. The magicians who have been buried long, upon being dug up and resuscitated, find their bodies so damaged that they die soon after. (And have you, O God, a remedy?)
25/48.26. Osiris said: You shall build a TEMPLE OF ASTRONOMY, and dedicate it to Osiris, Savior of men and angels, God of heaven and earth. And it shall be built square with the world, east and west and north and south. And the observing line shall be with the apex of the Hidan vortex, which lies in the median line of the variation of the north star (Tuax).
25/48.27. In the form of a pyramid you shall build it; I will show you every part, measure for measure.
25/48.28. And you shall provide such thickness of walls that no sound, heat, or cold can enter it; and yet, you shall provide chambers within, suitable for yourself, your chiefs, and your friends, who are also adepts. For I have also provided the earth for heaven, and heaven for the earth; and my angels shall come and dwell for a season on the earth, and my earth- born shall go and dwell for a season in heaven; yes, they shall come to me on my throne and see the glories I have prepared for them.
25/48.29. Nor shall my temple be exclusive, but open to all who will pursue the philosophies of earth and heaven. For which reason you shall build it with the sun, moon and stars;1003 and it shall be a testimony to the nations of the earth that you are the highest of all mortals, and first founder of everlasting life in the flesh. For as the angels of heaven can return to the earth and take upon themselves corporeal bodies for a season, so shall you master your own flesh to keep it as you will. For this is the end and glory for which I created man on earth.
http://oahspestandardedition.com/OAHSPE_Standard_Edition_for_Screen_Reading.pdf
25/48.1. In Haikwad, in Par’si’e, dwelt king Luthag, a man of great wisdom and kingly power. His capital city, Sowruts, lay on the border of Fonecea, and had twelve tributary cities, each city being ruled over by a king.
25/48.2. A great drought came upon the regions ruled by Luthag; and being a king of benevolence, he sent inspectors far and near, to find a country of water and good soil. But alas, they did not find what was desired.
25/48.3. Luthag consulted the oracles, and behold, the angel, Egupt, came and answered the king, saying: Send your seer and I will lead him. So the king sent for his high seer, and told him the words of the oracle. The seer said: Wherever the God touched you, permit me to touch also, and perhaps I can hear your God speak.
25/48.4. The seer touched the king in the place, and at once the God spoke to him, and he heard. So it came to pass that the God led the seer into Egupt, which at that time was called South Arabin’ya. The seer did not know the country, and he asked the God. The spirit said: Behold the land of Egupt. Thus was named that land, which is to this day called Egypt.
25/48.5. The seer found the land fertile and well watered; so he returned to Par’si’e and informed the king. Upon hearing the report the king commanded his people to migrate to Egupt. And so in the first year fifty thousand departed; and in the second year one hundred thousand, and this many migrated each year afterward for many years.
25/48.6. || These things occurred in the seven hundredth year of the reign of De’yus in Hored. And in the space of two hundred years more, behold, the land of Egupt was peopled over with millions of people; for the drought and famines in the nearby countries drove them here. ||
25/48.7. Luthag sent his son to govern the land of Egupt, and he made it tributary to the kingdom of Sowruts. The son’s name was Haxax; and when he was old and died, he left the governorship of Egupt to his son, Bakal, who broke the allegiance with Par’si’e and established all of Egupt as an independent kingdom. Bakal’s son, Goth, succeeded him; and Goth enriched his kingdom with great cities and temples, and places of learning, and founded games and tournaments. Goth’s daughter, Rabec, succeeded him; and was the first queen of Egupt. Rabec still further enriched the great land with cities and places of learning. Thus stood the country at the time De’yus was overthrown in his heavenly kingdom.
And now for seventy years the Gods, Osiris, Baal, Ashtaroth and Egupt, did not have much power with mortals.
25/48.8. And during this short period, the shepherd kings migrated into Egupt in vast numbers; and in sympathy with these, and of kindred faith, were the followers of Abraham, the Faithists, who also migrated rapidly into Egupt.
25/48.9. Meanwhile the kingdom had passed from Rabec to her oldest son, Hwan; and to his oldest son, Naman; and to his oldest son, Sev; and to his daughter, Arma; and to her oldest son, Hotha; and to his oldest son, Rowtsag.
25/48.10. And here stood the matter when Osiris resolved to revise the records of mortals and angels regarding the history of creation by God; which he did according to his own decrees, which were as previously stated.
25/48.11. So it came to pass that through the oracles, king Rowtsag bestowed upon the libraries of Egupt the history of the creation of heaven and earth, with the origin of sin, and the creation of man, the first of whom was now called Adam, instead of A’su, adopting the Par’si’e’an word instead of the Vedic.
25/48.12. And these records were the same from which Ezra, in the next dan’ha cycle, made selections, and erroneously attributed them to be the doctrines of the Faithists, who were called Iz’Zerlites. And the records of the Faithists were neither kept nor permitted in the state records, but kept among the Faithists themselves, for they were outlawed then, even as they are to this day, because they would not adopt the Saviors and Gods of the state.
25/48.13. Rowtsag’s son, Hi-ram, succeeded him; and Thammas, his son, succeeded Hi-ram. Thammas was a seer and prophet, and could see the Gods and talk understandingly with them. Thammas was succeeded by his daughter, Hannah; and she was succeeded by Hojax, who was the builder of the TEMPLE OF OSIRIS, commonly called the GREAT PYRAMID.
25/48.14. In honor of the prophet of De’yus, the first mortal servant of Osiris, whose name was Thoth, Hojax named himself, Thothma, which is to say, God-Thoth; for Osiris told Hojax: You are the very Thoth reincarnated; and behold, you shall be God of the earth.
25/48.15. Thothma could hear the Gods and talk understandingly with them. And to him, Osiris, through his angel servant God, Egupt, gave special care from his youth up. At the age of sixteen years, Thothma passed the examination in the house of philosophy, and in astronomy and mineralogy. At seventeen he passed THE BUILDERS SCHOOL and the HISTORIES OF THE THOUSAND GODS. At eighteen he was admitted as an ADEPT IN LIFE AND DEATH, having power to attain the dormant state; and to see without his mortal eyes, and to hear without his mortal ears. At nineteen, he ascended the throne at the death of his father and mother.
25/48.16. For, because Osiris desired to use Thothma, he sent his destroying angels, and they inoculated the breath of Hannah and her husband, and they died by poison in the lungs.
25/48.17. So Osiris, through his servant God, Egupt, spoke to Thothma, saying: My son, my son! Thothma said: I hear you, O God, what do you desire? Osiris said: Provide a dark chamber and I will come to you. Thothma provided a dark chamber, and then Osiris through his servant God, came to him, saying:
25/48.18. You have great wisdom, but you forget your promise! Thothma said: In what, O God? Osiris said: When you were in heaven, you said: Now I will go down to the earth and reincarnate myself, and prove everlasting life in the flesh. || For many years Osiris had told this same thing to Thothma until he believed faithfully he had been so in heaven, returned, and reincarnated himself for such purpose.
25/48.19. And he answered Osiris, saying: It seems like a dream to me, even as you speak about it.
25/48.20. Osiris asked Thothma what was the greatest, best of all things. Thothma said: There are only two things, corporeal and spiritual.
25/48.21. Osiris said: True. What then is wisdom? Thothma said: To acquire great corporeal knowledge in the first place; and in the second, to acquire spiritual knowledge. But tell me, O God of wisdom, how can a man attain the highest spiritual knowledge?
25/48.22. Osiris said: To come and dwell in heaven and see for one’s self. Thothma said: How long must a man sojourn in heaven in order to learn its wisdom? Osiris said: One day; a hundred days; a thousand years; a million years, according to the man.
25/48.23. Thothma said: If one could leave the corporeal part for a hundred days and travel in heaven for that amount of time, would it profit him? Osiris said: To do that is to master death. Behold, you have already attained to power of the dormant state. To control the course of the spirit; that is the next lesson.
25/48.24. Thothma said: Behold, O God, I have attained to the power of the dormant state, even as the magicians who submit to be buried for ninety days. Yes; and I go in spirit from my corporeal part, and see many things, but my soul is like a breath of wind, and goes at random.
25/48.25. Osiris said: Provide me a temple, and I will come and teach you. Thothma said: How to preserve the body for so long, so that it is not damaged—that is the question. The magicians who have been buried long, upon being dug up and resuscitated, find their bodies so damaged that they die soon after. (And have you, O God, a remedy?)
25/48.26. Osiris said: You shall build a TEMPLE OF ASTRONOMY, and dedicate it to Osiris, Savior of men and angels, God of heaven and earth. And it shall be built square with the world, east and west and north and south. And the observing line shall be with the apex of the Hidan vortex, which lies in the median line of the variation of the north star (Tuax).
25/48.27. In the form of a pyramid you shall build it; I will show you every part, measure for measure.
25/48.28. And you shall provide such thickness of walls that no sound, heat, or cold can enter it; and yet, you shall provide chambers within, suitable for yourself, your chiefs, and your friends, who are also adepts. For I have also provided the earth for heaven, and heaven for the earth; and my angels shall come and dwell for a season on the earth, and my earth- born shall go and dwell for a season in heaven; yes, they shall come to me on my throne and see the glories I have prepared for them.
25/48.29. Nor shall my temple be exclusive, but open to all who will pursue the philosophies of earth and heaven. For which reason you shall build it with the sun, moon and stars;1003 and it shall be a testimony to the nations of the earth that you are the highest of all mortals, and first founder of everlasting life in the flesh. For as the angels of heaven can return to the earth and take upon themselves corporeal bodies for a season, so shall you master your own flesh to keep it as you will. For this is the end and glory for which I created man on earth.
http://oahspestandardedition.com/OAHSPE_Standard_Edition_for_Screen_Reading.pdf
![Matthew Todorovski](https://c.mql5.com/avatar/2014/9/5423F64B-633A.jpg)
Matthew Todorovski
CHAPTER 47 Wars
25/47.1. Osiris, the false, on setting up a heavenly kingdom of his own, and holding dominion over Arabin’ya, Par’si’e and Heleste, said: Let Te-in and Sudga pursue their course in destroying; mine shall be in the opposite way.
25/47.2. Osiris, the false, said: Three kinds of bad people I have found in heaven and earth: Those who are forever finding fault with and putting down, what others have built up; they are most crafty in argument to find the flaws of others, the inconsistencies, errors and shortness; but there is nothing in them to build up anything in heaven or earth. The next bad man is he who finds fault, not only with all that has ever been, but with all propositions designed for a new state of affairs. He is as worthless as the shaft of a spear without a head. The third bad man I have found is he who, seeing the faults and errors of others, does not harp upon them, but plunges into work with something new and bold, involving himself and others in disaster. And these three have the great multitude, the world, to take care of! I alone am capable of destroying and building up.
25/47.3. The non-resistance of the Faithists has made them ever dependent on the mercy of their neighbors, in heaven and earth. They must be destroyed, and their doctrines also.
25/47.4. In destroying their doctrines, I must give something in its place. I have labored to put away Jehovih and establish the Lord God; now to put away the latter and establish myself as myself would take some hundreds of years more. It is better, then, that since De’yus is cast into hell, I assume the names, Lord God, De’yus, Creator, and all others that are acceptable in heaven and earth.
25/47.5. Neither will I rob them of their rites and ceremonies, but so add to them, that, by the superior glory, they will accept mine.
25/47.6. Nor will I abridge mortals of their learning; but, on the contrary, be most exacting and high in aspiration; for by this I will win the approval of the wise and learned.
25/47.7. Mortals love idols; therefore I will give them idols, both male and female. ||
25/47.8. Osiris then called Baal, Ashtaroth and Egupt into his heavenly Council chamber, and said to them:
25/47.9. Two idols you shall inspire mortals to build to me; and one shall be the figure of a male horse, with a man’s head, chest and arms, and he shall point upward, signifying, heavenly rest; and the other shall be the figure of a mare, with the head, breasts and arms of a woman. And she shall hold a bow and arrow before her, and behind her a sword and a rose; signifying, for righteousness’ sake. And the male idol shall be called Osiris, and the female, Isis.
25/47.10. For when I assert myself creator of all the living, I must show to men that I am male and female.
25/47.11. Which, in truth, is the fountain of all that is in heaven and earth, of which PROJECTION and RECEPTION are the sum of all philosophy.
25/47.12. In which you shall teach that to go forth is Osiris, and to rest in meekness is Isis; for which the ancients used the bull and the lamb.
25/47.13. For I was a globe, boundless in size, and swift in motion. And I put forth a wing for flying, and a hand for labor, by which all things are conquered and subdued. And beneath the wing I set the Lamb of Peace, as a sign of the flight of the defenseless; but under the hand I set the head of a bull, as the sign of my dominion.
25/47.14. And I made heaven and earth with wings flying forth, bearing the serpent and the sun. All good and powerful things I have made square with the world, and circumscribed.
25/47.15. And in man’s hand I placed the key to unlock the mysteries of the firmament of heaven, as well as the power, wisdom, riches and glory of the earth. Into his hand I place a club, to slay the lion, or to subdue him.
25/47.16. For I am like man, having created him in my own image; and I hold the key of heaven and earth, and dominion over all the inhabitants I created on the earth. I am Tau, I am Sed.
25/47.17. I am the light, and the life, and the death. Out of myself I made all that live or ever have lived. The sun in the firmament I set up as a symbol of my power. The stars, the moon, and things that do not speak, and do not know, are the works of my hand. Without me nothing is, nor was, nor ever shall be.
25/47.18. Whoever goes forth warring for the right, is for me; and I am with him. With warriors I am a god of war; with the peaceful I am a lamb of peace. To do, is of me; to not do, is not of me, but of death. An eye for an eye, a tooth for a tooth, blood for blood, mercy for mercy; but force toward all things, with will to conquer, for in these I am manifest to men.
25/47.19. For in the beginning I created the world by my own force; and this is my testimony, justifying force even with violence
when the greater good comes to the greater number. Upon this hangs my law; in which
any man can understand that had the Faithists fought for righteousness, they would have long
since mastered the world and subdued it to their God.
25/47.20. What, then, is the stratagem of Gods, other than, by some means, to reduce men and angels to oneness in all things? || When Osiris had thus addressed the three Gods, he waited for them to speak. Baal said: This is a foundation; we have never had a foundation for men or angels. Ashtaroth said: This is a head and front to lead the world. Egupt said: The wisdom of the Faithists was in having a direct course.
25/47.21. Osiris said: Then I will revise the doctrines of earth and heaven. I will not say this is for De’yus, nor the Lord, nor God, nor Osiris, nor Apollo, nor any other God. But I will give that which all except Jehovihians can accept.
25/47.22. For I will allot all things to God, not defining which God, or what God, but God only; the rest I will manage in Agho’aden, my heavenly kingdom.
25/47.23. Go, therefore, to mortals, and revise the things of De’yus to God; and if mortals question the oracles to know who God is, reply: He is Osiris to the Osirians; Apollo to the Apollonians; Isis to the Isisians; he is the Creator, the master, the all, out of whom all things were created; he who created man in his own image; who dwells on a throne in heaven.
25/47.24. But if they question further, asking if he is the ever present, answer them: No. And if they say: Is he Jehovih, the Great Spirit? Answer them: No.
25/47.25. For I will not permit even one Faithist to dwell alive on the face of the earth.
http://oahspestandardedition.com/OAHSPE_Standard_Edition_for_Screen_Reading.pdf
25/47.1. Osiris, the false, on setting up a heavenly kingdom of his own, and holding dominion over Arabin’ya, Par’si’e and Heleste, said: Let Te-in and Sudga pursue their course in destroying; mine shall be in the opposite way.
25/47.2. Osiris, the false, said: Three kinds of bad people I have found in heaven and earth: Those who are forever finding fault with and putting down, what others have built up; they are most crafty in argument to find the flaws of others, the inconsistencies, errors and shortness; but there is nothing in them to build up anything in heaven or earth. The next bad man is he who finds fault, not only with all that has ever been, but with all propositions designed for a new state of affairs. He is as worthless as the shaft of a spear without a head. The third bad man I have found is he who, seeing the faults and errors of others, does not harp upon them, but plunges into work with something new and bold, involving himself and others in disaster. And these three have the great multitude, the world, to take care of! I alone am capable of destroying and building up.
25/47.3. The non-resistance of the Faithists has made them ever dependent on the mercy of their neighbors, in heaven and earth. They must be destroyed, and their doctrines also.
25/47.4. In destroying their doctrines, I must give something in its place. I have labored to put away Jehovih and establish the Lord God; now to put away the latter and establish myself as myself would take some hundreds of years more. It is better, then, that since De’yus is cast into hell, I assume the names, Lord God, De’yus, Creator, and all others that are acceptable in heaven and earth.
25/47.5. Neither will I rob them of their rites and ceremonies, but so add to them, that, by the superior glory, they will accept mine.
25/47.6. Nor will I abridge mortals of their learning; but, on the contrary, be most exacting and high in aspiration; for by this I will win the approval of the wise and learned.
25/47.7. Mortals love idols; therefore I will give them idols, both male and female. ||
25/47.8. Osiris then called Baal, Ashtaroth and Egupt into his heavenly Council chamber, and said to them:
25/47.9. Two idols you shall inspire mortals to build to me; and one shall be the figure of a male horse, with a man’s head, chest and arms, and he shall point upward, signifying, heavenly rest; and the other shall be the figure of a mare, with the head, breasts and arms of a woman. And she shall hold a bow and arrow before her, and behind her a sword and a rose; signifying, for righteousness’ sake. And the male idol shall be called Osiris, and the female, Isis.
25/47.10. For when I assert myself creator of all the living, I must show to men that I am male and female.
25/47.11. Which, in truth, is the fountain of all that is in heaven and earth, of which PROJECTION and RECEPTION are the sum of all philosophy.
25/47.12. In which you shall teach that to go forth is Osiris, and to rest in meekness is Isis; for which the ancients used the bull and the lamb.
25/47.13. For I was a globe, boundless in size, and swift in motion. And I put forth a wing for flying, and a hand for labor, by which all things are conquered and subdued. And beneath the wing I set the Lamb of Peace, as a sign of the flight of the defenseless; but under the hand I set the head of a bull, as the sign of my dominion.
25/47.14. And I made heaven and earth with wings flying forth, bearing the serpent and the sun. All good and powerful things I have made square with the world, and circumscribed.
25/47.15. And in man’s hand I placed the key to unlock the mysteries of the firmament of heaven, as well as the power, wisdom, riches and glory of the earth. Into his hand I place a club, to slay the lion, or to subdue him.
25/47.16. For I am like man, having created him in my own image; and I hold the key of heaven and earth, and dominion over all the inhabitants I created on the earth. I am Tau, I am Sed.
25/47.17. I am the light, and the life, and the death. Out of myself I made all that live or ever have lived. The sun in the firmament I set up as a symbol of my power. The stars, the moon, and things that do not speak, and do not know, are the works of my hand. Without me nothing is, nor was, nor ever shall be.
25/47.18. Whoever goes forth warring for the right, is for me; and I am with him. With warriors I am a god of war; with the peaceful I am a lamb of peace. To do, is of me; to not do, is not of me, but of death. An eye for an eye, a tooth for a tooth, blood for blood, mercy for mercy; but force toward all things, with will to conquer, for in these I am manifest to men.
25/47.19. For in the beginning I created the world by my own force; and this is my testimony, justifying force even with violence
when the greater good comes to the greater number. Upon this hangs my law; in which
any man can understand that had the Faithists fought for righteousness, they would have long
since mastered the world and subdued it to their God.
25/47.20. What, then, is the stratagem of Gods, other than, by some means, to reduce men and angels to oneness in all things? || When Osiris had thus addressed the three Gods, he waited for them to speak. Baal said: This is a foundation; we have never had a foundation for men or angels. Ashtaroth said: This is a head and front to lead the world. Egupt said: The wisdom of the Faithists was in having a direct course.
25/47.21. Osiris said: Then I will revise the doctrines of earth and heaven. I will not say this is for De’yus, nor the Lord, nor God, nor Osiris, nor Apollo, nor any other God. But I will give that which all except Jehovihians can accept.
25/47.22. For I will allot all things to God, not defining which God, or what God, but God only; the rest I will manage in Agho’aden, my heavenly kingdom.
25/47.23. Go, therefore, to mortals, and revise the things of De’yus to God; and if mortals question the oracles to know who God is, reply: He is Osiris to the Osirians; Apollo to the Apollonians; Isis to the Isisians; he is the Creator, the master, the all, out of whom all things were created; he who created man in his own image; who dwells on a throne in heaven.
25/47.24. But if they question further, asking if he is the ever present, answer them: No. And if they say: Is he Jehovih, the Great Spirit? Answer them: No.
25/47.25. For I will not permit even one Faithist to dwell alive on the face of the earth.
http://oahspestandardedition.com/OAHSPE_Standard_Edition_for_Screen_Reading.pdf
![Matthew Todorovski](https://c.mql5.com/avatar/2014/9/5423F64B-633A.jpg)
Matthew Todorovski
CHAPTER 46 Wars
25/46.1. Sudga had two vice-Gods, Brihat and Visvasrij. Next to these was Sudga’s heavenly chief marshal, Atma, who had four thousand marshals under him, and equally divided among them to command, were one billion heavenly warring angels. Atma had authority over thirty thousand generals and captains, to whom two billion angels were allotted.
25/46.2. Chief of the heavenly generals were: Shahara, Vasyam, Suchchi, Dev, Nasakij, Tvara, Watka, Shan, Dorh, Hudhup, Nikish, Hajara, Hwassggarom, Viji, Yatamas, Brahma, Goska, Fulowski, M’Dhuhitri, Yaya-mich-ma, Hijavar, Duth, Lob-yam, Hi-gup, and Vowiska. And these falsely assumed the names of the ancient Gods and Lords of thousands of years before.
25/46.3. Sudga had said to them: So that my age may be magnified before the newborn in heaven, you shall also magnify your own names by taking the names of Gods and Lords who are revered in heaven and earth, for all things are free to you. But I give privilege to none others to choose the names of the ancients.
25/46.4. Sudga then made the following his Private Council: Plow-ya, Vazista, Kiro, Cpenista, Visper, E-shong, Bog-wi, Lowtha, Brihat, Gai-ya, Sa-mern, Nais-wiche, Yube, Sol, Don, Mung-jo, Urvash, Cpenta-mainyus, and Vanaiti; and to each of them ten thousand attendants.
25/46.5. Then Sudga made two great captains, Varsa and Baktu, and he said to them: Two billion angels I have allotted to go down to the earth, to the land of Vind’yu, to subdue mortals and have dominion over them permanently, and I divide the two billion between you two. But all other angels shall remain in my heavenly kingdom and work for me, and embellish it, and beautify my heavenly cities, especially my holy capital.
25/46.6. Now, when you two are permanent on the earth, and secured in the temples and oracles, you shall survey all the lands of Vind’yu, including the cities, large and small, and all the people. And, behold, all men shall be subdued to my two names, Sudga and Dyaus; and when a city stands, in which the people worship any other Gods or Lords, you shall destroy that city and all its people. It shall be city against city and man against man; for as I am the all highest God of heaven, so will I be the God of earth, and its Lord. And when finding two cities to be destroyed, the two of you shall divide, one going with his angel warriors to one city, and the other to the other city; and you shall inspire them against each other until death; and when they are laid low, you shall bring my worshippers into the place, to inhabit it.
25/46.7. Thus the two destroying captain Gods, Varsa and Baktu, with their two billion angel warriors, descended to the earth. And they spread out over the land of Vind’yu, where there were many kingdoms and thousands of cities; and they came to mortals asleep or awake, and inspired them to havoc and destruction, for Sudga’s sake.
25/46.8. And in twelve years, four thousand cities were laid in ruins, of which thirty-seven were great cities. And chief of these were Yadom, Watchada, Cvalaka, Hoce-te, Hlumivi, Ctdar, and Yigam, each of which contained more than one million souls, and some of them two million.
25/46.9. In all of these there were places of great learning, and schools, and temples of sacrifice (worship). In Ctdar the roof of the temple was made of silver, copper and gold; and it had one thousand columns of polished stone, and five hundred pillars to support the roof. The walls were covered with tapestry, painted with written words and histories of heaven and earth, and of the Gods, Lords and Saviors of the ancients. Within the temple were seven altars of sacrifice, and four thousand basins of holy water for baptismal rites. Within the walls of the temple were niches for five hundred priests, for the confession of sins, and for receiving the money, cloth and fruits of the earth, contributed by the penitent for the remission of their sins. Through the central passage within the temple the king drove in his golden chariot, when he came for sacrifice; and the floor of this passage was laid with silver and gold.
25/46.10. In the center of the temple floor was a basin filled with water, and the diameter of the basin was equal to twenty lengths of a man. In the middle of the basin was a fountain throwing up water. And at the east, west, north and south sides of the basin were four pillars of polished stone, with stairs within them; and the tops of these pillars were connected by beams of inlaid wood of many colors, polished finely, which were called the Holy Arch of Suhhadga. On the summit of the arch was a small house called the Voice of the Oracle, for here sat the king’s interpreter of heaven and earth, the reader of visions. And the spirits of the dead appeared in the spray of the fountain, sometimes as stars of light and sometimes in their own forms and features, and were witnessed by the multitude.
25/46.11. Within each of the five hundred pillars was a sacred chamber, for the benefit of the priests communing with angels. In the east pillar was an opening from top to bottom, a slatway, so the multitude could see into the pillar, which was hollow its entire height. This was occupied by the king’s high priest or priestess, as the case might be, and this person had attained to adeptship, so that the angels could carry him up and down within the pillar, even to its top, which was equal to fifty lengths of a man. And the multitude thus saw him ascending and descending.
25/46.12. In the west pillar was the library of the temple, which contained a history of its important events for a period of eight hundred years; of the priest and high priests, and of the kings of the city.
25/46.13. Next to the Temple, which was called Tryista, stood the House of Learning, where the wise men and women congregated, being skilled in philosophy, music, astronomy and mineralogy. The House was made of polished stone and wood interlocked, and its front had one hundred and forty columns of polished stone and wood. The house contained the skins and bones of thousands of creatures, ancient and modern, which were classified and named; and with these were books of philosophy and history, all of which were free to the public one day in seven. Next to the House of Learning was the Temple of Death, dedicated to all kinds of battles, battles between lions and men, tigers and men, and between lions and tigers, and elephants, and between man and man. And so great was the Temple of Death that its seats could accommodate three hundred thousand men, women and children. The temple was circular, and without a roof over the arena. But the greatest of all buildings in Ctdar was the king’s palace, commonly called TEMPLE OF THE SUN. This was also made of polished stone; and on the four sides had eight hundred columns of polished stone; and next to the columns were fifty pillars, on every side connected by arches twelve lengths high, on which rested a roof of wood and stone; and yet on this was surmounted another row of four hundred columns of polished wood, inlaid with silver and gold, and these were connected on the top by other arches ten lengths high, and on these another roof, and on the top of this a dome covered with gold, silver and copper. From the arena to the dome the height was twenty-eight lengths, and the base of the dome across was sixteen lengths. Entering the temple from the west was a chariot roadway, so that the king and his visitors could drive up into the arena of the palace in their chariots. But as for the interior of the king’s palace, a whole book could be written to describe it, and yet not tell half its richness, beauty and magnificence.
25/46.14. Besides these great buildings there were four hundred and fifty Temples of Darkness, dedicated to the spirits of the dead. These were without any opening except the door; and when the communers were within, and the door shut, they were without light. Within these temples, spirits and mortals congregated, and the spirits taught mortals the art of magic; of making seeds grow into trees and flowers; of producing serpents by force of the will; of carrying things through the air; casting sweet perfumes, and casting foul smells; of casting virus to one’s enemy, and inoculating him with poison, causing death; of finding things lost; of bringing money to the poor, and flowers and food to the sick; of entering the dead sleep, and of becoming unconscious to pain by force of the will.
25/46.15. Nor could any man or woman attain to be a priest in the Temple of Tryista until he mastered all the degrees in the Temples of Darkness.
25/46.16. The angels of Sudga decided to destroy this city (Ctdar); and, accordingly, they inspired a war between it and the city of Yadom, which was a close second to it in magnificence, possessing temples and palaces like it. Indeed, to describe one of these great cities was to describe the other, as to mortal glory. For seven hundred years these cities had been at peace with each other, only half a day’s journey apart, on the great river, Euvisij, in the Valley of Rajawichta.
25/46.17. And the captain God, Varsa, chose one city, and the captain God, Baktu, chose the other city; and each of them took from their billion angel warriors a sufficient number, and inspired the two great cities to everlasting destruction. As mortals turn savage beasts into an arena, to watch them tear and flay each other, even so sat these captain Gods in their heavenly chariots, witnessing the two great cities in mortal combat. And when one had too much advantage, the angel hosts would turn the tide, or let them rest awhile; then urge them to it again, holding the game in such even balance as would ensure the greatest possible havoc to both.
25/46.18. Eight years these battles lasted; and hundreds of thousands of men, women and children were slain; and when the great cities were thus reduced, the Gods let loose THE BAND OF DEATH, whose angel office was to carry poison virus from the rotten dead and inoculate the breath of the living; and then make mortals in desperate madness set fire to their cities, to keep them from falling into other hands. And in eight years the great cities, with their mighty temples, were turned to ruin and dust; and of the people left, only the ignorant few, starving, helpless wanderers, could tell the tale of what had been.
25/46.19. Sudga had said: All knowledge among mortals is inimical to the Gods in heaven; therefore I will destroy all knowledge on the earth. And this was the same doctrine maintained by Te-in, God of Jaffeth.
25/46.20. The captain Gods of Sudga proceeded in that manner, over all the land of Vind’yu, laying low all kingdoms, cities, places of sacrifice, and places of learning. And in one hundred years the mighty people of Vind’yu were reduced to beggary and scattered tribes of wanderers. The great canals were destroyed, and the upper and lower country became places of famine and barrenness. And in the valleys and on the mountains, in the abandoned fields and in the wildernesses, lay the bones and skulls of millions of the human dead. And lions and tigers came and prowled about in the ruined walls of the fallen temples and palaces. Nor was there left in all the land a single library, or book, or the art of making books, or anything to show what the great history had been.
25/46.21. Thus perished the Vedic language, the language of song, poetry and great oratory. Except in a small degree, such as that preserved by the remnant of Faithists who had escaped through all these generations, still worshipping in secret the Great Spirit.
25/46.22. Hear next of Osiris and his dominions, and of Arabin’ya, Par’si’e and Heleste:
http://oahspestandardedition.com/OAHSPE_Standard_Edition_for_Screen_Reading.pdf
25/46.1. Sudga had two vice-Gods, Brihat and Visvasrij. Next to these was Sudga’s heavenly chief marshal, Atma, who had four thousand marshals under him, and equally divided among them to command, were one billion heavenly warring angels. Atma had authority over thirty thousand generals and captains, to whom two billion angels were allotted.
25/46.2. Chief of the heavenly generals were: Shahara, Vasyam, Suchchi, Dev, Nasakij, Tvara, Watka, Shan, Dorh, Hudhup, Nikish, Hajara, Hwassggarom, Viji, Yatamas, Brahma, Goska, Fulowski, M’Dhuhitri, Yaya-mich-ma, Hijavar, Duth, Lob-yam, Hi-gup, and Vowiska. And these falsely assumed the names of the ancient Gods and Lords of thousands of years before.
25/46.3. Sudga had said to them: So that my age may be magnified before the newborn in heaven, you shall also magnify your own names by taking the names of Gods and Lords who are revered in heaven and earth, for all things are free to you. But I give privilege to none others to choose the names of the ancients.
25/46.4. Sudga then made the following his Private Council: Plow-ya, Vazista, Kiro, Cpenista, Visper, E-shong, Bog-wi, Lowtha, Brihat, Gai-ya, Sa-mern, Nais-wiche, Yube, Sol, Don, Mung-jo, Urvash, Cpenta-mainyus, and Vanaiti; and to each of them ten thousand attendants.
25/46.5. Then Sudga made two great captains, Varsa and Baktu, and he said to them: Two billion angels I have allotted to go down to the earth, to the land of Vind’yu, to subdue mortals and have dominion over them permanently, and I divide the two billion between you two. But all other angels shall remain in my heavenly kingdom and work for me, and embellish it, and beautify my heavenly cities, especially my holy capital.
25/46.6. Now, when you two are permanent on the earth, and secured in the temples and oracles, you shall survey all the lands of Vind’yu, including the cities, large and small, and all the people. And, behold, all men shall be subdued to my two names, Sudga and Dyaus; and when a city stands, in which the people worship any other Gods or Lords, you shall destroy that city and all its people. It shall be city against city and man against man; for as I am the all highest God of heaven, so will I be the God of earth, and its Lord. And when finding two cities to be destroyed, the two of you shall divide, one going with his angel warriors to one city, and the other to the other city; and you shall inspire them against each other until death; and when they are laid low, you shall bring my worshippers into the place, to inhabit it.
25/46.7. Thus the two destroying captain Gods, Varsa and Baktu, with their two billion angel warriors, descended to the earth. And they spread out over the land of Vind’yu, where there were many kingdoms and thousands of cities; and they came to mortals asleep or awake, and inspired them to havoc and destruction, for Sudga’s sake.
25/46.8. And in twelve years, four thousand cities were laid in ruins, of which thirty-seven were great cities. And chief of these were Yadom, Watchada, Cvalaka, Hoce-te, Hlumivi, Ctdar, and Yigam, each of which contained more than one million souls, and some of them two million.
25/46.9. In all of these there were places of great learning, and schools, and temples of sacrifice (worship). In Ctdar the roof of the temple was made of silver, copper and gold; and it had one thousand columns of polished stone, and five hundred pillars to support the roof. The walls were covered with tapestry, painted with written words and histories of heaven and earth, and of the Gods, Lords and Saviors of the ancients. Within the temple were seven altars of sacrifice, and four thousand basins of holy water for baptismal rites. Within the walls of the temple were niches for five hundred priests, for the confession of sins, and for receiving the money, cloth and fruits of the earth, contributed by the penitent for the remission of their sins. Through the central passage within the temple the king drove in his golden chariot, when he came for sacrifice; and the floor of this passage was laid with silver and gold.
25/46.10. In the center of the temple floor was a basin filled with water, and the diameter of the basin was equal to twenty lengths of a man. In the middle of the basin was a fountain throwing up water. And at the east, west, north and south sides of the basin were four pillars of polished stone, with stairs within them; and the tops of these pillars were connected by beams of inlaid wood of many colors, polished finely, which were called the Holy Arch of Suhhadga. On the summit of the arch was a small house called the Voice of the Oracle, for here sat the king’s interpreter of heaven and earth, the reader of visions. And the spirits of the dead appeared in the spray of the fountain, sometimes as stars of light and sometimes in their own forms and features, and were witnessed by the multitude.
25/46.11. Within each of the five hundred pillars was a sacred chamber, for the benefit of the priests communing with angels. In the east pillar was an opening from top to bottom, a slatway, so the multitude could see into the pillar, which was hollow its entire height. This was occupied by the king’s high priest or priestess, as the case might be, and this person had attained to adeptship, so that the angels could carry him up and down within the pillar, even to its top, which was equal to fifty lengths of a man. And the multitude thus saw him ascending and descending.
25/46.12. In the west pillar was the library of the temple, which contained a history of its important events for a period of eight hundred years; of the priest and high priests, and of the kings of the city.
25/46.13. Next to the Temple, which was called Tryista, stood the House of Learning, where the wise men and women congregated, being skilled in philosophy, music, astronomy and mineralogy. The House was made of polished stone and wood interlocked, and its front had one hundred and forty columns of polished stone and wood. The house contained the skins and bones of thousands of creatures, ancient and modern, which were classified and named; and with these were books of philosophy and history, all of which were free to the public one day in seven. Next to the House of Learning was the Temple of Death, dedicated to all kinds of battles, battles between lions and men, tigers and men, and between lions and tigers, and elephants, and between man and man. And so great was the Temple of Death that its seats could accommodate three hundred thousand men, women and children. The temple was circular, and without a roof over the arena. But the greatest of all buildings in Ctdar was the king’s palace, commonly called TEMPLE OF THE SUN. This was also made of polished stone; and on the four sides had eight hundred columns of polished stone; and next to the columns were fifty pillars, on every side connected by arches twelve lengths high, on which rested a roof of wood and stone; and yet on this was surmounted another row of four hundred columns of polished wood, inlaid with silver and gold, and these were connected on the top by other arches ten lengths high, and on these another roof, and on the top of this a dome covered with gold, silver and copper. From the arena to the dome the height was twenty-eight lengths, and the base of the dome across was sixteen lengths. Entering the temple from the west was a chariot roadway, so that the king and his visitors could drive up into the arena of the palace in their chariots. But as for the interior of the king’s palace, a whole book could be written to describe it, and yet not tell half its richness, beauty and magnificence.
25/46.14. Besides these great buildings there were four hundred and fifty Temples of Darkness, dedicated to the spirits of the dead. These were without any opening except the door; and when the communers were within, and the door shut, they were without light. Within these temples, spirits and mortals congregated, and the spirits taught mortals the art of magic; of making seeds grow into trees and flowers; of producing serpents by force of the will; of carrying things through the air; casting sweet perfumes, and casting foul smells; of casting virus to one’s enemy, and inoculating him with poison, causing death; of finding things lost; of bringing money to the poor, and flowers and food to the sick; of entering the dead sleep, and of becoming unconscious to pain by force of the will.
25/46.15. Nor could any man or woman attain to be a priest in the Temple of Tryista until he mastered all the degrees in the Temples of Darkness.
25/46.16. The angels of Sudga decided to destroy this city (Ctdar); and, accordingly, they inspired a war between it and the city of Yadom, which was a close second to it in magnificence, possessing temples and palaces like it. Indeed, to describe one of these great cities was to describe the other, as to mortal glory. For seven hundred years these cities had been at peace with each other, only half a day’s journey apart, on the great river, Euvisij, in the Valley of Rajawichta.
25/46.17. And the captain God, Varsa, chose one city, and the captain God, Baktu, chose the other city; and each of them took from their billion angel warriors a sufficient number, and inspired the two great cities to everlasting destruction. As mortals turn savage beasts into an arena, to watch them tear and flay each other, even so sat these captain Gods in their heavenly chariots, witnessing the two great cities in mortal combat. And when one had too much advantage, the angel hosts would turn the tide, or let them rest awhile; then urge them to it again, holding the game in such even balance as would ensure the greatest possible havoc to both.
25/46.18. Eight years these battles lasted; and hundreds of thousands of men, women and children were slain; and when the great cities were thus reduced, the Gods let loose THE BAND OF DEATH, whose angel office was to carry poison virus from the rotten dead and inoculate the breath of the living; and then make mortals in desperate madness set fire to their cities, to keep them from falling into other hands. And in eight years the great cities, with their mighty temples, were turned to ruin and dust; and of the people left, only the ignorant few, starving, helpless wanderers, could tell the tale of what had been.
25/46.19. Sudga had said: All knowledge among mortals is inimical to the Gods in heaven; therefore I will destroy all knowledge on the earth. And this was the same doctrine maintained by Te-in, God of Jaffeth.
25/46.20. The captain Gods of Sudga proceeded in that manner, over all the land of Vind’yu, laying low all kingdoms, cities, places of sacrifice, and places of learning. And in one hundred years the mighty people of Vind’yu were reduced to beggary and scattered tribes of wanderers. The great canals were destroyed, and the upper and lower country became places of famine and barrenness. And in the valleys and on the mountains, in the abandoned fields and in the wildernesses, lay the bones and skulls of millions of the human dead. And lions and tigers came and prowled about in the ruined walls of the fallen temples and palaces. Nor was there left in all the land a single library, or book, or the art of making books, or anything to show what the great history had been.
25/46.21. Thus perished the Vedic language, the language of song, poetry and great oratory. Except in a small degree, such as that preserved by the remnant of Faithists who had escaped through all these generations, still worshipping in secret the Great Spirit.
25/46.22. Hear next of Osiris and his dominions, and of Arabin’ya, Par’si’e and Heleste:
http://oahspestandardedition.com/OAHSPE_Standard_Edition_for_Screen_Reading.pdf
![Matthew Todorovski](https://c.mql5.com/avatar/2014/9/5423F64B-633A.jpg)
Matthew Todorovski
CHAPTER 45 Wars
25/45.1. Jehovih allowed the self-Gods to prosper for more than four hundred years; and Te-in, Sudga, and Osiris, became the mightiest Gods that ever ruled on the earth. Know, then, these things of them, in heaven and earth, conveyed in the following synopsis drawn from the libraries of Jehovih’s kingdoms, which relate the subject more fully:
25/45.2. First of Te-in, then Sudga, then Osiris. Of Te-in’s heavenly kingdom, two vice-Gods, Noe Jon and Wang-tse-Yot. Chief high marshal, Kolotzka, and under him thirty thousand marshals. Chief general, Ha-e Giang, and under him one hundred thousand generals and high captains. Of these, twenty thousand were allotted to the dominion of mortals in Jaffeth; the others served in heaven, mostly around the throne of Te-in. Chiefly distinguished as Gods on the earth were Te-in’s fourteen chief generals: Kacan-cat, Yam-yam, Tochin-woh, Ho-jou-ya, Wah-ka, Oke-ya-nos, Haing-le, Lutz-rom, Le-Wiang, Thu-wowtch, Eurga-roth, I-sa-ah, To-gow and Ah Shung.
25/45.3. These generals were divided into two parts of seven each; and they were allotted equally of the twenty thousand rank generals assigned to the earth; and these again were allotted each thirty thousand angel warriors.
25/45.4. Te-in had said to these fourteen chief generals: When you come to the earth, and, finding two cities near each other, both of which worship Gods other than me, you shall divide yourselves into two parts; and one army shall go to one mortal city and the other to the other, and by inspiration and otherwise you shall bring the two cities to war against each other until both are broken down, or destroyed. After which you shall inspire another city that worships me, to come and possess both of those that are destroyed. It is better to make our enemies kill each other than to kill them ourselves.
25/45.5. And such was the mode of warfare by Te-in that all the land of Jaffeth was subdued to him in less than a hundred years; except the matter of a million Faithists, scattered here and there, and of the Listians who were in the mountains and wildernesses. And great and costly temples were built in all the cities of Jaffeth, and dedicated to TE-IN, CREATOR AND RULER OF HEAVEN AND EARTH.
25/45.6. Now, as to the worshippers of Joss and Ho-Joss,988 they were not converted but subdued, and they worshipped their God in secret, and made rites and ceremonies by which they could know one another and the better escape persecution. Many of these rites were modeled on the ancient rite of Bawgangad.989
[[988 i.e. God and Lord God, aka Anuhasaj]]
[[989 i.e.,Baugh-Ghan-Ghad,presentedlaterin Oahspe; presumably this included burnt offering, and evidently human sacrifice as shown later]]
25/45.7. Among the great cities990 destroyed in these wars were: Hong we, Chow Go and Sheing-tdo. For Hong we the wars lasted twenty years; and five hundred thousand men, women and children were slain within the city.
[[990 Great city in those days signified cities with tributary governors, and tributary towns. Where the city had no tributary town or governor, it was called simply a city. –Ed.]]
25/45.8. The wars of Chow Go lasted forty years, and three hundred thousand men, women and children were slain within her walls. For Sheing-tdo the wars lasted twenty-five years, and three hundred thousand men, women and children ware slain within her walls.
25/45.9. In the destruction of Hong we there were consigned to ashes four hundred houses of philosophy; two thousand four hundred colleges, and twelve thousand public schools. All of which had been made glorious in the reign of Hong, the king of the city. Because he worshipped Ho-Joss, his great city was destroyed.
25/45.10. In Chow Go there were destroyed six hundred houses of philosophy and two hundred colleges of Great Learning. Here was the Temple of Jonk, which was dedicated to worship of Joss (God), and which, in building, required twenty thousand men twelve years. It had two thousand pillars of polished Awana stone; and at the blood altar it had twelve thousand skulls, of which the great king Bak Ho was slaughterer in the name of Ho-Joss. The throne of worship for the king was set with diamonds and pearls; and it had a thousand candlesticks of gold and silver. And the extent of fine silk drapery and fine wool drapery within the temple was so great that, if spread out on the ground, five hundred thousand men could lie down on it and yet not cover up half of it. And the draperies were painted and embroidered with pictures of battles and wars; and of scenes in heaven. And it had taken twenty thousand men and women forty years of labor to accomplish this ornamentation of the draperies. All of which were destroyed, together with the entire city and all its riches and magnificence.
25/45.11. Sheing-tdo was a city of fashion and splendor, inhabited by the richest men in the world. She had a temple called Cha-oke-king, dedicated to learning, but in fact appropriated to the display of wealth and pageantry. It was round, with a high projecting roof, the eaves of which rested on ten thousand pillars of polished stone. There were four hundred doorways to enter the temple; but, within each doorway, one came against the square columns of precious stones that supported the roof inside; and to either side of the columns were passageways that led into the four hundred chambers within. In the center of the temple, twenty thousand artificial stalactites hung from the roof; these were made of silk and wool and fine linen, and painted, and of colors so bright that mortal eye could scarcely look upon them, and they looked like ice with the sun shining on it, forming rainbows in every direction. Kings, queens and governors, of great learning, came here; for here, copies of the greatest books in all the world were deposited.
25/45.12. Besides the temple of Cha-oke-king, there were seven great temples built to Joss, any of which was large enough for ten thousand men to do sacrifice (worship) in at one time. For twenty-five years the people of Sheing-tdo fought to save their great city from destruction, but it fell, and was destroyed along with all the temples in it. By king Bingh, it was laid low.
25/45.13. Next to these, the following great cities were destroyed: Gwoo-gee, which had one hundred houses of philosophy and forty colleges for great learning; one temple, with eight hundred polished pillars and two thousand arches; thirty temples of wheat and corn sacrifice; one food warehouse where, in case of famine, food for one hundred thousand people was stored, sufficient for eight years; and all these, and the libraries of the records of the Gods and Lords of earth, and all things in the city, were burnt to ashes.
25/45.14. The city of Young-ooh, of two hundred thousand inhabitants, which had seventy houses of philosophy, and thirty-five colleges of great learning, besides many schools; one TEMPLE OF THE STARS, where lectures were given daily to the people to teach them the names and places of the stars and their wondrous size and motion; forty temples of sacrifice, seven of which were large enough to hold all the inhabitants of Young-ooh, the great city. By king Shaing it was laid in ashes, and nothing but heaps of stone remained to tell where the city had been.
25/45.15. The city, Gwan-she, which had thirty houses of philosophy, and seventy temples of sacrifice, two Temples of the Stars dedicated to Joss; eighty-five colleges of Great Learning, and also a feed-house, stored sufficiently to feed the city seven years; and there were two hundred thousand inhabitants within the city walls. Twelve years the people of this city fought against the incited plunderers, the warriors under the God Te-in, but were conquered at last, and their city laid low.
25/45.16. And the great cities, Ghi, Owan, Chong, Goon, Ca-On, Jong-wong, Sow, Wowtch-gan, Sem-Sin, Gee, Tiang, Choe, Doth, Ah-mai, Conc Shu, Guh, Haingtsgay, Ghi-oo-yong, and Boy-gonk, all of which had houses of philosophy, colleges of great learning, public schools, temples of sacrifice, feed-houses, and hundreds of thousands of inhabitants. And all these cities were destroyed, and only heaps of stones left to tell where they had been.
25/45.17. Besides these, there were more than two thousand cities of less prominence destroyed. And yet, of the villages and small cities that were destroyed, so great was their number, that no man ever counted them.
25/45.18. It was city against city; king against king; man against man; for the inhabitants of Jaffeth were obsessed to madness, war and destruction; almost without cause they would fall upon one another to destroy; for Te-in had sent his hundreds of millions of warring angels to inspire mortals to destroy all knowledge, instruction, learning, and philosophy, and to destroy all trace of all other Gods and Lords, so that he alone would reign supreme.
25/45.19. And these angels taught mortals how to make explosive powder, and guns to shoot with, more deadly than the bow and arrow; and taught the secret of under-digging a city and blowing it up with explosive powder.
25/45.20. So the fair land of Jaffeth, with its wisdom and great learning, was reduced to a distracted and broken-up country. The bones of mortals were scattered over the lands in every direction; nor could the land be tilled without digging among the skulls and bones of the great giant race of I’huans that once had peopled it.
25/45.21. And of those who were not destroyed, one might say: They were a poor, half-starved, sickly breed, discouraged and helpless, badly whipped.
25/45.22. And the spirits of the dead were on all the battlefields, lighting up the dark nights with their spirit-fires, and in the morning and the twilight of evening they could be seen by the hundreds and thousands, walking about, shy and wild! But an abundance of familiar spirits dwelt with mortals; took on sar’gis forms, and ate and drank with them, and even did things of which it is unlawful to mention.
25/45.23. Thus was Jaffeth won to the God Te-in. Now know of Sudga.
http://oahspestandardedition.com/OAHSPE_Standard_Edition_for_Screen_Reading.pdf
25/45.1. Jehovih allowed the self-Gods to prosper for more than four hundred years; and Te-in, Sudga, and Osiris, became the mightiest Gods that ever ruled on the earth. Know, then, these things of them, in heaven and earth, conveyed in the following synopsis drawn from the libraries of Jehovih’s kingdoms, which relate the subject more fully:
25/45.2. First of Te-in, then Sudga, then Osiris. Of Te-in’s heavenly kingdom, two vice-Gods, Noe Jon and Wang-tse-Yot. Chief high marshal, Kolotzka, and under him thirty thousand marshals. Chief general, Ha-e Giang, and under him one hundred thousand generals and high captains. Of these, twenty thousand were allotted to the dominion of mortals in Jaffeth; the others served in heaven, mostly around the throne of Te-in. Chiefly distinguished as Gods on the earth were Te-in’s fourteen chief generals: Kacan-cat, Yam-yam, Tochin-woh, Ho-jou-ya, Wah-ka, Oke-ya-nos, Haing-le, Lutz-rom, Le-Wiang, Thu-wowtch, Eurga-roth, I-sa-ah, To-gow and Ah Shung.
25/45.3. These generals were divided into two parts of seven each; and they were allotted equally of the twenty thousand rank generals assigned to the earth; and these again were allotted each thirty thousand angel warriors.
25/45.4. Te-in had said to these fourteen chief generals: When you come to the earth, and, finding two cities near each other, both of which worship Gods other than me, you shall divide yourselves into two parts; and one army shall go to one mortal city and the other to the other, and by inspiration and otherwise you shall bring the two cities to war against each other until both are broken down, or destroyed. After which you shall inspire another city that worships me, to come and possess both of those that are destroyed. It is better to make our enemies kill each other than to kill them ourselves.
25/45.5. And such was the mode of warfare by Te-in that all the land of Jaffeth was subdued to him in less than a hundred years; except the matter of a million Faithists, scattered here and there, and of the Listians who were in the mountains and wildernesses. And great and costly temples were built in all the cities of Jaffeth, and dedicated to TE-IN, CREATOR AND RULER OF HEAVEN AND EARTH.
25/45.6. Now, as to the worshippers of Joss and Ho-Joss,988 they were not converted but subdued, and they worshipped their God in secret, and made rites and ceremonies by which they could know one another and the better escape persecution. Many of these rites were modeled on the ancient rite of Bawgangad.989
[[988 i.e. God and Lord God, aka Anuhasaj]]
[[989 i.e.,Baugh-Ghan-Ghad,presentedlaterin Oahspe; presumably this included burnt offering, and evidently human sacrifice as shown later]]
25/45.7. Among the great cities990 destroyed in these wars were: Hong we, Chow Go and Sheing-tdo. For Hong we the wars lasted twenty years; and five hundred thousand men, women and children were slain within the city.
[[990 Great city in those days signified cities with tributary governors, and tributary towns. Where the city had no tributary town or governor, it was called simply a city. –Ed.]]
25/45.8. The wars of Chow Go lasted forty years, and three hundred thousand men, women and children were slain within her walls. For Sheing-tdo the wars lasted twenty-five years, and three hundred thousand men, women and children ware slain within her walls.
25/45.9. In the destruction of Hong we there were consigned to ashes four hundred houses of philosophy; two thousand four hundred colleges, and twelve thousand public schools. All of which had been made glorious in the reign of Hong, the king of the city. Because he worshipped Ho-Joss, his great city was destroyed.
25/45.10. In Chow Go there were destroyed six hundred houses of philosophy and two hundred colleges of Great Learning. Here was the Temple of Jonk, which was dedicated to worship of Joss (God), and which, in building, required twenty thousand men twelve years. It had two thousand pillars of polished Awana stone; and at the blood altar it had twelve thousand skulls, of which the great king Bak Ho was slaughterer in the name of Ho-Joss. The throne of worship for the king was set with diamonds and pearls; and it had a thousand candlesticks of gold and silver. And the extent of fine silk drapery and fine wool drapery within the temple was so great that, if spread out on the ground, five hundred thousand men could lie down on it and yet not cover up half of it. And the draperies were painted and embroidered with pictures of battles and wars; and of scenes in heaven. And it had taken twenty thousand men and women forty years of labor to accomplish this ornamentation of the draperies. All of which were destroyed, together with the entire city and all its riches and magnificence.
25/45.11. Sheing-tdo was a city of fashion and splendor, inhabited by the richest men in the world. She had a temple called Cha-oke-king, dedicated to learning, but in fact appropriated to the display of wealth and pageantry. It was round, with a high projecting roof, the eaves of which rested on ten thousand pillars of polished stone. There were four hundred doorways to enter the temple; but, within each doorway, one came against the square columns of precious stones that supported the roof inside; and to either side of the columns were passageways that led into the four hundred chambers within. In the center of the temple, twenty thousand artificial stalactites hung from the roof; these were made of silk and wool and fine linen, and painted, and of colors so bright that mortal eye could scarcely look upon them, and they looked like ice with the sun shining on it, forming rainbows in every direction. Kings, queens and governors, of great learning, came here; for here, copies of the greatest books in all the world were deposited.
25/45.12. Besides the temple of Cha-oke-king, there were seven great temples built to Joss, any of which was large enough for ten thousand men to do sacrifice (worship) in at one time. For twenty-five years the people of Sheing-tdo fought to save their great city from destruction, but it fell, and was destroyed along with all the temples in it. By king Bingh, it was laid low.
25/45.13. Next to these, the following great cities were destroyed: Gwoo-gee, which had one hundred houses of philosophy and forty colleges for great learning; one temple, with eight hundred polished pillars and two thousand arches; thirty temples of wheat and corn sacrifice; one food warehouse where, in case of famine, food for one hundred thousand people was stored, sufficient for eight years; and all these, and the libraries of the records of the Gods and Lords of earth, and all things in the city, were burnt to ashes.
25/45.14. The city of Young-ooh, of two hundred thousand inhabitants, which had seventy houses of philosophy, and thirty-five colleges of great learning, besides many schools; one TEMPLE OF THE STARS, where lectures were given daily to the people to teach them the names and places of the stars and their wondrous size and motion; forty temples of sacrifice, seven of which were large enough to hold all the inhabitants of Young-ooh, the great city. By king Shaing it was laid in ashes, and nothing but heaps of stone remained to tell where the city had been.
25/45.15. The city, Gwan-she, which had thirty houses of philosophy, and seventy temples of sacrifice, two Temples of the Stars dedicated to Joss; eighty-five colleges of Great Learning, and also a feed-house, stored sufficiently to feed the city seven years; and there were two hundred thousand inhabitants within the city walls. Twelve years the people of this city fought against the incited plunderers, the warriors under the God Te-in, but were conquered at last, and their city laid low.
25/45.16. And the great cities, Ghi, Owan, Chong, Goon, Ca-On, Jong-wong, Sow, Wowtch-gan, Sem-Sin, Gee, Tiang, Choe, Doth, Ah-mai, Conc Shu, Guh, Haingtsgay, Ghi-oo-yong, and Boy-gonk, all of which had houses of philosophy, colleges of great learning, public schools, temples of sacrifice, feed-houses, and hundreds of thousands of inhabitants. And all these cities were destroyed, and only heaps of stones left to tell where they had been.
25/45.17. Besides these, there were more than two thousand cities of less prominence destroyed. And yet, of the villages and small cities that were destroyed, so great was their number, that no man ever counted them.
25/45.18. It was city against city; king against king; man against man; for the inhabitants of Jaffeth were obsessed to madness, war and destruction; almost without cause they would fall upon one another to destroy; for Te-in had sent his hundreds of millions of warring angels to inspire mortals to destroy all knowledge, instruction, learning, and philosophy, and to destroy all trace of all other Gods and Lords, so that he alone would reign supreme.
25/45.19. And these angels taught mortals how to make explosive powder, and guns to shoot with, more deadly than the bow and arrow; and taught the secret of under-digging a city and blowing it up with explosive powder.
25/45.20. So the fair land of Jaffeth, with its wisdom and great learning, was reduced to a distracted and broken-up country. The bones of mortals were scattered over the lands in every direction; nor could the land be tilled without digging among the skulls and bones of the great giant race of I’huans that once had peopled it.
25/45.21. And of those who were not destroyed, one might say: They were a poor, half-starved, sickly breed, discouraged and helpless, badly whipped.
25/45.22. And the spirits of the dead were on all the battlefields, lighting up the dark nights with their spirit-fires, and in the morning and the twilight of evening they could be seen by the hundreds and thousands, walking about, shy and wild! But an abundance of familiar spirits dwelt with mortals; took on sar’gis forms, and ate and drank with them, and even did things of which it is unlawful to mention.
25/45.23. Thus was Jaffeth won to the God Te-in. Now know of Sudga.
http://oahspestandardedition.com/OAHSPE_Standard_Edition_for_Screen_Reading.pdf
![Matthew Todorovski](https://c.mql5.com/avatar/2014/9/5423F64B-633A.jpg)
Matthew Todorovski
CHAPTER 44 Wars
25/44.1. At this time Osiris’ heavenly kingdom numbered thirteen billion angels, good and bad. And it was the largest heavenly kingdom ever established on the earth.
25/44.2. It was built looking like Sudga’s; that is to say, modeled after Sanc-tu, in Hored, but more magnificent than Sudga’s kingdom, and far larger. The arena-way was five thousand lengths of a man across; so that approaching visitors to the throne must crawl two thousand lengths in order to approach the throne. And they also had to repeat an anthem of praise, or a prayer, for every length crawled, going and coming. And they were, like at Sudga’s, permitted to approach only to within a long distance from Osiris; meanwhile the array of lights around him were so dazzling that scarcely any could look upon him. And they who thus approached were so reverential that their minds magnified Osiris’ glorious appearance, so much so, that they truly believed they had looked into the Creator’s face, and saw, in truth, man was of his image and likeness. And thousands, and even millions, who thus crawled to look upon him, afterward went about in heaven preaching Osiris as the veritable All Highest Creator of heaven and earth.
25/44.3. Osiris made his Godhead consist of three persons: first, himself, as THE FOUNTAIN OF THE UNIVERSE, whose name was UNSPEAKABLE; second, BAAL, HIS ONLY BEGOTTEN SON, into whose keeping he had assigned the earth and all its mortals; and, third, ASHTAROTH, HIS VIRGIN DAUGHTER, into whose keeping he had assigned life and death, or rather the power of begetting and the power to cause death with mortals.
25/44.4. Osiris was the most cunning of all the self-Gods; for thus he appropriated the triangle of the Faithists; thus appropriated the names and powers of the false Lord God (now in hell), for only through Baal and Ashtaroth could any mortal or spirit ever attain to approach the arena of the throne in Agho’aden. And here again tested, they had to pass the high sentinel, Egupt, before they were entitled to the right to crawl on their bellies over the sacred pavement, the way to the heavenly palace.
25/44.5. Only the vice-Gods of Osiris and his chief marshal could walk upright to the capital palace, and they with heads bowed low. And when Osiris was informed of Ahura’s coming he sent word that he should come upright, with head erect, but veiled from head to foot. To this Ahura gladly consented; and, being veiled by Egupt and handed over to the vice-Gods and the chief marshal, he walked upright; when he came to the high arch of the palace, they halted, and Ahura saluted on the sign OLD TIME LOVE, and Osiris answered in the sign JOY IN HEAVEN. Upon which, Ahura left the vice-Gods and walked near the throne, and Osiris came down, and they embraced in each other’s arms, not having seen each other for more than a thousand years.
25/44.6. Osiris signaled the vice-Gods and chief marshal to fall back, and in privacy they ascended the throne and sat on it.
25/44.7. Osiris said: This is a great joy! To meet one’s loves, is this not greater, after all, than all the pomp and glory of the Gods? Ahura said: True; but who is wise enough to live in such a way as to enjoy so cheap a glory? We run off far away; we build up mighty kingdoms, and our places are replete with great magnificence; in search of what? While that which costs nothing, love, the greatest good of all in heaven and earth, we leave out in the cold. I have more delight to look upon your buoyant face again, and hear the music of your voice, than I ever had in my heavenly kingdom of seven billion angels.
25/44.8. Osiris said: Is it not so with all Gods, and with mortal kings and queens? They boast about the extent and power of their countless millions; and yet they have no more than a handful to love them, whom they can take into their arms in the fullness of reciprocity. What, then, are pomp and glory? Are not kings and queens of earth only watchdogs, to guard the stinking flesh and bones of other mortals? And are the Gods not equally base in their dirty trade of ruling over foul-smelling drujas?
25/44.9. Ahura said: It is so. But where does this great desire to rule over others come from; to lead them; to be applauded; and to revel in the toil of the millions? Would it not be wise for the Gods who understand this, to resign their mighty kingdoms and go along with their loves to feast in the great expanse of the universe.
25/44.10. Osiris said: True, O Ahura. But who has power to do this? Certainly not the Gods. And is it not so with mortals? For thousands of years, have they not been told: Unless you give up your earthly kingdoms, and give up your riches, you cannot rise in heaven. But, behold, the rich man cannot give up his riches; the king cannot give up his kingdom. They are weak indeed! As for such souls, one might as well expect an unhatched bird to fly, than to expect these to be anything but slaves in our dominions. I also perceive this regarding my own kingdom; I cannot give it up, because, in truth, I cannot get the desire to give it up, although my judgment says it would be the highest, best thing for me.
25/44.11. Ahura said: Are great possessions not like dissipation? I have seen mortals who admit THE HIGHEST, BEST THING TO DO IS TO LIVE THE HIGHEST, BEST ONE KNOWS, who then immediately go off and pollute the body by eating flesh and drinking wine. They also know the right way, but they have not yet attained the desire to put into practice what they know to be the highest.
25/44.12. Osiris said: Yes, all this is dissipation. And if a man gives away what he has, is that not also dissipation? Can it be true, O Ahura, that even as we manipulate mortals, to drive them to war or to make them play peace, to make them destroy their kingdoms and build up others by our angel armies, which they do not know of, that we ourselves are similarly ruled over by the Gods in the etherean heavens?
25/44.13. Ahura said: It seems to me thus, Osiris, that is to say, that the etherean Gods above us rule us, but not in the same way, but by their absence from us when we do unjustly, and by their presence when we do righteously. We rule over mortals by direct action upon them, shaping their destinies by our heavenly wills, and they are often cognizant of our angel servants being with them. But when we cannot appropriate a mortal to do our wills, we withdraw our angels and suffer him to fall into the hands of drujas.
25/44.14. Ahura continued: Not that the Gods above us, O Osiris, send evils upon us; but that we foster evils within our own kingdoms, which take root like thorns and nettles in a neglected field, and they grow and environ us. Even this I have seen in your heavens in the far future. It will come upon you, O Osiris, and with all your wisdom and strength you will meet the same fate as De’yus, and be cast into hell.
25/44.15. Osiris said: Were I to judge by all the self-Gods who have been before me, I would assent to your wise judgment. But hear me, O Ahura, for mine is not like any other heavenly kingdom, nor formed for my own glory only. This, then, is what I will accomplish:
25/44.16. I will cast out sin from among mortals, and all types of wickedness; and I will give them a heavenly kingdom on earth. They shall war no more, nor deal unjustly with one another; nor have suffering, immature deaths, famines or sickness, but peace, love, righteousness, good works and nobleness.
25/44.17. For I will go down to them in person in time to come; and I will take with me angels high raised and appoint them to mortals, and give them corporeal bodies for their pleasure, and they shall be the teachers of man on the earth. And man shall put away all selfishness, deceit, lust and lying; and the races of man shall be taught how to beget offspring in purity and wisdom.
25/44.18. And in that day I will take back the drujas of heaven and engraft them on mortals and re-raise them up with understanding. So for that purpose, O Ahura, though I fortify myself in all this, am I not laboring in the right way?
25/44.19. Ahura said: It seems to me a dangerous proceeding. I would compare your plan to that of a teacher who took his pupil into a place of vice to teach him virtue. How can a heavenly kingdom exist among mortals, except with celibates? And they cannot people the world. Is there any other way but by the delight of the lowest passion that man can be born into life? What belongs to the flesh is of the flesh; the spirit repudiates the earth.
25/44.20. Osiris said: It has been so said; but I will cast the higher love down into the lower.
25/44.21. Ahura said: Why, so you can; but, alas, will it remain down, and forever grovel on the earth? I have seen a sweet maiden wed to a vicious husband, and she did not lift him up, but he pulled her down. Will it not be so with the higher love, when you wed it to the passions? Behold the manner of the oracles! We appoint high-raised angels to answer the questions of mortals, to lead them up to virtue and wisdom; but, alas, mortals do not come to the oracles to learn these things, but to learn wickedness, war, and earthly gain. Will it not be so with your kingdom founded on earth? Instead of helping mortals up, mortals will pull down the angels to answer them in their most sinful desires and curiosity.
25/44.22. Osiris said: You have great reason on your side, and facts as well, to sustain you. Yet do not forget, O Ahura, I shall have a temple built of stone on the earth, and a chamber where I can come and command the kingdom through the mortal king.
25/44.23. Ahura said: Behold, my mission is fruitless. I have now visited my three loves, Te-in, Sudga, and you. And I cannot turn one, even a fraction. In this I have great sorrow; for I fear the time may come when great darkness will be upon you all.
25/44.24. Osiris said: I will consider your wise words, O Ahura. And though you now go from me, my love will follow you.
25/44.25. With that, Osiris signaled the chief marshal and the vice-Gods, and they came. Then Osiris and Ahura embraced each other and parted, both saluting in the sign, LOVE FOREVER. Ahura retired even as he came, but walking backward, with vice-Gods on either side, and the marshal leading the way. After they crossed the arena Ahura was delivered to Egupt; and the chief marshal with the vice-Gods returned to Osiris.
25/44.26. Egupt passed Ahura on to his own attendants, who conducted him to his fire-ship, in which they embarked and set sail for his own heavenly place, Vara-pishanaha.
http://oahspestandardedition.com/OAHSPE_Standard_Edition_for_Screen_Reading.pdf
25/44.1. At this time Osiris’ heavenly kingdom numbered thirteen billion angels, good and bad. And it was the largest heavenly kingdom ever established on the earth.
25/44.2. It was built looking like Sudga’s; that is to say, modeled after Sanc-tu, in Hored, but more magnificent than Sudga’s kingdom, and far larger. The arena-way was five thousand lengths of a man across; so that approaching visitors to the throne must crawl two thousand lengths in order to approach the throne. And they also had to repeat an anthem of praise, or a prayer, for every length crawled, going and coming. And they were, like at Sudga’s, permitted to approach only to within a long distance from Osiris; meanwhile the array of lights around him were so dazzling that scarcely any could look upon him. And they who thus approached were so reverential that their minds magnified Osiris’ glorious appearance, so much so, that they truly believed they had looked into the Creator’s face, and saw, in truth, man was of his image and likeness. And thousands, and even millions, who thus crawled to look upon him, afterward went about in heaven preaching Osiris as the veritable All Highest Creator of heaven and earth.
25/44.3. Osiris made his Godhead consist of three persons: first, himself, as THE FOUNTAIN OF THE UNIVERSE, whose name was UNSPEAKABLE; second, BAAL, HIS ONLY BEGOTTEN SON, into whose keeping he had assigned the earth and all its mortals; and, third, ASHTAROTH, HIS VIRGIN DAUGHTER, into whose keeping he had assigned life and death, or rather the power of begetting and the power to cause death with mortals.
25/44.4. Osiris was the most cunning of all the self-Gods; for thus he appropriated the triangle of the Faithists; thus appropriated the names and powers of the false Lord God (now in hell), for only through Baal and Ashtaroth could any mortal or spirit ever attain to approach the arena of the throne in Agho’aden. And here again tested, they had to pass the high sentinel, Egupt, before they were entitled to the right to crawl on their bellies over the sacred pavement, the way to the heavenly palace.
25/44.5. Only the vice-Gods of Osiris and his chief marshal could walk upright to the capital palace, and they with heads bowed low. And when Osiris was informed of Ahura’s coming he sent word that he should come upright, with head erect, but veiled from head to foot. To this Ahura gladly consented; and, being veiled by Egupt and handed over to the vice-Gods and the chief marshal, he walked upright; when he came to the high arch of the palace, they halted, and Ahura saluted on the sign OLD TIME LOVE, and Osiris answered in the sign JOY IN HEAVEN. Upon which, Ahura left the vice-Gods and walked near the throne, and Osiris came down, and they embraced in each other’s arms, not having seen each other for more than a thousand years.
25/44.6. Osiris signaled the vice-Gods and chief marshal to fall back, and in privacy they ascended the throne and sat on it.
25/44.7. Osiris said: This is a great joy! To meet one’s loves, is this not greater, after all, than all the pomp and glory of the Gods? Ahura said: True; but who is wise enough to live in such a way as to enjoy so cheap a glory? We run off far away; we build up mighty kingdoms, and our places are replete with great magnificence; in search of what? While that which costs nothing, love, the greatest good of all in heaven and earth, we leave out in the cold. I have more delight to look upon your buoyant face again, and hear the music of your voice, than I ever had in my heavenly kingdom of seven billion angels.
25/44.8. Osiris said: Is it not so with all Gods, and with mortal kings and queens? They boast about the extent and power of their countless millions; and yet they have no more than a handful to love them, whom they can take into their arms in the fullness of reciprocity. What, then, are pomp and glory? Are not kings and queens of earth only watchdogs, to guard the stinking flesh and bones of other mortals? And are the Gods not equally base in their dirty trade of ruling over foul-smelling drujas?
25/44.9. Ahura said: It is so. But where does this great desire to rule over others come from; to lead them; to be applauded; and to revel in the toil of the millions? Would it not be wise for the Gods who understand this, to resign their mighty kingdoms and go along with their loves to feast in the great expanse of the universe.
25/44.10. Osiris said: True, O Ahura. But who has power to do this? Certainly not the Gods. And is it not so with mortals? For thousands of years, have they not been told: Unless you give up your earthly kingdoms, and give up your riches, you cannot rise in heaven. But, behold, the rich man cannot give up his riches; the king cannot give up his kingdom. They are weak indeed! As for such souls, one might as well expect an unhatched bird to fly, than to expect these to be anything but slaves in our dominions. I also perceive this regarding my own kingdom; I cannot give it up, because, in truth, I cannot get the desire to give it up, although my judgment says it would be the highest, best thing for me.
25/44.11. Ahura said: Are great possessions not like dissipation? I have seen mortals who admit THE HIGHEST, BEST THING TO DO IS TO LIVE THE HIGHEST, BEST ONE KNOWS, who then immediately go off and pollute the body by eating flesh and drinking wine. They also know the right way, but they have not yet attained the desire to put into practice what they know to be the highest.
25/44.12. Osiris said: Yes, all this is dissipation. And if a man gives away what he has, is that not also dissipation? Can it be true, O Ahura, that even as we manipulate mortals, to drive them to war or to make them play peace, to make them destroy their kingdoms and build up others by our angel armies, which they do not know of, that we ourselves are similarly ruled over by the Gods in the etherean heavens?
25/44.13. Ahura said: It seems to me thus, Osiris, that is to say, that the etherean Gods above us rule us, but not in the same way, but by their absence from us when we do unjustly, and by their presence when we do righteously. We rule over mortals by direct action upon them, shaping their destinies by our heavenly wills, and they are often cognizant of our angel servants being with them. But when we cannot appropriate a mortal to do our wills, we withdraw our angels and suffer him to fall into the hands of drujas.
25/44.14. Ahura continued: Not that the Gods above us, O Osiris, send evils upon us; but that we foster evils within our own kingdoms, which take root like thorns and nettles in a neglected field, and they grow and environ us. Even this I have seen in your heavens in the far future. It will come upon you, O Osiris, and with all your wisdom and strength you will meet the same fate as De’yus, and be cast into hell.
25/44.15. Osiris said: Were I to judge by all the self-Gods who have been before me, I would assent to your wise judgment. But hear me, O Ahura, for mine is not like any other heavenly kingdom, nor formed for my own glory only. This, then, is what I will accomplish:
25/44.16. I will cast out sin from among mortals, and all types of wickedness; and I will give them a heavenly kingdom on earth. They shall war no more, nor deal unjustly with one another; nor have suffering, immature deaths, famines or sickness, but peace, love, righteousness, good works and nobleness.
25/44.17. For I will go down to them in person in time to come; and I will take with me angels high raised and appoint them to mortals, and give them corporeal bodies for their pleasure, and they shall be the teachers of man on the earth. And man shall put away all selfishness, deceit, lust and lying; and the races of man shall be taught how to beget offspring in purity and wisdom.
25/44.18. And in that day I will take back the drujas of heaven and engraft them on mortals and re-raise them up with understanding. So for that purpose, O Ahura, though I fortify myself in all this, am I not laboring in the right way?
25/44.19. Ahura said: It seems to me a dangerous proceeding. I would compare your plan to that of a teacher who took his pupil into a place of vice to teach him virtue. How can a heavenly kingdom exist among mortals, except with celibates? And they cannot people the world. Is there any other way but by the delight of the lowest passion that man can be born into life? What belongs to the flesh is of the flesh; the spirit repudiates the earth.
25/44.20. Osiris said: It has been so said; but I will cast the higher love down into the lower.
25/44.21. Ahura said: Why, so you can; but, alas, will it remain down, and forever grovel on the earth? I have seen a sweet maiden wed to a vicious husband, and she did not lift him up, but he pulled her down. Will it not be so with the higher love, when you wed it to the passions? Behold the manner of the oracles! We appoint high-raised angels to answer the questions of mortals, to lead them up to virtue and wisdom; but, alas, mortals do not come to the oracles to learn these things, but to learn wickedness, war, and earthly gain. Will it not be so with your kingdom founded on earth? Instead of helping mortals up, mortals will pull down the angels to answer them in their most sinful desires and curiosity.
25/44.22. Osiris said: You have great reason on your side, and facts as well, to sustain you. Yet do not forget, O Ahura, I shall have a temple built of stone on the earth, and a chamber where I can come and command the kingdom through the mortal king.
25/44.23. Ahura said: Behold, my mission is fruitless. I have now visited my three loves, Te-in, Sudga, and you. And I cannot turn one, even a fraction. In this I have great sorrow; for I fear the time may come when great darkness will be upon you all.
25/44.24. Osiris said: I will consider your wise words, O Ahura. And though you now go from me, my love will follow you.
25/44.25. With that, Osiris signaled the chief marshal and the vice-Gods, and they came. Then Osiris and Ahura embraced each other and parted, both saluting in the sign, LOVE FOREVER. Ahura retired even as he came, but walking backward, with vice-Gods on either side, and the marshal leading the way. After they crossed the arena Ahura was delivered to Egupt; and the chief marshal with the vice-Gods returned to Osiris.
25/44.26. Egupt passed Ahura on to his own attendants, who conducted him to his fire-ship, in which they embarked and set sail for his own heavenly place, Vara-pishanaha.
http://oahspestandardedition.com/OAHSPE_Standard_Edition_for_Screen_Reading.pdf
![Matthew Todorovski](https://c.mql5.com/avatar/2014/9/5423F64B-633A.jpg)
Matthew Todorovski
CHAPTER 43 Wars
25/43.1. Sudga, after assuming a heaven for himself, moved it over the Nua Mountains and called it Hridat, in which place he had eight billion angel slaves, in the same manner as Te-in’s. Sudga’s capital city, Sowachissa, his highest heavenly seat, was modeled in the style of Sanc-tu, De’yus’ heavenly place in Hored, at the time of its greatest magnificence.
25/43.2. The capital house of Sudga was made of precious stones and gems, the work of billions of angels for many years. And when Hored was pillaged, prior to De’yus being cast into hell, millions of its most precious ornaments were stolen and brought to Hridat. The streets of Hridat were paved with precious stones; and an arena surrounded the palace on every side, set with crystals of every shade and color, and of every conceivable manner of workmanship. On the borders of the arena stood five hundred million sentinels, arrayed in gorgeousness such as only Gods had looked upon. Inside the line of sentinels were one million pillars of fire, kept brilliant day and night, by the toil of five hundred million slaves. Inside the line of the pillars of fire were one million marshals, so arrayed in splendor that one could scarcely look upon them. These were on a rotational watch with two other groups of one million each, and each group stood watch eight hours.
25/43.3. Only the vice-Gods and the high marshals were permitted to walk across the arena to the palace; all others must crawl on their bellies; and for every length crawled, they must kiss the pavement and recite an anthem of praise to Sudga, who now took both names, Sudga and Dyaus. Nor must anyone repeat the same anthem twice, but it must be a new anthem for each and every length of the person. For a tall person, a thousand lengths were required from the line of marshals to the palace, thus requiring a thousand anthems. So that, only the few, as compared to his millions, ever laid eyes on the throne of Sudga. Moreover they were only permitted to gaze no more than once on him, and even then he was at such great distance and amid such a sea of fire, that they scarcely could see him; and after they saw him on the throne, then they must re-crawl back again to the place of beginning, again reciting another thousand new anthems.
25/43.4. All of which made Sudga almost inaccessible, and permitted only those who were favored to even look upon him, which with the ignorant is a great power.
25/43.5. When Ahura came to the capital and sent word to Sudga who he was, requesting a meeting, Sudga gave orders to admit him, commanding Ahura to walk upright into his presence, along with the vice-Gods. Accordingly, Ahura came before Sudga, and saluted in LOVE AND ESTEEM, and Sudga answered in FRIENDSHIP OF OLD. The latter at once commanded privacy, and so all others withdrew, and Ahura and Sudga went up and sat on the throne.
25/43.6. Sudga said: Because you have come to see me I am overflowing with joy. Because I know you have come to admonish me for my philosophy and the manner of my dominions, I respect you. Because you did once try to found a kingdom of your own, and failed, I sympathize with you; but because you went back on yourself and accepted Jehovih, and so was rescued from your peril, I commiserate you.
25/43.7. Ahura said: To hear your gifted tongue once more is my great joy. To know that no misfortune was in store for you and your kingdom would give me great delight. Because I love you, and the people of your mighty, heavenly kingdom, I have come to admonish you and plead for Jehovih’s sake. As for myself, I have found that to cast all my cares on Him, and then turn in and work hard for others, these two things give me the greatest happiness.
25/43.8. Sudga said: Can a brave man justly cast his cares upon another? Was not yourself given to yourself for yourself? If so, you desire none to work for you? If so, how have you a right to work for others? If you prevent them from working out their own destiny, do you not wrong them? Moreover, you say that casting your cares on Jehovih, and working hard for others, gives you the greatest happiness. How is it, then, that you are not selfish by working for your own happiness? For is this not what I am doing for myself in my own way?
25/43.9. Ahura said: Granting all your arguments, O Sudga, where shall we find the measure of righteous works if not in the sum of great results? For you or I to be happy, that is little; for a million angels to be happy, that is little. But when we put two kingdoms alongside, and they are the same size, and have the same number of inhabitants, is it not just that we weigh them in their whole measure to find which of the two kingdoms has the greater number of happy souls? Would this not be a better method of arriving at the highest philosophy?
25/43.10. Sudga said: Yes that would be higher than logic, higher than reason. That would be the foundation of a sound theory.
25/43.11. Ahura said: And have we not found, both in heaven and earth, that all kingdoms that are overthrown owe the cause of their fall to the unhappiness and disaffection of the ignorant? As soon as the masses begin to be in unrest, the rulers apply vigorous measures to repress them, but it is only adding fuel to the fire; it deadens it awhile, but only to have it burst forth more violently afterward.
25/43.12. Sudga said: You reason well, O Ahura; go on. Ahura said: How, then, shall we determine the happiness of two kingdoms, in order to determine which has the greater happiness? Are revolts not evidence of unhappiness? Hear me, then, O Sudga; where, in all the Jehovihian heavens, has there ever been a revolt? And on the earth, where have the Jehovihians, the Faithists, rebelled against their rulers? Behold, in the far-off etherean heavens, the Nirvanian fields, never has any God or Chief been environed in tortures. As for my own kingdom, my people will not rebel against me, nor do I need to fortify myself against such disaster.
25/43.13. Sudga said: You are wise, O Ahura. The only way to judge a kingdom’s happiness is by the peace, contentment and civility of its people toward one another, and by the confidence between the ruler and the ruled. He who has to guard himself lives on the eve of the destruction of his kingdom and himself. And yet, O Ahura, remember this: The Jehovihians of heaven and earth are high raised before they become such; anyone can be a ruler for them, for they know righteousness. But I have to deal with druks and drujas. How, then, can you compare my kingdom with the Nirvanian kingdoms?
25/43.14. Ahura said: Alas, O Sudga, I fear my arguments are void before you. You show me that the line between selfishness and unselfishness is finer than a spider’s web. Even Gods cannot distinguish it. And yet, behold, there was a time when I said: I will be a mighty God, and not bow to the Unknown that brought me into being. For this I labored long and hard; the responsibility of my kingdom finally encroached upon my happiness. Long after that I put away all responsibility, and made myself a servant to Jehovih. Then a new happiness came upon me, even when I had nothing that was mine in heaven and earth. This is also beyond my understanding; yet it is inside of me as a new tree of delight. It is this that I would tell you of, but I cannot find it; it does not fly away; it baffles words, even as a description of the Great Spirit is void because of His wondrous majesty. Such is the joy of His service that even Gods and angels cannot describe it. With its growth we look famine in the face and do not weep; we see falling ji’ay and do not fear; with the ebb and flow of the tide of Jehovih’s works we float as one with Him, with a comprehensive joy.
25/43.15. Sudga said: To hear your voice is joy to me; to not hear you is great sorrow. Behold, I will consider your words of wisdom. In your far-off place I will come in remembrance and love to you.
25/43.16. Thus ended the interview, and Sudga signaled his vice-Gods and high marshal to come; so he saluted Ahura in the sign of CRAFT, and Ahura answered him in the sign, TIME.
25/43.17. And then Ahura, between the vice-Gods, led by the high marshal, departed, passing beyond the arena, where the vice-Gods and high marshal delivered him into the charge of the marshal hosts, who conducted him beyond the line of sentinels, where Ahura joined his own attendants and went with them into his otevan, and set sail for Agho’aden, Osiris’ heavenly place, which had been over Par’si’e, but was now moved over Arabin’ya.
http://oahspestandardedition.com/OAHSPE_Standard_Edition_for_Screen_Reading.pdf
25/43.1. Sudga, after assuming a heaven for himself, moved it over the Nua Mountains and called it Hridat, in which place he had eight billion angel slaves, in the same manner as Te-in’s. Sudga’s capital city, Sowachissa, his highest heavenly seat, was modeled in the style of Sanc-tu, De’yus’ heavenly place in Hored, at the time of its greatest magnificence.
25/43.2. The capital house of Sudga was made of precious stones and gems, the work of billions of angels for many years. And when Hored was pillaged, prior to De’yus being cast into hell, millions of its most precious ornaments were stolen and brought to Hridat. The streets of Hridat were paved with precious stones; and an arena surrounded the palace on every side, set with crystals of every shade and color, and of every conceivable manner of workmanship. On the borders of the arena stood five hundred million sentinels, arrayed in gorgeousness such as only Gods had looked upon. Inside the line of sentinels were one million pillars of fire, kept brilliant day and night, by the toil of five hundred million slaves. Inside the line of the pillars of fire were one million marshals, so arrayed in splendor that one could scarcely look upon them. These were on a rotational watch with two other groups of one million each, and each group stood watch eight hours.
25/43.3. Only the vice-Gods and the high marshals were permitted to walk across the arena to the palace; all others must crawl on their bellies; and for every length crawled, they must kiss the pavement and recite an anthem of praise to Sudga, who now took both names, Sudga and Dyaus. Nor must anyone repeat the same anthem twice, but it must be a new anthem for each and every length of the person. For a tall person, a thousand lengths were required from the line of marshals to the palace, thus requiring a thousand anthems. So that, only the few, as compared to his millions, ever laid eyes on the throne of Sudga. Moreover they were only permitted to gaze no more than once on him, and even then he was at such great distance and amid such a sea of fire, that they scarcely could see him; and after they saw him on the throne, then they must re-crawl back again to the place of beginning, again reciting another thousand new anthems.
25/43.4. All of which made Sudga almost inaccessible, and permitted only those who were favored to even look upon him, which with the ignorant is a great power.
25/43.5. When Ahura came to the capital and sent word to Sudga who he was, requesting a meeting, Sudga gave orders to admit him, commanding Ahura to walk upright into his presence, along with the vice-Gods. Accordingly, Ahura came before Sudga, and saluted in LOVE AND ESTEEM, and Sudga answered in FRIENDSHIP OF OLD. The latter at once commanded privacy, and so all others withdrew, and Ahura and Sudga went up and sat on the throne.
25/43.6. Sudga said: Because you have come to see me I am overflowing with joy. Because I know you have come to admonish me for my philosophy and the manner of my dominions, I respect you. Because you did once try to found a kingdom of your own, and failed, I sympathize with you; but because you went back on yourself and accepted Jehovih, and so was rescued from your peril, I commiserate you.
25/43.7. Ahura said: To hear your gifted tongue once more is my great joy. To know that no misfortune was in store for you and your kingdom would give me great delight. Because I love you, and the people of your mighty, heavenly kingdom, I have come to admonish you and plead for Jehovih’s sake. As for myself, I have found that to cast all my cares on Him, and then turn in and work hard for others, these two things give me the greatest happiness.
25/43.8. Sudga said: Can a brave man justly cast his cares upon another? Was not yourself given to yourself for yourself? If so, you desire none to work for you? If so, how have you a right to work for others? If you prevent them from working out their own destiny, do you not wrong them? Moreover, you say that casting your cares on Jehovih, and working hard for others, gives you the greatest happiness. How is it, then, that you are not selfish by working for your own happiness? For is this not what I am doing for myself in my own way?
25/43.9. Ahura said: Granting all your arguments, O Sudga, where shall we find the measure of righteous works if not in the sum of great results? For you or I to be happy, that is little; for a million angels to be happy, that is little. But when we put two kingdoms alongside, and they are the same size, and have the same number of inhabitants, is it not just that we weigh them in their whole measure to find which of the two kingdoms has the greater number of happy souls? Would this not be a better method of arriving at the highest philosophy?
25/43.10. Sudga said: Yes that would be higher than logic, higher than reason. That would be the foundation of a sound theory.
25/43.11. Ahura said: And have we not found, both in heaven and earth, that all kingdoms that are overthrown owe the cause of their fall to the unhappiness and disaffection of the ignorant? As soon as the masses begin to be in unrest, the rulers apply vigorous measures to repress them, but it is only adding fuel to the fire; it deadens it awhile, but only to have it burst forth more violently afterward.
25/43.12. Sudga said: You reason well, O Ahura; go on. Ahura said: How, then, shall we determine the happiness of two kingdoms, in order to determine which has the greater happiness? Are revolts not evidence of unhappiness? Hear me, then, O Sudga; where, in all the Jehovihian heavens, has there ever been a revolt? And on the earth, where have the Jehovihians, the Faithists, rebelled against their rulers? Behold, in the far-off etherean heavens, the Nirvanian fields, never has any God or Chief been environed in tortures. As for my own kingdom, my people will not rebel against me, nor do I need to fortify myself against such disaster.
25/43.13. Sudga said: You are wise, O Ahura. The only way to judge a kingdom’s happiness is by the peace, contentment and civility of its people toward one another, and by the confidence between the ruler and the ruled. He who has to guard himself lives on the eve of the destruction of his kingdom and himself. And yet, O Ahura, remember this: The Jehovihians of heaven and earth are high raised before they become such; anyone can be a ruler for them, for they know righteousness. But I have to deal with druks and drujas. How, then, can you compare my kingdom with the Nirvanian kingdoms?
25/43.14. Ahura said: Alas, O Sudga, I fear my arguments are void before you. You show me that the line between selfishness and unselfishness is finer than a spider’s web. Even Gods cannot distinguish it. And yet, behold, there was a time when I said: I will be a mighty God, and not bow to the Unknown that brought me into being. For this I labored long and hard; the responsibility of my kingdom finally encroached upon my happiness. Long after that I put away all responsibility, and made myself a servant to Jehovih. Then a new happiness came upon me, even when I had nothing that was mine in heaven and earth. This is also beyond my understanding; yet it is inside of me as a new tree of delight. It is this that I would tell you of, but I cannot find it; it does not fly away; it baffles words, even as a description of the Great Spirit is void because of His wondrous majesty. Such is the joy of His service that even Gods and angels cannot describe it. With its growth we look famine in the face and do not weep; we see falling ji’ay and do not fear; with the ebb and flow of the tide of Jehovih’s works we float as one with Him, with a comprehensive joy.
25/43.15. Sudga said: To hear your voice is joy to me; to not hear you is great sorrow. Behold, I will consider your words of wisdom. In your far-off place I will come in remembrance and love to you.
25/43.16. Thus ended the interview, and Sudga signaled his vice-Gods and high marshal to come; so he saluted Ahura in the sign of CRAFT, and Ahura answered him in the sign, TIME.
25/43.17. And then Ahura, between the vice-Gods, led by the high marshal, departed, passing beyond the arena, where the vice-Gods and high marshal delivered him into the charge of the marshal hosts, who conducted him beyond the line of sentinels, where Ahura joined his own attendants and went with them into his otevan, and set sail for Agho’aden, Osiris’ heavenly place, which had been over Par’si’e, but was now moved over Arabin’ya.
http://oahspestandardedition.com/OAHSPE_Standard_Edition_for_Screen_Reading.pdf
![Matthew Todorovski](https://c.mql5.com/avatar/2014/9/5423F64B-633A.jpg)
Matthew Todorovski
CHAPTER 42 Wars
25/42.1. God in Craoshivi prayed to Jehovih as to what he should do to release De’yus and Anubi; Jehovih answered, saying: My Son, you shall first labor for those who desire; whoever courts darkness does not deserve your hand. Since the early days, I have proclaimed warnings to those who put Me away; but in their self-conceit they denied My person and power.
25/42.2. If you were, this day, to deliver from hell De’yus and Anubi, and their billions of self-torturing slaves, they would only use their deliverance to mock My creation, saying: It did not last; it was only a breath of wind. || For which reason you shall not yet meddle with the hells of Hored.
25/42.3. In four hundred years I will bring the earth into another dawn of light. Till then, let De’yus and Anubi and their hosts take their course.
25/42.4. God inquired concerning Osiris, Te-in and Sudga, and Jehovih answered him, saying: Sufficient for them is the light they have received. Allow them also to take their course, for they also shall become involved in hells of their own building.
25/42.5. But be attentive to My Chosen, the Faithists, in all parts of heaven and earth; not letting one of them fall into the hells of My enemies.
25/42.6. God acquainted Ahura with Jehovih’s words; then Ahura prayed to Jehovih, saying: O Father, grant me permission to go to Osiris, and to Te-in, and to Sudga, to plead Your cause. Behold, the Lord God is locked up in hell; even high-raised Gods would not find it safe to go to him.
25/42.7. Jehovih said: Why, O Ahura, do you desire to go to Osiris, Te-in and to Sudga? Do you not know how difficult it is to alter the mind of a mortal man; and yet these self-Gods are ten times more stubborn!
25/42.8. Ahura said: I know, I cannot change them. To break this matter of conceit—and all learned men are liable to fall into it—none but You, O Jehovih, have power. But these self-Gods were long ago my most loved friends; behold, I will go to them as a father would go to a son, and plead with them. || And Jehovih gave permission to Ahura to visit the three great self-Gods.
25/42.9. So Ahura fitted out an otevan, and, with ten thousand attendants, one thousand heralds and five thousand musicians, besides the officers of the fire-ship, set sail for Che-su-gow, Te-in’s heavenly place, over Jaffeth. And when he arrived near the place he halted and sent his heralds ahead to inquire if he could have audience with Te-in.
25/42.10. Te-in received the heralds cordially, and being informed of their object, sent back this word: Te-in, the most high ruler of heaven and earth sends greeting to Ahura, commanding his presence, but forbidding Ahura and his hosts from speaking to any soul in Che-su-gow except himself (Te-in).
25/42.11. Ahura received this insulting message with composure, and then proceeded and entered the capital city, the heavenly place of Te-in, where he was met by one million slaves, arrayed in the most gorgeous manner. These conducted him and his attendants to the arena, where Ahura was received by the marshals, who brought him to the throne, leaving the attendants in the arena. Here Te-in saluted on the SIGN OF TAURUS [Ex-bau –Ed.], and Ahura answered in the Sign FRIENDSHIP [Aries –Ed.].
25/42.12. Te-in signaled privacy, and so all others fell back, leaving Ahura and Te-in alone. Te-in said: Come and sit beside me on the throne. Ahura said: Because you have not forgotten me I am rejoiced. And he went up and sat on the throne. Te-in said: Because you are my friend I love you; because you are beside me I am rejoiced. It is more than a thousand years since my eyes have seen you. Tell me, Ahura, how is it with yourself and your kingdom?
25/42.13. Ahura said: As for myself I am happy; for the greater part, my kingdom is happy also. My trials have been severe and long enduring. But of my four billion, more than half of them are delivered beyond atmospherea, high raised; and of the others they grade from fifty to ninety.
25/42.14. Te-in said: And for your toil of more than two thousand years, what have you gained by striving to raise up these drujas? Ahura said: Only this, O Te-in, peace and rejoicing in my soul.
25/42.15. Te-in said: On that hangs two philosophies: One seeks peace and rejoicing by laboring with the lowest of the low; the other, by leading the highest of the high. As for myself the latter suits me better than the former. I tell you, Ahura, all things come of the will; if we will ourselves to shut out horrid sights and complaints, like those the poor druk and the druj indulge in, we have joy in a higher heaven. To me it is thus: Sympathy is our most damnable enemy, for it binds us to the wretched and miserable. To put away sympathy is to begin to be a great master over others, to make them subservient to our wills.
25/42.16. Ahura said: Is it not a good thing to help the wretched? Te-in answered: To help them is like drinking nectar; it makes one’s senses buoyant for the time being. That is all. They relapse and are less resolute than before, but depend on being helped again. For which reason, he who helps the wretched wrongs them woefully. To make them know their places, this is the highest. For do not even the Gods have to submit to their places? To learn to be happy with one’s place and condition is great wisdom.
25/42.17. In this matter thousands of Gods have fallen; they helped up the poor and wretched; as one may, in sympathy to serpents, take them into his house and pity them; but they immediately turn and bite their helpers. But speak, O Ahura; for I have respect for your words.
25/42.18. Ahura said: If a man plants an acorn in a flowerpot, and it takes root and grows, one of two things must follow: the growth must be provided against or the pot will burst. Even in the same way, the lowest druj in heaven draws from the surrounding sources. None of the Gods can bind him forever. Alas, he will grow. All our bondage over them cannot prevent the soul, sooner or later, from taking root and growing. How, then, can we be Gods over them forever?
25/42.19. Te-in said: You are a God over them; I am a God over them. Where is the difference? Ahura said: I am not in my own name; though I am God over them, yet I am not God over them. For I teach them they shall not worship me, but Jehovih. I train them so that I may raise them away from me. Nor do my people serve me, but serve the Great Spirit. You teach your drujas that you are the all highest, and that they shall be contented to serve you everlastingly. You limit them to the compass of your kingdom. I do not limit my subjects, but teach them that their progression is forever onward, upward.
25/42.20. Te-in said: How do we know that the time will not come upon them, when they shall say: Alas, I was taught in error. They told me there was a Great Spirit, a Person comprising all things, but I have not found Him. Will they not then revolt also? Was this not the cause of De’yus’ fall? He had searched the heavens to the extreme, but did not find Jehovih. Then he returned, and possessed heaven and earth for himself. Although he failed, and is cast into hell, it is plain that his sympathy for drujas caused his fall. From his errors, I hope to guard myself; for I shall neither show sympathy for the poor or wretched, nor will I permit education on earth or in heaven, except to my Lords or marshals. When a mortal city displeases me, I will send spirits of darkness to overwhelm it to destruction. Yes, they shall incite mortals to fire the place, and to riot and death. Thus I will keep the drujas of heaven forever busy playing games with mortals, and in bringing provender and diadems to forever glorify my heavenly kingdom.
25/42.21. Ahura said: Where in all the world has a self-God stood and not fallen? Te-in said: You may well ask of mortals: Where is a kingdom or a nation that stood, and has not fallen? Yet you perceive that nations continue to try to establish themselves everlastingly. But they are leveled in time. Things spring up and grow, and then fall into dissolution. Will it not be so with ourselves in the far future? Will we not become one with the ever-changing elements, and as nothing, and wasted away?
25/42.22. Ahura said: One might say of man and spirits: There were some seeds planted; and many of them rotted and returned to earth; but others took root and grew and became large trees. But yet, is it not also true of the trees that they have a time? For they die, fall down, rot, and also return to earth.
25/42.23. Ahura continued: Admit this to be true, O Te-in, and that the time may come when you and I shall pass out of being, then does it not follow that for the time we live we should contribute all we can to make others happy?
25/42.24. Te-in said: If by so doing it will render ourselves happy, with no danger to our kingdoms, then yes, truly. For which reason, are we not forced back, after all is said and done, to the position that we shall labor for our own happiness, without regard to others? One man delights in art, another in philosophy, another in helping the poor and wretched; and another in eating and drinking, and another in ruling over others; shall they not all have enjoyment in the way of their desires? Shall you say to him who delights in eating and drinking: Stop; come and delight yourself helping the wretched!
25/42.25. Ahura said: This I have seen: The intelligent and clean have more delight than do the stupid and filthy; the rich more enjoyment than the poor. As for ourselves, we delight more in seeing the delighted than in seeing the wretched. More do we delight to see a child smile than to hear it cry; but there are those who delight more to make a child cry than to see it smile; but such persons are evil and take delight in evil. Shall we, then, indulge them in their means of delight? Or is there not a limit, as when we say: All men have a right to that which delights themselves, provided it does not mar the delight of others?
25/42.26. Te-in said: You have reasoned well. We shall delight ourselves only in such ways as do not mar the delight of others. Upon which, Ahura said: Then I am not delighted with the manner of your kingdom; and you should not practice what gives me pain. Because you have resolved to not educate mortals or angels, you have raised a hideous wall in the face of Gods.
25/42.27. Te-in said: This also you will admit: That as we desire to delight ourselves we should look for the things that delight us, and turn away from things that do not delight us. Therefore, let the Gods not turn their faces this way, but to their own affairs.
25/42.28. Ahura said: You are wise, O Te-in. But this I have found; that something within us grows, that will not be put down or turned aside. In the beginning of life we look to ourselves, which is the nature of the young; but when we grow, we take a wife, and we delight to see her delighted; then comes offspring, and we delight to see them delighted. After this, we delight to see our neighbors delighted; and then the state, and then the whole kingdom. This delight to be delighted grows within us; and when we become Gods we delight no longer in the delight of a few only, but we expand to many kingdoms. As for myself, I first delighted in the delight of Vara-pishanaha; but now I delight to see other Gods and other kingdoms delighted. For that, I have come to you. I fear your fate. I love you. I love all your people, good and bad. Behold, this I have found, that it is an easier matter to suffer a river to run its course than to dam it up; but to dam up a river and not have it overflow or break the dam, this I have not found. The course of the spirit of man is growth; it goes onward like a running river. When you shut up the mouth, saying: Thus far and no farther! I fear for you. I tried this matter once; I was flooded; the dam was broken. I see you shutting out knowledge from mortals and angels; but I tell you, O Te-in, the time will come when the channel will be too broad for you.
25/42.29. Te-in said: How shall I answer such great wisdom? Where find a God like you, O Ahura? And yet, behold, the Lord God, Anuhasaj, toiled with you hundreds of years, and learned all these things; yes, he traveled in the far-off heavens (etherea), where there are Gods and kingdoms which have existed for millions of years. And he came back982 and renounced the Great Person, Jehovih. He said: All things are not a harmonious whole; but a jumble; a disordered mass, playing catch as catch can.983
[[982 Note that Anuhasaj traveled etherea as an atmospherean; he did not resurrect into etherea, did not attain to the rank of Bride and Bridegroom to Jehovih; was never an etherean. But because of his great age, high grade and good works (this was before he renounced Jehovih), and apparently because of an emergency situation, he was permitted to travel into etherea.]]
[[983 According to the Jehovihians, the universe was governed by an overarching wisdom and order, and to good purpose; and this was said by them to be because of the presence of the Person of the Universe, Jehovih.
And those who failed to perceive the truth in this, would thus have a limited understanding of etherea. So that, knowingly and/or otherwise, Anuhasaj, when he returned, would misrepresent etherea. And this had effect among those he was grooming for self-purposes, disposing them to turn aside desire for resurrection to higher heavens, and to remain and build kingdoms in atmospherea.]]
25/42.30. Ahura said: And what has befallen him? And is this, itself, not a great argument? For we behold in all times, conditions and places, in heaven and on earth, wherever people assume doctrines like his, they begin to go down into hell. They flourish a little while, but only as a summer plant, to yield in the winter’s blast. I have seen this coming for a long time against these heavens, even yours, that as darkness crushed De’yus, so will your heavenly dominions sooner or later fall, and in the shock and fray you will suffer a fate like De’yus.
25/42.31. Te-in said: For your wise words, O Ahura, I am your servant. I will consider your argument, and remember you with love. In a thousand years from now I may be wiser; and I may have my kingdom so built up that it will be an argument stronger than words. ||
25/42.32. With that, the two Gods brought their argument to a close, and Te-in signaled his vice-Gods and marshals, and they came; and when Ahura and Te-in had saluted each other, Ahura was conducted away from the place of the throne, and after that beyond the capital. The vice-Gods and marshals delivered him to his own attendants, and with them he embarked in his otevan, and set sail for Sudga’s heavenly kingdom, over the land of Vind’yu.
http://oahspestandardedition.com/OAHSPE_Standard_Edition_for_Screen_Reading.pdf
25/42.1. God in Craoshivi prayed to Jehovih as to what he should do to release De’yus and Anubi; Jehovih answered, saying: My Son, you shall first labor for those who desire; whoever courts darkness does not deserve your hand. Since the early days, I have proclaimed warnings to those who put Me away; but in their self-conceit they denied My person and power.
25/42.2. If you were, this day, to deliver from hell De’yus and Anubi, and their billions of self-torturing slaves, they would only use their deliverance to mock My creation, saying: It did not last; it was only a breath of wind. || For which reason you shall not yet meddle with the hells of Hored.
25/42.3. In four hundred years I will bring the earth into another dawn of light. Till then, let De’yus and Anubi and their hosts take their course.
25/42.4. God inquired concerning Osiris, Te-in and Sudga, and Jehovih answered him, saying: Sufficient for them is the light they have received. Allow them also to take their course, for they also shall become involved in hells of their own building.
25/42.5. But be attentive to My Chosen, the Faithists, in all parts of heaven and earth; not letting one of them fall into the hells of My enemies.
25/42.6. God acquainted Ahura with Jehovih’s words; then Ahura prayed to Jehovih, saying: O Father, grant me permission to go to Osiris, and to Te-in, and to Sudga, to plead Your cause. Behold, the Lord God is locked up in hell; even high-raised Gods would not find it safe to go to him.
25/42.7. Jehovih said: Why, O Ahura, do you desire to go to Osiris, Te-in and to Sudga? Do you not know how difficult it is to alter the mind of a mortal man; and yet these self-Gods are ten times more stubborn!
25/42.8. Ahura said: I know, I cannot change them. To break this matter of conceit—and all learned men are liable to fall into it—none but You, O Jehovih, have power. But these self-Gods were long ago my most loved friends; behold, I will go to them as a father would go to a son, and plead with them. || And Jehovih gave permission to Ahura to visit the three great self-Gods.
25/42.9. So Ahura fitted out an otevan, and, with ten thousand attendants, one thousand heralds and five thousand musicians, besides the officers of the fire-ship, set sail for Che-su-gow, Te-in’s heavenly place, over Jaffeth. And when he arrived near the place he halted and sent his heralds ahead to inquire if he could have audience with Te-in.
25/42.10. Te-in received the heralds cordially, and being informed of their object, sent back this word: Te-in, the most high ruler of heaven and earth sends greeting to Ahura, commanding his presence, but forbidding Ahura and his hosts from speaking to any soul in Che-su-gow except himself (Te-in).
25/42.11. Ahura received this insulting message with composure, and then proceeded and entered the capital city, the heavenly place of Te-in, where he was met by one million slaves, arrayed in the most gorgeous manner. These conducted him and his attendants to the arena, where Ahura was received by the marshals, who brought him to the throne, leaving the attendants in the arena. Here Te-in saluted on the SIGN OF TAURUS [Ex-bau –Ed.], and Ahura answered in the Sign FRIENDSHIP [Aries –Ed.].
25/42.12. Te-in signaled privacy, and so all others fell back, leaving Ahura and Te-in alone. Te-in said: Come and sit beside me on the throne. Ahura said: Because you have not forgotten me I am rejoiced. And he went up and sat on the throne. Te-in said: Because you are my friend I love you; because you are beside me I am rejoiced. It is more than a thousand years since my eyes have seen you. Tell me, Ahura, how is it with yourself and your kingdom?
25/42.13. Ahura said: As for myself I am happy; for the greater part, my kingdom is happy also. My trials have been severe and long enduring. But of my four billion, more than half of them are delivered beyond atmospherea, high raised; and of the others they grade from fifty to ninety.
25/42.14. Te-in said: And for your toil of more than two thousand years, what have you gained by striving to raise up these drujas? Ahura said: Only this, O Te-in, peace and rejoicing in my soul.
25/42.15. Te-in said: On that hangs two philosophies: One seeks peace and rejoicing by laboring with the lowest of the low; the other, by leading the highest of the high. As for myself the latter suits me better than the former. I tell you, Ahura, all things come of the will; if we will ourselves to shut out horrid sights and complaints, like those the poor druk and the druj indulge in, we have joy in a higher heaven. To me it is thus: Sympathy is our most damnable enemy, for it binds us to the wretched and miserable. To put away sympathy is to begin to be a great master over others, to make them subservient to our wills.
25/42.16. Ahura said: Is it not a good thing to help the wretched? Te-in answered: To help them is like drinking nectar; it makes one’s senses buoyant for the time being. That is all. They relapse and are less resolute than before, but depend on being helped again. For which reason, he who helps the wretched wrongs them woefully. To make them know their places, this is the highest. For do not even the Gods have to submit to their places? To learn to be happy with one’s place and condition is great wisdom.
25/42.17. In this matter thousands of Gods have fallen; they helped up the poor and wretched; as one may, in sympathy to serpents, take them into his house and pity them; but they immediately turn and bite their helpers. But speak, O Ahura; for I have respect for your words.
25/42.18. Ahura said: If a man plants an acorn in a flowerpot, and it takes root and grows, one of two things must follow: the growth must be provided against or the pot will burst. Even in the same way, the lowest druj in heaven draws from the surrounding sources. None of the Gods can bind him forever. Alas, he will grow. All our bondage over them cannot prevent the soul, sooner or later, from taking root and growing. How, then, can we be Gods over them forever?
25/42.19. Te-in said: You are a God over them; I am a God over them. Where is the difference? Ahura said: I am not in my own name; though I am God over them, yet I am not God over them. For I teach them they shall not worship me, but Jehovih. I train them so that I may raise them away from me. Nor do my people serve me, but serve the Great Spirit. You teach your drujas that you are the all highest, and that they shall be contented to serve you everlastingly. You limit them to the compass of your kingdom. I do not limit my subjects, but teach them that their progression is forever onward, upward.
25/42.20. Te-in said: How do we know that the time will not come upon them, when they shall say: Alas, I was taught in error. They told me there was a Great Spirit, a Person comprising all things, but I have not found Him. Will they not then revolt also? Was this not the cause of De’yus’ fall? He had searched the heavens to the extreme, but did not find Jehovih. Then he returned, and possessed heaven and earth for himself. Although he failed, and is cast into hell, it is plain that his sympathy for drujas caused his fall. From his errors, I hope to guard myself; for I shall neither show sympathy for the poor or wretched, nor will I permit education on earth or in heaven, except to my Lords or marshals. When a mortal city displeases me, I will send spirits of darkness to overwhelm it to destruction. Yes, they shall incite mortals to fire the place, and to riot and death. Thus I will keep the drujas of heaven forever busy playing games with mortals, and in bringing provender and diadems to forever glorify my heavenly kingdom.
25/42.21. Ahura said: Where in all the world has a self-God stood and not fallen? Te-in said: You may well ask of mortals: Where is a kingdom or a nation that stood, and has not fallen? Yet you perceive that nations continue to try to establish themselves everlastingly. But they are leveled in time. Things spring up and grow, and then fall into dissolution. Will it not be so with ourselves in the far future? Will we not become one with the ever-changing elements, and as nothing, and wasted away?
25/42.22. Ahura said: One might say of man and spirits: There were some seeds planted; and many of them rotted and returned to earth; but others took root and grew and became large trees. But yet, is it not also true of the trees that they have a time? For they die, fall down, rot, and also return to earth.
25/42.23. Ahura continued: Admit this to be true, O Te-in, and that the time may come when you and I shall pass out of being, then does it not follow that for the time we live we should contribute all we can to make others happy?
25/42.24. Te-in said: If by so doing it will render ourselves happy, with no danger to our kingdoms, then yes, truly. For which reason, are we not forced back, after all is said and done, to the position that we shall labor for our own happiness, without regard to others? One man delights in art, another in philosophy, another in helping the poor and wretched; and another in eating and drinking, and another in ruling over others; shall they not all have enjoyment in the way of their desires? Shall you say to him who delights in eating and drinking: Stop; come and delight yourself helping the wretched!
25/42.25. Ahura said: This I have seen: The intelligent and clean have more delight than do the stupid and filthy; the rich more enjoyment than the poor. As for ourselves, we delight more in seeing the delighted than in seeing the wretched. More do we delight to see a child smile than to hear it cry; but there are those who delight more to make a child cry than to see it smile; but such persons are evil and take delight in evil. Shall we, then, indulge them in their means of delight? Or is there not a limit, as when we say: All men have a right to that which delights themselves, provided it does not mar the delight of others?
25/42.26. Te-in said: You have reasoned well. We shall delight ourselves only in such ways as do not mar the delight of others. Upon which, Ahura said: Then I am not delighted with the manner of your kingdom; and you should not practice what gives me pain. Because you have resolved to not educate mortals or angels, you have raised a hideous wall in the face of Gods.
25/42.27. Te-in said: This also you will admit: That as we desire to delight ourselves we should look for the things that delight us, and turn away from things that do not delight us. Therefore, let the Gods not turn their faces this way, but to their own affairs.
25/42.28. Ahura said: You are wise, O Te-in. But this I have found; that something within us grows, that will not be put down or turned aside. In the beginning of life we look to ourselves, which is the nature of the young; but when we grow, we take a wife, and we delight to see her delighted; then comes offspring, and we delight to see them delighted. After this, we delight to see our neighbors delighted; and then the state, and then the whole kingdom. This delight to be delighted grows within us; and when we become Gods we delight no longer in the delight of a few only, but we expand to many kingdoms. As for myself, I first delighted in the delight of Vara-pishanaha; but now I delight to see other Gods and other kingdoms delighted. For that, I have come to you. I fear your fate. I love you. I love all your people, good and bad. Behold, this I have found, that it is an easier matter to suffer a river to run its course than to dam it up; but to dam up a river and not have it overflow or break the dam, this I have not found. The course of the spirit of man is growth; it goes onward like a running river. When you shut up the mouth, saying: Thus far and no farther! I fear for you. I tried this matter once; I was flooded; the dam was broken. I see you shutting out knowledge from mortals and angels; but I tell you, O Te-in, the time will come when the channel will be too broad for you.
25/42.29. Te-in said: How shall I answer such great wisdom? Where find a God like you, O Ahura? And yet, behold, the Lord God, Anuhasaj, toiled with you hundreds of years, and learned all these things; yes, he traveled in the far-off heavens (etherea), where there are Gods and kingdoms which have existed for millions of years. And he came back982 and renounced the Great Person, Jehovih. He said: All things are not a harmonious whole; but a jumble; a disordered mass, playing catch as catch can.983
[[982 Note that Anuhasaj traveled etherea as an atmospherean; he did not resurrect into etherea, did not attain to the rank of Bride and Bridegroom to Jehovih; was never an etherean. But because of his great age, high grade and good works (this was before he renounced Jehovih), and apparently because of an emergency situation, he was permitted to travel into etherea.]]
[[983 According to the Jehovihians, the universe was governed by an overarching wisdom and order, and to good purpose; and this was said by them to be because of the presence of the Person of the Universe, Jehovih.
And those who failed to perceive the truth in this, would thus have a limited understanding of etherea. So that, knowingly and/or otherwise, Anuhasaj, when he returned, would misrepresent etherea. And this had effect among those he was grooming for self-purposes, disposing them to turn aside desire for resurrection to higher heavens, and to remain and build kingdoms in atmospherea.]]
25/42.30. Ahura said: And what has befallen him? And is this, itself, not a great argument? For we behold in all times, conditions and places, in heaven and on earth, wherever people assume doctrines like his, they begin to go down into hell. They flourish a little while, but only as a summer plant, to yield in the winter’s blast. I have seen this coming for a long time against these heavens, even yours, that as darkness crushed De’yus, so will your heavenly dominions sooner or later fall, and in the shock and fray you will suffer a fate like De’yus.
25/42.31. Te-in said: For your wise words, O Ahura, I am your servant. I will consider your argument, and remember you with love. In a thousand years from now I may be wiser; and I may have my kingdom so built up that it will be an argument stronger than words. ||
25/42.32. With that, the two Gods brought their argument to a close, and Te-in signaled his vice-Gods and marshals, and they came; and when Ahura and Te-in had saluted each other, Ahura was conducted away from the place of the throne, and after that beyond the capital. The vice-Gods and marshals delivered him to his own attendants, and with them he embarked in his otevan, and set sail for Sudga’s heavenly kingdom, over the land of Vind’yu.
http://oahspestandardedition.com/OAHSPE_Standard_Edition_for_Screen_Reading.pdf
![Matthew Todorovski](https://c.mql5.com/avatar/2014/9/5423F64B-633A.jpg)
Matthew Todorovski
CHAPTER 41 Wars
25/41.1. Darker and darker, the hadan fields palled before the touch of Jehovih’s hand, to try the self-assumed Lord God and his heavenly works. As if an epoch new and terrible had come to one so audacious, who, more than any in heaven and earth, had sought to banish the worship and the name of the Great Spirit from mortals, and give them instead a heavenly ruler in the image of man.
25/41.2. For prior to this, all nations knew the office of Gods and Lords, and reverenced them as Jehovih’s high officers, raised up spirits of the dead, wise and powerful. But now, in five great divisions of the earth, satan’s hadan chief had bound his name in mortals, with threatened penalties, and even death, for mentioning Jehovih’s name. And, to put them to the test, made oaths on burning flesh, so that whoever would not eat of it would die.
25/41.3. For this was the criterion before the courts: That any who refused fish and flesh food, or would not pollute the body by noxious drinks and smoke, intoxicating to the senses, were possessed of Jehovihian worship, and so, deserved torture and death. ||
25/41.4. So the names of Lord, God, Lord God, and De’yus, had for a thousand years now, become fixed in mortals’ minds as the Creator, a large man sitting on a throne in Hored, his heavenly seat, watched and guarded by his son, Anubi, keeper of the scales, and of the gate to heaven. To make a plausible story of which, the angels, through oracles, magicians, priests and prophets, proclaimed that in the beginning, God created the heavens and the earth, and all things in and on the earth. And he was tired, and rested; and, as if creation was a completed work, left certain laws to run the wonderful machine while he sat far off, looking on; smiling at the pranks of mortals, and their failure to understand him; and with a devil and a horrid fire to torture their souls, if they did not sing in praise of this compounded, false Lord God.
25/41.5. Thus he, their false God, turned the voice of mortals from Him Who is Ever Present, Whose speech every soul has heard, Whose Presence moves all things in heaven and earth! The false God turned them to sing and pray to himself, so he could clutch and bind their souls in endless slavery; untaught, half fed; as drudges, to bring provender and building stones into his capital, to glorify him forever.
25/41.6. Over Jaffeth, far and wide, this traitor to Jehovih had sealed in stone, papyrus, wood, and sacred cloth, his name, Ho-Joss, to suit the Panic voice; while in Vind’yu he made them engrave it Dyaus, to fit the Vedic tongue; and then in Fonece to suit the higher-spirited race, Adonia-Egad, and go over to Heleste, and, in less distinct and bastard Greek, whisper Zeus, saying: These words are watchwords to gain Anubi’s ear, and turn the scales for endless paradise. Go slaves, engrave my names; and, in mortal libraries, register my great exploit, of how I created the world!
25/41.7. And make me spotlessly pure, letting sin into the races of men by Osiris’ cunning tale of Eve’s weakness by fault of the earth. For I do not come like Jehovih’s captains—spirits sent to rule men for a season; but a very God of blood and bones, who once, in terrible anger, flooded the earth to drown my disobedient sons and daughters. Make them tremble and draw long breath when my name is spoken, or, by my own soul, I will hurl heaven and earth into endless chaos! ||
25/41.8. Slowly and surely ji’ay came pressing downward, the very motion of which spoke like a million tongues, serious, awful. For on every side, many of the hosts of Anuhasaj were deserting him. As one, in a small way, may see on a sinking ship how the expert swimmers leap into the water boldly, and with strong arms swim for the far-off shore, while the helpless, in frantic rage, cluster fast upon the distracted officers, blockading them from doing good. So began the tumult in the fast-descending plateau, Hored, which was increased a hundred-fold by the flood of drujas cast upon De’yus’ kingdom by his own traitorous false Gods.
25/41.9. De’yus’ generals and captains first tried music to hold the forty billion to peace and order; but the es’enaurs themselves took fright, and fled by the millions, flying down to the earth, to Osiris’ or Te-in’s or Sudga’s kingdoms, and over-flooding mortals with ghostly revelries. Next, by parades, and rites, and great processions, De’yus’ officers sought to divert the panic-stricken millions.
25/41.10. Thus for years this maddened God with wonderful strength of will, almost held his own, inventing tens of thousands of stratagems. But at last, in the downward course, Hored touched upon the corporeal earth; and suddenly, as if startled by the shock, the frantic millions screamed, and then, alas, all order died.
25/41.11. The doors of hell (anarchy) were opened! The maddened mob broke loose to pillage or to destroy Anuhasaj’s throne and capital, with all their splendor. And then the faultfinders rushed in, shouting: You lying God, only like a man, who are you? And you, Anubi! Deceiving judge! A thousand horrid deaths to you!
25/41.12. But the unlearned drujas did not know who was rank or officer, God or judge, but seized the pale and trembling De’yus and Anubi, and more than a million officers; overpowered them, by ten million to one, pressed on by the foul-smelling crowd. And now, with blows, kicks and cuffs, on every side the awful fray began, till, stretched as wide as the earth, the countless millions plunged into hell. So that, to right or left, unceasing combat prevailed, and all the hosts of the Lord God were sworn for vengeance against anyone they came against.
25/41.13. Then came the torturers, casting into the hells the most offensive smells and suffocating gases, crammed in the nose and mouth of their victims. No more were the Lord God and Anubi seen, but swallowed up in measureless darkness, where every soul sought nothing good, but labored hard to give others excruciating tortures for vengeance’ sake.
http://oahspestandardedition.com/OAHSPE_Standard_Edition_for_Screen_Reading.pdf
25/41.1. Darker and darker, the hadan fields palled before the touch of Jehovih’s hand, to try the self-assumed Lord God and his heavenly works. As if an epoch new and terrible had come to one so audacious, who, more than any in heaven and earth, had sought to banish the worship and the name of the Great Spirit from mortals, and give them instead a heavenly ruler in the image of man.
25/41.2. For prior to this, all nations knew the office of Gods and Lords, and reverenced them as Jehovih’s high officers, raised up spirits of the dead, wise and powerful. But now, in five great divisions of the earth, satan’s hadan chief had bound his name in mortals, with threatened penalties, and even death, for mentioning Jehovih’s name. And, to put them to the test, made oaths on burning flesh, so that whoever would not eat of it would die.
25/41.3. For this was the criterion before the courts: That any who refused fish and flesh food, or would not pollute the body by noxious drinks and smoke, intoxicating to the senses, were possessed of Jehovihian worship, and so, deserved torture and death. ||
25/41.4. So the names of Lord, God, Lord God, and De’yus, had for a thousand years now, become fixed in mortals’ minds as the Creator, a large man sitting on a throne in Hored, his heavenly seat, watched and guarded by his son, Anubi, keeper of the scales, and of the gate to heaven. To make a plausible story of which, the angels, through oracles, magicians, priests and prophets, proclaimed that in the beginning, God created the heavens and the earth, and all things in and on the earth. And he was tired, and rested; and, as if creation was a completed work, left certain laws to run the wonderful machine while he sat far off, looking on; smiling at the pranks of mortals, and their failure to understand him; and with a devil and a horrid fire to torture their souls, if they did not sing in praise of this compounded, false Lord God.
25/41.5. Thus he, their false God, turned the voice of mortals from Him Who is Ever Present, Whose speech every soul has heard, Whose Presence moves all things in heaven and earth! The false God turned them to sing and pray to himself, so he could clutch and bind their souls in endless slavery; untaught, half fed; as drudges, to bring provender and building stones into his capital, to glorify him forever.
25/41.6. Over Jaffeth, far and wide, this traitor to Jehovih had sealed in stone, papyrus, wood, and sacred cloth, his name, Ho-Joss, to suit the Panic voice; while in Vind’yu he made them engrave it Dyaus, to fit the Vedic tongue; and then in Fonece to suit the higher-spirited race, Adonia-Egad, and go over to Heleste, and, in less distinct and bastard Greek, whisper Zeus, saying: These words are watchwords to gain Anubi’s ear, and turn the scales for endless paradise. Go slaves, engrave my names; and, in mortal libraries, register my great exploit, of how I created the world!
25/41.7. And make me spotlessly pure, letting sin into the races of men by Osiris’ cunning tale of Eve’s weakness by fault of the earth. For I do not come like Jehovih’s captains—spirits sent to rule men for a season; but a very God of blood and bones, who once, in terrible anger, flooded the earth to drown my disobedient sons and daughters. Make them tremble and draw long breath when my name is spoken, or, by my own soul, I will hurl heaven and earth into endless chaos! ||
25/41.8. Slowly and surely ji’ay came pressing downward, the very motion of which spoke like a million tongues, serious, awful. For on every side, many of the hosts of Anuhasaj were deserting him. As one, in a small way, may see on a sinking ship how the expert swimmers leap into the water boldly, and with strong arms swim for the far-off shore, while the helpless, in frantic rage, cluster fast upon the distracted officers, blockading them from doing good. So began the tumult in the fast-descending plateau, Hored, which was increased a hundred-fold by the flood of drujas cast upon De’yus’ kingdom by his own traitorous false Gods.
25/41.9. De’yus’ generals and captains first tried music to hold the forty billion to peace and order; but the es’enaurs themselves took fright, and fled by the millions, flying down to the earth, to Osiris’ or Te-in’s or Sudga’s kingdoms, and over-flooding mortals with ghostly revelries. Next, by parades, and rites, and great processions, De’yus’ officers sought to divert the panic-stricken millions.
25/41.10. Thus for years this maddened God with wonderful strength of will, almost held his own, inventing tens of thousands of stratagems. But at last, in the downward course, Hored touched upon the corporeal earth; and suddenly, as if startled by the shock, the frantic millions screamed, and then, alas, all order died.
25/41.11. The doors of hell (anarchy) were opened! The maddened mob broke loose to pillage or to destroy Anuhasaj’s throne and capital, with all their splendor. And then the faultfinders rushed in, shouting: You lying God, only like a man, who are you? And you, Anubi! Deceiving judge! A thousand horrid deaths to you!
25/41.12. But the unlearned drujas did not know who was rank or officer, God or judge, but seized the pale and trembling De’yus and Anubi, and more than a million officers; overpowered them, by ten million to one, pressed on by the foul-smelling crowd. And now, with blows, kicks and cuffs, on every side the awful fray began, till, stretched as wide as the earth, the countless millions plunged into hell. So that, to right or left, unceasing combat prevailed, and all the hosts of the Lord God were sworn for vengeance against anyone they came against.
25/41.13. Then came the torturers, casting into the hells the most offensive smells and suffocating gases, crammed in the nose and mouth of their victims. No more were the Lord God and Anubi seen, but swallowed up in measureless darkness, where every soul sought nothing good, but labored hard to give others excruciating tortures for vengeance’ sake.
http://oahspestandardedition.com/OAHSPE_Standard_Edition_for_Screen_Reading.pdf
![Matthew Todorovski](https://c.mql5.com/avatar/2014/9/5423F64B-633A.jpg)
Matthew Todorovski
CHAPTER 40 Wars
25/40.1. In Vara-pishanaha Ahura had now toiled nearly two thousand years with his people, who for the most part had been drujas, but were now high in the grades. Of them, more than two billion had been raised into light, becoming Brides and Bridegrooms to Jehovih, and had been delivered into the etherean worlds.
25/40.2. But Ahura did not allow his dominions to become depleted, but like God in Craoshivi, he sent hosts down to hada and to the earth to gather in both, the fallen angels of De’yus and his false Gods, and the chaotic and foul-smelling spirits, wild, frenzied, and vengeful. And Ahura had them brought to Vara-pishanaha and there treated, nursed, restored, and put to school and to factories, to be taught and developed; hundreds of millions of them becoming bright, wise and of great love and power.
25/40.3. God sent word to Ahura, saying: Greeting to you in the name of Jehovih. Because of the coming darkness that will soon press upon atmospherea from every quarter, and the trials that will be put upon Gods and angels, let us unite our heavenly kingdoms! Let us bring our plateaus together, and your kingdom shall be my kingdom, and mine shall be yours; and one of us shall be manager in heaven, and the other shall descend to hada and to the earth, when the great darkness is on.
25/40.4. To this Ahura replied: Greeting to you, God of the heavens of the earth, and with love and most high reverence. There is wisdom in your design. I will do with you whatever you demand, to fulfill this great work.
25/40.5. So God, of Craoshivi, and Ahura, brought their forces to bear on their respective plateaus, to unite them. As their places were two thousand miles apart with Craoshivi situated to the east and Vara-pishanaha to the southwest, and Vara-pishanaha standing seven thousand miles below Craoshivi, this was the proceeding:
25/40.6. Because the coming pressure would drive them both down near the earth’s surface; to steer Vara-pishanaha to the eastward, and to steer Craoshivi to the south-westward, would bring one over the other; and to lower the grade of Craoshivi would bring the two in contact. And the inhabitants of both dominions were so high in power and wisdom that their presence was higher than the place they inhabited; so that the element of the plateaus was all that was required to be moved.
25/40.7. To find the power required, and to arrange the ranks for the proceeding, God appointed officers and set them to work, and the officers reported back that the work could be completed in twelve years. So Ahura united with God, and three billion angels engaged in this labor. First they made a bridge between the two plateaus, and it was completed during the first year; and it connected them in such a way that millions of angels could pass and re-pass objectively while the work was going on.
25/40.8. Yet God’s labors and Ahura’s labors in receiving the spirits of the earth, of the Faithists, and of others from the regions of hada, did not cease, did not lag. Their thousands of otevans sailed along the heavens in every way, gathering in the unfortunate.
25/40.9. And now that the self-Gods in hada had quarreled among themselves and separated, De’yus’ blockade was broken of its own accord. His mighty standing army against Jehovih’s believers had melted away; and the otevans sped here and there, unmolested. And they gathered in many thousands, indeed, tens of thousands, of De’yus’ highest raised angels. The lowest would not come; they had been taught to hate with vengeance Jehovih and His worshippers; to look upon all ills as from Jehovih; to look upon all good delights and blessings as the gifts of De’yus, the Lord their God.
25/40.10. Suffice it to say, in twelve years’ time the great heavens, Craoshivi and Vara-pishanaha, were united and became as one place. And there was a time of rejoicing and delight; great recreation and communion; great rites and ceremonies; and worshipping and rejoicing before Jehovih.
25/40.11. Already the pressure of ji’ay was upon the heavens and the earth. Hored was falling fast toward the earth; De’yus’ highest raised had already gone; his kingdom was becoming a kingdom of fools and idlers, a most dangerous class once deprivation and starvation come upon them.
25/40.12. De’yus, still stubborn, and still hoping for a change from some unseen cause, no longer had time to quarrel with his truant Gods, but from day to day, hour to hour, was kept at maximum exertion to avert the threatened doom.
25/40.13. Meanwhile, the false Gods, his own one-time pupils, were now heaping into his distracted kingdom millions and millions of drujas, who had been taught on the earth that all that was required of them was to call on the Savior, Anubi, and the Lord God, and that when they died they would go straight to glory to dwell on the holy hill of the Lord God. And these poor creatures the self-Gods now encouraged, helping them on, saying: Yes, go on; your Savior, Anubi, will open the gate and pass you in. From now on, forever, you shall do nothing but bow to De’yus.
25/40.14. And these spirits of darkness, like idiots, were bowing all the time, day and night, doing nothing but bowing, and saying: Blessed Anubi! He can save me! Glory to the Lord our God! Then they would begin again: Blessed Anubi! My Savior! Glory be to De’yus! For this was all they knew; neither would they hear nor see anything else; they were like wild people; with out-bursting eyes, looking for Anubi; looking for De’yus; but bowing incessantly in all directions; millions of them, tens of millions— delirious angels!
25/40.15. Consequently, in fear of them, Anubi gave up his place; and his heavenly city was like a house without a keeper, where throngs go in and out, and around about, forever shouting: O my blessed Savior, Anubi! Glory be to the Lord God. ||
25/40.16. But Anubi was with the false Lord God, striving to help him find some means of escape or safety.
http://oahspestandardedition.com/OAHSPE_Standard_Edition_for_Screen_Reading.pdf
25/40.1. In Vara-pishanaha Ahura had now toiled nearly two thousand years with his people, who for the most part had been drujas, but were now high in the grades. Of them, more than two billion had been raised into light, becoming Brides and Bridegrooms to Jehovih, and had been delivered into the etherean worlds.
25/40.2. But Ahura did not allow his dominions to become depleted, but like God in Craoshivi, he sent hosts down to hada and to the earth to gather in both, the fallen angels of De’yus and his false Gods, and the chaotic and foul-smelling spirits, wild, frenzied, and vengeful. And Ahura had them brought to Vara-pishanaha and there treated, nursed, restored, and put to school and to factories, to be taught and developed; hundreds of millions of them becoming bright, wise and of great love and power.
25/40.3. God sent word to Ahura, saying: Greeting to you in the name of Jehovih. Because of the coming darkness that will soon press upon atmospherea from every quarter, and the trials that will be put upon Gods and angels, let us unite our heavenly kingdoms! Let us bring our plateaus together, and your kingdom shall be my kingdom, and mine shall be yours; and one of us shall be manager in heaven, and the other shall descend to hada and to the earth, when the great darkness is on.
25/40.4. To this Ahura replied: Greeting to you, God of the heavens of the earth, and with love and most high reverence. There is wisdom in your design. I will do with you whatever you demand, to fulfill this great work.
25/40.5. So God, of Craoshivi, and Ahura, brought their forces to bear on their respective plateaus, to unite them. As their places were two thousand miles apart with Craoshivi situated to the east and Vara-pishanaha to the southwest, and Vara-pishanaha standing seven thousand miles below Craoshivi, this was the proceeding:
25/40.6. Because the coming pressure would drive them both down near the earth’s surface; to steer Vara-pishanaha to the eastward, and to steer Craoshivi to the south-westward, would bring one over the other; and to lower the grade of Craoshivi would bring the two in contact. And the inhabitants of both dominions were so high in power and wisdom that their presence was higher than the place they inhabited; so that the element of the plateaus was all that was required to be moved.
25/40.7. To find the power required, and to arrange the ranks for the proceeding, God appointed officers and set them to work, and the officers reported back that the work could be completed in twelve years. So Ahura united with God, and three billion angels engaged in this labor. First they made a bridge between the two plateaus, and it was completed during the first year; and it connected them in such a way that millions of angels could pass and re-pass objectively while the work was going on.
25/40.8. Yet God’s labors and Ahura’s labors in receiving the spirits of the earth, of the Faithists, and of others from the regions of hada, did not cease, did not lag. Their thousands of otevans sailed along the heavens in every way, gathering in the unfortunate.
25/40.9. And now that the self-Gods in hada had quarreled among themselves and separated, De’yus’ blockade was broken of its own accord. His mighty standing army against Jehovih’s believers had melted away; and the otevans sped here and there, unmolested. And they gathered in many thousands, indeed, tens of thousands, of De’yus’ highest raised angels. The lowest would not come; they had been taught to hate with vengeance Jehovih and His worshippers; to look upon all ills as from Jehovih; to look upon all good delights and blessings as the gifts of De’yus, the Lord their God.
25/40.10. Suffice it to say, in twelve years’ time the great heavens, Craoshivi and Vara-pishanaha, were united and became as one place. And there was a time of rejoicing and delight; great recreation and communion; great rites and ceremonies; and worshipping and rejoicing before Jehovih.
25/40.11. Already the pressure of ji’ay was upon the heavens and the earth. Hored was falling fast toward the earth; De’yus’ highest raised had already gone; his kingdom was becoming a kingdom of fools and idlers, a most dangerous class once deprivation and starvation come upon them.
25/40.12. De’yus, still stubborn, and still hoping for a change from some unseen cause, no longer had time to quarrel with his truant Gods, but from day to day, hour to hour, was kept at maximum exertion to avert the threatened doom.
25/40.13. Meanwhile, the false Gods, his own one-time pupils, were now heaping into his distracted kingdom millions and millions of drujas, who had been taught on the earth that all that was required of them was to call on the Savior, Anubi, and the Lord God, and that when they died they would go straight to glory to dwell on the holy hill of the Lord God. And these poor creatures the self-Gods now encouraged, helping them on, saying: Yes, go on; your Savior, Anubi, will open the gate and pass you in. From now on, forever, you shall do nothing but bow to De’yus.
25/40.14. And these spirits of darkness, like idiots, were bowing all the time, day and night, doing nothing but bowing, and saying: Blessed Anubi! He can save me! Glory to the Lord our God! Then they would begin again: Blessed Anubi! My Savior! Glory be to De’yus! For this was all they knew; neither would they hear nor see anything else; they were like wild people; with out-bursting eyes, looking for Anubi; looking for De’yus; but bowing incessantly in all directions; millions of them, tens of millions— delirious angels!
25/40.15. Consequently, in fear of them, Anubi gave up his place; and his heavenly city was like a house without a keeper, where throngs go in and out, and around about, forever shouting: O my blessed Savior, Anubi! Glory be to the Lord God. ||
25/40.16. But Anubi was with the false Lord God, striving to help him find some means of escape or safety.
http://oahspestandardedition.com/OAHSPE_Standard_Edition_for_Screen_Reading.pdf
![Matthew Todorovski](https://c.mql5.com/avatar/2014/9/5423F64B-633A.jpg)
Matthew Todorovski
Once a loser, always a loser: 100% guarantee you will lose.
2008-2019: Only losses. Don't trade unless you want to keep throwing money away.
Trading is for idiots (like me). You can't beat the markets.
I'M LIVING THE DREAM! Haha what a joke.
2008-2019: Only losses. Don't trade unless you want to keep throwing money away.
Trading is for idiots (like me). You can't beat the markets.
I'M LIVING THE DREAM! Haha what a joke.
![](https://c.mql5.com/1/151/Clipboard01.jpg)
![Matthew Todorovski](https://c.mql5.com/avatar/2014/9/5423F64B-633A.jpg)
Matthew Todorovski
CHAPTER 39 Wars
25/39.1. Jehovih spoke to God, His Son, in Craoshivi, saying: Prepare for the fall of ji’ay in atmospherea. The earth and her heavens enter Loo-sutsk, seventy years in the rates of seven hundred; forty years in five hundred; twenty years in a’ji. Be advised; for Craoshivi shall fall to thirty, and Hored be buried in the earth. Call My Son, Ahura, and reveal My words!
25/39.2. So God, in Craoshivi, advised his High Council, and also sent messengers in haste to Vara-pishanaha, to Ahura, and acquainted him. After this, God propounded in Council: Anuhasaj, what can Craoshivi do for him? And the members spoke at great length, more than a thousand of them.
25/39.3. So God decreed: A commission to go to Anuhasaj and inform him of his danger, and offer to come to his aid and save him. This that follows is the message God sent:
25/39.4. To you, O Anuhasaj, greeting in Jehovih’s name, and by our love be assured. You are adjudged to be in perilous condition. Behold, one hundred and thirty years’ pressure will fall on the heavens of the earth; Craoshivi will go down to the depths of hada. Reach up your hands, and I will come and save you and your kingdom. Will you withdraw your armies and permit the resurrection of your lowest grades?
25/39.5. Anuhasaj answered this in these words: Who are you that assails my peaceful kingdom in this manner? You pretended son of the Void Nothingness? Call on me as becomes one with your small kingdom, and if you need help for yourself, or for your paupers, I will give to you!
25/39.6. To that, God returned this answer: Be patient with me, O brother: If it is proved that I am in darkness, and you in the light, I will make ample amends to you. If on the other hand I am in the light and you in darkness, I will say nothing that would wound you. If you will apply yourself diligently to solve the place of the earth and her heavens you will find in truth the coming pressure of which I told you. Do not think that my words are spoken at random, but try them by prophecy and by mathematics.
25/39.7. As to the coming danger, it is an easy matter to estimate. A thousand years ago, when you first established yourself and your heaven, Hored possessed an average grade above fifty, all told. And there were four billion of them.
25/39.8. In two hundred years you had six billion, and the grade was raised to sixty-five. In the next two hundred years the number was nearly doubled, but the grade had fallen to forty. And in two hundred years later the inhabitants had nearly doubled again, but the grade had fallen to twenty-eight. In the next two hundred years, the increase in numbers was at the same rate as the decrease in the grade.
25/39.9. Now behold, your twenty-eight billion, more than half of whom are in Hored, are below grade ten. And when you first possessed Hored, a ten grade could not survive there. Do not think that some accidental thing will raise so great a weight.
25/39.10. Look into this matter, as to what you have done! You have persuaded your hosts not to look up to Jehovih and His kingdoms, and lo, they incline downward to the earth. Yes, they have already filled the earth with war and destruction.
25/39.11. You cannot hope to throw these things on your Gods, for they will turn against you and accuse you. At present they are content to found kingdoms of their own. But they will also come to an end. Because they have seceded from you, let it be evidence that all the highest grades will follow in the same way.
25/39.12. As for Craoshivi, her lowest grades are above fifty, and therefore self-sustaining; her highest grades are ninety-nine and her average eighty-eight. And hundreds of millions of these are those whom my Lords have rescued from your bondage; others, Faithists on the earth whom your false Gods put to death for refusing to bow to you. And have they not proved it is better to suffer death than to renounce faith in Jehovih? Otherwise they would now be within the company of your slaves, toiling in darkness.
25/39.13. Yes, my kingdom is made up of those who were despised and abused; and of those whom your Gods slew in war, chaotic and mad. For my asaphs followed your cruel wars and gathered in the spirits of the slain, whom you would not have. You call them poor still. Why, so they are; they are washed white as snow; for they have been taught to keep casting aside all accumulation, except knowledge and goodness of heart, in which they are rich indeed.
25/39.14. They would come to you now in pity to take your people by the hand and deliver them away from you and darkness. And if your slaves are not delivered away from you, they will surely, sooner or later, turn upon you and cast you into hell. I pray, therefore, for you to assume conversion to Jehovih, and cast your kingdom upon Him while you may. For I have the power and the means to deliver you and your slaves. Yes, I will give you a new name, and hide you away, so they cannot find you. And you shall be one with me in my holy place.
25/39.15. To this Anuhasaj made no reply, and so the matter remained.
http://oahspestandardedition.com/OAHSPE_Standard_Edition_for_Screen_Reading.pdf
25/39.1. Jehovih spoke to God, His Son, in Craoshivi, saying: Prepare for the fall of ji’ay in atmospherea. The earth and her heavens enter Loo-sutsk, seventy years in the rates of seven hundred; forty years in five hundred; twenty years in a’ji. Be advised; for Craoshivi shall fall to thirty, and Hored be buried in the earth. Call My Son, Ahura, and reveal My words!
25/39.2. So God, in Craoshivi, advised his High Council, and also sent messengers in haste to Vara-pishanaha, to Ahura, and acquainted him. After this, God propounded in Council: Anuhasaj, what can Craoshivi do for him? And the members spoke at great length, more than a thousand of them.
25/39.3. So God decreed: A commission to go to Anuhasaj and inform him of his danger, and offer to come to his aid and save him. This that follows is the message God sent:
25/39.4. To you, O Anuhasaj, greeting in Jehovih’s name, and by our love be assured. You are adjudged to be in perilous condition. Behold, one hundred and thirty years’ pressure will fall on the heavens of the earth; Craoshivi will go down to the depths of hada. Reach up your hands, and I will come and save you and your kingdom. Will you withdraw your armies and permit the resurrection of your lowest grades?
25/39.5. Anuhasaj answered this in these words: Who are you that assails my peaceful kingdom in this manner? You pretended son of the Void Nothingness? Call on me as becomes one with your small kingdom, and if you need help for yourself, or for your paupers, I will give to you!
25/39.6. To that, God returned this answer: Be patient with me, O brother: If it is proved that I am in darkness, and you in the light, I will make ample amends to you. If on the other hand I am in the light and you in darkness, I will say nothing that would wound you. If you will apply yourself diligently to solve the place of the earth and her heavens you will find in truth the coming pressure of which I told you. Do not think that my words are spoken at random, but try them by prophecy and by mathematics.
25/39.7. As to the coming danger, it is an easy matter to estimate. A thousand years ago, when you first established yourself and your heaven, Hored possessed an average grade above fifty, all told. And there were four billion of them.
25/39.8. In two hundred years you had six billion, and the grade was raised to sixty-five. In the next two hundred years the number was nearly doubled, but the grade had fallen to forty. And in two hundred years later the inhabitants had nearly doubled again, but the grade had fallen to twenty-eight. In the next two hundred years, the increase in numbers was at the same rate as the decrease in the grade.
25/39.9. Now behold, your twenty-eight billion, more than half of whom are in Hored, are below grade ten. And when you first possessed Hored, a ten grade could not survive there. Do not think that some accidental thing will raise so great a weight.
25/39.10. Look into this matter, as to what you have done! You have persuaded your hosts not to look up to Jehovih and His kingdoms, and lo, they incline downward to the earth. Yes, they have already filled the earth with war and destruction.
25/39.11. You cannot hope to throw these things on your Gods, for they will turn against you and accuse you. At present they are content to found kingdoms of their own. But they will also come to an end. Because they have seceded from you, let it be evidence that all the highest grades will follow in the same way.
25/39.12. As for Craoshivi, her lowest grades are above fifty, and therefore self-sustaining; her highest grades are ninety-nine and her average eighty-eight. And hundreds of millions of these are those whom my Lords have rescued from your bondage; others, Faithists on the earth whom your false Gods put to death for refusing to bow to you. And have they not proved it is better to suffer death than to renounce faith in Jehovih? Otherwise they would now be within the company of your slaves, toiling in darkness.
25/39.13. Yes, my kingdom is made up of those who were despised and abused; and of those whom your Gods slew in war, chaotic and mad. For my asaphs followed your cruel wars and gathered in the spirits of the slain, whom you would not have. You call them poor still. Why, so they are; they are washed white as snow; for they have been taught to keep casting aside all accumulation, except knowledge and goodness of heart, in which they are rich indeed.
25/39.14. They would come to you now in pity to take your people by the hand and deliver them away from you and darkness. And if your slaves are not delivered away from you, they will surely, sooner or later, turn upon you and cast you into hell. I pray, therefore, for you to assume conversion to Jehovih, and cast your kingdom upon Him while you may. For I have the power and the means to deliver you and your slaves. Yes, I will give you a new name, and hide you away, so they cannot find you. And you shall be one with me in my holy place.
25/39.15. To this Anuhasaj made no reply, and so the matter remained.
http://oahspestandardedition.com/OAHSPE_Standard_Edition_for_Screen_Reading.pdf
![Matthew Todorovski](https://c.mql5.com/avatar/2014/9/5423F64B-633A.jpg)
Matthew Todorovski
CHAPTER 38 Wars
25/38.1. After the meeting between De’yus, Osiris and Sudga, when De’yus was left alone, he reasoned: Since Sudga and Osiris have left me, uncivilly, in the middle of a most disgusting quarrel, it must follow that on their arrival home they will secede, taking their kingdoms with them. Well, it will be well; I will all the more warmly bind my fellowship to Te-in, and we two shall overthrow Sudga and Osiris, and take all their spoils.
25/38.2. While De’yus thus soliloquized, messengers came from Che-su-gow, Te-in’s heavenly place, bringing this word: Greeting to you, our Lord God: Te-in has seceded, and taken both his heavenly and his corporeal dominions for himself. With an army of two hundred million angel warriors he is walling his heavenly kingdom around on every side; none can pass or re-pass without his permission.
25/38.3. Before De’yus recovered from his surprise, behold, other messengers came from Sudga’s heavenly place, saying: Greeting to you, our Lord God: Sudga has seceded, taking with him his heavenly kingdom and his earth dominions, Vind’yu! With an army of two hundred million angel warriors he is walling his heavenly kingdom around on every side; none can pass or re-pass without his permission!
25/38.4. De’yus said: So, one and the same! Then these rascal Gods had this planned beforehand! Presently other messengers arrived, saying: Greeting to you, our one-time Lord God of heaven and earth! Osiris, Baal and Ashtaroth have seceded, taking their heavenly kingdoms and their mortal dominions with them. I, Osiris, have spoken. Your higher grades I will draw to myself; my lower grades I will banish to you!
25/38.5. De’yus said: Well, it is well. I will now make the other heavenly divisions stronger to me; and the earth divisions, too long neglected by me; Uropa, North and South Guatama, and their heavenly places.
25/38.6. But while he thus soliloquized, behold, messengers arrived from these places, also announcing their secession in like manner. Then De’yus was silent for a long while, considering. But satan came to him, saying:
25/38.7. Darkness comes to all the great, for by this the light is made to shine brighter. Now, since all access to the corporeal earth is cut off, and since all your supplies for food and raiment must come up from the earth, it follows that you shall lower Hored, your heavenly place, nearer to the face of the earth. And once accomplished, you shall send ten billion of your warrior angels against these rebellious Gods and despoil them of their dominions, and cast them into hell, and repossess the whole earth.
25/38.8. De’yus said: It is true! My way is clear. These rascally Gods do not know how foolishly they have exposed themselves. Hored is wide enough to cover them up. And by fire I will chase the drujas upon them, ten billion strong; flood them with such foulness that their kingdoms will go to pieces under them and suffocate them in the horrid stench.
25/38.9. De’yus then called together his vice-Gods, and his Holy Council, and his highest raised officers; and he related to them what had occurred, and his plans ahead. But, so he could better deliberate and gain their acquiescence, he granted a day of recreation, to meet on the following day at the trumpet call.
25/38.10. But lo and behold, on the day of recreation, no less than seven hundred million of his highest grades left him and Hored, and descended to the heavenly kingdoms of his former Gods, some to one and some to another, while a few of them descended to the earth to found small kingdoms of their own. Danger was already staring Anuhasaj in the face.
25/38.11. Accordingly, he at once chose his officers, and set them to work, but owing to their lack of knowledge in such matters, only small sections were bound and lowered at one time, at which rate a hundred years would be required to accomplish the work. And upon realizing this, De’yus’ heart began to fail him. The prophecies of the higher Gods, that he and his kingdoms would be ultimately broken up and cast into hell, began to show signs of realization fearful to contemplate.
25/38.12. Anuhasaj had no time for war, but now needed to use every stratagem in his power to prevent dismemberment in his own kingdom. In these straits, good fortune came to him in the form of a ji’ay’an harvest falling in all the atmospherean heavens, compressing and falling, so that his lowest grades were provided with sustenance from above, and they were pacified.
25/38.13. Jehovih had spoken to Cpenta-armij, in her far-off etherean worlds, saying: Behold, the earth, she enters now the ji’ay’an fields of Tu’e’vraga, in My high roads Loo-sutsk. For a little while I will feed the self-Gods of the lower heavens, and lead them on to know My power.
http://oahspestandardedition.com/OAHSPE_Standard_Edition_for_Screen_Reading.pdf
25/38.1. After the meeting between De’yus, Osiris and Sudga, when De’yus was left alone, he reasoned: Since Sudga and Osiris have left me, uncivilly, in the middle of a most disgusting quarrel, it must follow that on their arrival home they will secede, taking their kingdoms with them. Well, it will be well; I will all the more warmly bind my fellowship to Te-in, and we two shall overthrow Sudga and Osiris, and take all their spoils.
25/38.2. While De’yus thus soliloquized, messengers came from Che-su-gow, Te-in’s heavenly place, bringing this word: Greeting to you, our Lord God: Te-in has seceded, and taken both his heavenly and his corporeal dominions for himself. With an army of two hundred million angel warriors he is walling his heavenly kingdom around on every side; none can pass or re-pass without his permission.
25/38.3. Before De’yus recovered from his surprise, behold, other messengers came from Sudga’s heavenly place, saying: Greeting to you, our Lord God: Sudga has seceded, taking with him his heavenly kingdom and his earth dominions, Vind’yu! With an army of two hundred million angel warriors he is walling his heavenly kingdom around on every side; none can pass or re-pass without his permission!
25/38.4. De’yus said: So, one and the same! Then these rascal Gods had this planned beforehand! Presently other messengers arrived, saying: Greeting to you, our one-time Lord God of heaven and earth! Osiris, Baal and Ashtaroth have seceded, taking their heavenly kingdoms and their mortal dominions with them. I, Osiris, have spoken. Your higher grades I will draw to myself; my lower grades I will banish to you!
25/38.5. De’yus said: Well, it is well. I will now make the other heavenly divisions stronger to me; and the earth divisions, too long neglected by me; Uropa, North and South Guatama, and their heavenly places.
25/38.6. But while he thus soliloquized, behold, messengers arrived from these places, also announcing their secession in like manner. Then De’yus was silent for a long while, considering. But satan came to him, saying:
25/38.7. Darkness comes to all the great, for by this the light is made to shine brighter. Now, since all access to the corporeal earth is cut off, and since all your supplies for food and raiment must come up from the earth, it follows that you shall lower Hored, your heavenly place, nearer to the face of the earth. And once accomplished, you shall send ten billion of your warrior angels against these rebellious Gods and despoil them of their dominions, and cast them into hell, and repossess the whole earth.
25/38.8. De’yus said: It is true! My way is clear. These rascally Gods do not know how foolishly they have exposed themselves. Hored is wide enough to cover them up. And by fire I will chase the drujas upon them, ten billion strong; flood them with such foulness that their kingdoms will go to pieces under them and suffocate them in the horrid stench.
25/38.9. De’yus then called together his vice-Gods, and his Holy Council, and his highest raised officers; and he related to them what had occurred, and his plans ahead. But, so he could better deliberate and gain their acquiescence, he granted a day of recreation, to meet on the following day at the trumpet call.
25/38.10. But lo and behold, on the day of recreation, no less than seven hundred million of his highest grades left him and Hored, and descended to the heavenly kingdoms of his former Gods, some to one and some to another, while a few of them descended to the earth to found small kingdoms of their own. Danger was already staring Anuhasaj in the face.
25/38.11. Accordingly, he at once chose his officers, and set them to work, but owing to their lack of knowledge in such matters, only small sections were bound and lowered at one time, at which rate a hundred years would be required to accomplish the work. And upon realizing this, De’yus’ heart began to fail him. The prophecies of the higher Gods, that he and his kingdoms would be ultimately broken up and cast into hell, began to show signs of realization fearful to contemplate.
25/38.12. Anuhasaj had no time for war, but now needed to use every stratagem in his power to prevent dismemberment in his own kingdom. In these straits, good fortune came to him in the form of a ji’ay’an harvest falling in all the atmospherean heavens, compressing and falling, so that his lowest grades were provided with sustenance from above, and they were pacified.
25/38.13. Jehovih had spoken to Cpenta-armij, in her far-off etherean worlds, saying: Behold, the earth, she enters now the ji’ay’an fields of Tu’e’vraga, in My high roads Loo-sutsk. For a little while I will feed the self-Gods of the lower heavens, and lead them on to know My power.
http://oahspestandardedition.com/OAHSPE_Standard_Edition_for_Screen_Reading.pdf
![Matthew Todorovski](https://c.mql5.com/avatar/2014/9/5423F64B-633A.jpg)
Matthew Todorovski
Fake money is the only way to make money:
Successful Backtest results do not guarantee successful Real results.
Successful Demo results do not guarantee successful Real results.
THIS IS DEMO
Successful Backtest results do not guarantee successful Real results.
Successful Demo results do not guarantee successful Real results.
THIS IS DEMO
![](https://c.mql5.com/1/150/Clipboard05.jpg)
![Matthew Todorovski](https://c.mql5.com/avatar/2014/9/5423F64B-633A.jpg)
Matthew Todorovski
CHAPTER 30 Wars
25/30.1. Now, after the three false Gods, Osiris, Te-in and Sudga, had revealed these things to mortals, they sent messengers to the Lord God, requesting audience with him, so as to disclose to him what they had done. Anuhasaj, alias De’yus, therefore appointed a time of meeting, and the Gods came before him and made their report. After which De’yus said:
25/30.2. In all you have done I acquiesce; neither have you said anything that I would not have said, except that I did not desire to laud myself with my own mouth. || And thus ended the matter of how mortals were taught to worship the names Lord and God, Lord God, Ho-Joss, Joss, De’yus, Deity, Dyaus, Zeus, and various other names, according to the languages of the people of Jaffeth, Vind’yu, Arabin’ya, Par’si’e, and Heleste. And billions of angels of the Lord God and his Gods, who were sent down to mortals, inspired them and taught them the same things through seers, prophets, magicians, and through other people also, by dreams and visions.
25/30.3. And mortals were taught the secret of spiritually going out of their own corporeal bodies, and returning safely; and in this state they were taken subjectively to the kingdom of the Lord God, where they saw him as a man, sitting on a throne; and saw the great glory of his kingdom, and the millions of worshippers, glorifying De’yus, the false Lord God. And these persons became preachers on the earth; enthusiastically stirring up men on every hand to draw the sword, the spear, the sling, to go forth in battle, to overthrow the doctrine of the Great Spirit and establish the De’yus.
25/30.4. And it came to pass that they thus accomplished the will of the Lord God in all these divisions of the earth. The Jehovihians, being non-resistants, were powerless before them. Kings and queens on the earth accepted these doctrines, and they marshaled their armies in all directions to establish the Lord God, who had said to them: To the extent that you exalt me and my kingdoms, so will I exalt you. When I see you have become wise and powerful in ruling over many on the earth, so will I give you large kingdoms in heaven.
25/30.5. As to the false Lord God and his false Gods, they and their kingdoms prospered in earth and heaven for nine hundred years, and by then the Faithists of the earth had been reduced to a small fraction of people, mostly hidden away, like sheep from wolves.
25/30.6. But in nine hundred and fifty years, behold, the worshippers of the false Lord God began to quarrel and fight among themselves. Even as by blood they had established him, so by blood the kings and queens of the earth were overthrowing one another.
25/30.7. Because of the warfare: schools, colleges and houses of philosophy were wasted away; the factories for spinning and weaving were destroyed; and the lands not tilled.
25/30.8. And now this is what became of the heavenly kingdoms of Anuhasaj and his Gods: They had accumulated twenty-eight billion spirits, all of whom were servants to De’yus and his Gods. For the most part they were below grade ten, while three billion were below grade five, which is helplessness.
25/30.9. Jehovih had so made man and angels that, whoever had learned to abnegate self and to labor for the good of others, was already above grade fifty, and his ascension should be perpetual ever after; while those who were below grade fifty, who had not put away self (satan), incline downward, toward the earth. Accordingly it had come to pass that the false Lord God and his false Gods were burdened with their kingdoms.
25/30.10. And though they were adorned to the utmost, having vast cities for their heavenly capitals with millions of attendants, and millions of musicians, who were forever inventing new and wonderful music, and playing and singing, millions and millions in concert, with millions of trumpeters, near and far off, to fashion echoes beautiful to the ear; and though they had decorators forever inventing and changing their billions of flags and banners, and the ornaments for the pageantry; though they had millions of heavenly cities, built with heavenly precious stones and gems of splendor, and with roadways and streets paved with heavenly diamonds and pearls; and though they had heavenly tournaments and games, rites and ceremonies, prostrations and salutations, without end; with great heavenly ships, capable of coursing atmospherea in journeys and excursions, ships to carry hundreds of millions of angels, whose chief occupation was to sing and chant the glory, power and dominion of De’yus and his Gods; yes, though a large book could not contain a description of a thousandth part of their wonderful glory, yet each and every God began to see coming danger.
25/30.11. Jehovih had said: Two precipices I have left open for testing man’s strength, and they are: great prosperity and great adversity. ||
25/30.12. And behold, satan came upon them in the guise of a good friend. First, he went to Anuhasaj and said to him: You greatest of Gods! Who is like you? Behold, I came to you in the beginning, and told you what to do, even to stretch forth your hand, and heaven and earth would be yours forever, for your own glory. And lo, it has come on finely! You have routed Jehovih and His hosts in heaven and earth; they are as a remnant skulking away. Hear me, then, O De’yus, for I will not only praise you for what you have accomplished, but I will chide you for your failings.
25/30.13. De’yus said: In what have I failed, O satan? And satan answered, saying: You are too honest for your own good; too pure for your own benefit; too unsuspecting regarding your Gods. Being honest yourself, you have easily attributed honesty to others, and they have taken advantage of you.
25/30.14. Anuhasaj said: How? Satan answered, saying: From the beginning, you said to your Gods: Maintain your schools, colleges and factories, and otherwise prepare the spirits of the dead for resurrection. And as fast as they arrive at grade thirty, send them to my kingdom, so that Hored may be glorified forever. But lo and behold, your Gods used the angels as slaves, to build up the glory of their own kingdoms. They have allowed their heavenly places of education, for the most part, to be scattered and gone. Nor have they inspired mortals to educate, as I warned you at the beginning. And mortals have thrown aside their schools and colleges, and their places of art, and have become riotous, and given to gross living, and there is no resurrection in them. Which matters show you that, sooner or later, all the spirits of the earth will be of no grade at all, but as fetals and vampires to live on mortals.
25/30.15. De’yus said: Why have mortals become gross in their living? Satan answered him, saying: Behold, in your own revelation to mortals you said to them: For your food, do not eat fish, flesh, blood, or anything that breathes the breath of life. And now, behold what came to pass: Your three Gods, whom you had elevated and trusted, went to work and made other revelations, in which they said: Eat fish and flesh; for they desired to please mortals. And lo, it has come to pass that man not only wars for you, but he wars to the right and left, for it is in his blood, like beasts that feed on flesh. Your Gods had no right to give this law to man without first consulting you, to know your will and pleasure.
25/30.16. Anuhasaj said: Alas, it is true. What shall I do? Satan said: You shall call your Gods before you and chide them in your own way, and command them to go down to mortals and re-establish learning and industry, instead of war. Anuhasaj said: So shall it be; they shall come and receive my reprimand. They shall know in truth that I am the Lord their God!
25/30.17. Satan went to every one of the other false Gods, separately, saying to each: Hear me, O wisest of Gods, who, because of your great wisdom and integrity, should in fact be at the all highest Godhead in heaven. Behold, I came to you in the beginning and foretold how your kingdom would become great and glorified; and it has come to pass. When you put forth your hand to do a thing, it is done; for you were born into life different from all others, and for the highest of glories. And because of your greatness, behold, all the Gods of heaven are jealous of you and fear you, all of which you know by your own knowledge. Now, while I accredit this to you, I will also chide you for your shortness:
25/30.18. For, because you are honest yourself, you believe the same of others; and for this reason you are cheated and ill-used on all hands. From the beginning you sent your highest grades to the Lord God, to be his; yes, you have robbed your own kingdom of its finest and best subjects for the glory of De’yus. And who is De’yus more than you? Is he not a coward? For he feared to give his own doctrines to mortals; instead he abridged his words till they were worthless. And you and your fellow-Gods made his doctrines up in full for him! Yet you serve him as if he were your superior.
25/30.19. The false God said: Alas, it is true, with all my wisdom I have acted like a fool. Because I was too honest and pure for De’yus and his Gods, they have taken advantage of me. What shall I do? Satan said: I told you at the beginning, that the time would come when you would rise to be higher than all other Gods. Behold, the time is near at hand when you shall strike the blow. You shall not only have your own kingdom, but the kingdoms of your companion Gods; and even De’yus shall be tributary to you and yours.
25/30.20. The false God said: What shall I do? And satan answered, saying: De’yus will scent the danger to his kingdom, and he will summon his Gods for consultation. Be ready with your answer to him and them; not hastily, for such is the manner of the weak; but most deliberately, in high holiness of purpose, for the good of mortals and spirits. ||
25/30.21. In that way satan spoke alike to all the false Gods; and they nursed the planted seed; held it in the light and shade to see it grow, till it became the very giant of each one’s understanding.
http://oahspestandardedition.com/OAHSPE_Standard_Edition_for_Screen_Reading.pdf
25/30.1. Now, after the three false Gods, Osiris, Te-in and Sudga, had revealed these things to mortals, they sent messengers to the Lord God, requesting audience with him, so as to disclose to him what they had done. Anuhasaj, alias De’yus, therefore appointed a time of meeting, and the Gods came before him and made their report. After which De’yus said:
25/30.2. In all you have done I acquiesce; neither have you said anything that I would not have said, except that I did not desire to laud myself with my own mouth. || And thus ended the matter of how mortals were taught to worship the names Lord and God, Lord God, Ho-Joss, Joss, De’yus, Deity, Dyaus, Zeus, and various other names, according to the languages of the people of Jaffeth, Vind’yu, Arabin’ya, Par’si’e, and Heleste. And billions of angels of the Lord God and his Gods, who were sent down to mortals, inspired them and taught them the same things through seers, prophets, magicians, and through other people also, by dreams and visions.
25/30.3. And mortals were taught the secret of spiritually going out of their own corporeal bodies, and returning safely; and in this state they were taken subjectively to the kingdom of the Lord God, where they saw him as a man, sitting on a throne; and saw the great glory of his kingdom, and the millions of worshippers, glorifying De’yus, the false Lord God. And these persons became preachers on the earth; enthusiastically stirring up men on every hand to draw the sword, the spear, the sling, to go forth in battle, to overthrow the doctrine of the Great Spirit and establish the De’yus.
25/30.4. And it came to pass that they thus accomplished the will of the Lord God in all these divisions of the earth. The Jehovihians, being non-resistants, were powerless before them. Kings and queens on the earth accepted these doctrines, and they marshaled their armies in all directions to establish the Lord God, who had said to them: To the extent that you exalt me and my kingdoms, so will I exalt you. When I see you have become wise and powerful in ruling over many on the earth, so will I give you large kingdoms in heaven.
25/30.5. As to the false Lord God and his false Gods, they and their kingdoms prospered in earth and heaven for nine hundred years, and by then the Faithists of the earth had been reduced to a small fraction of people, mostly hidden away, like sheep from wolves.
25/30.6. But in nine hundred and fifty years, behold, the worshippers of the false Lord God began to quarrel and fight among themselves. Even as by blood they had established him, so by blood the kings and queens of the earth were overthrowing one another.
25/30.7. Because of the warfare: schools, colleges and houses of philosophy were wasted away; the factories for spinning and weaving were destroyed; and the lands not tilled.
25/30.8. And now this is what became of the heavenly kingdoms of Anuhasaj and his Gods: They had accumulated twenty-eight billion spirits, all of whom were servants to De’yus and his Gods. For the most part they were below grade ten, while three billion were below grade five, which is helplessness.
25/30.9. Jehovih had so made man and angels that, whoever had learned to abnegate self and to labor for the good of others, was already above grade fifty, and his ascension should be perpetual ever after; while those who were below grade fifty, who had not put away self (satan), incline downward, toward the earth. Accordingly it had come to pass that the false Lord God and his false Gods were burdened with their kingdoms.
25/30.10. And though they were adorned to the utmost, having vast cities for their heavenly capitals with millions of attendants, and millions of musicians, who were forever inventing new and wonderful music, and playing and singing, millions and millions in concert, with millions of trumpeters, near and far off, to fashion echoes beautiful to the ear; and though they had decorators forever inventing and changing their billions of flags and banners, and the ornaments for the pageantry; though they had millions of heavenly cities, built with heavenly precious stones and gems of splendor, and with roadways and streets paved with heavenly diamonds and pearls; and though they had heavenly tournaments and games, rites and ceremonies, prostrations and salutations, without end; with great heavenly ships, capable of coursing atmospherea in journeys and excursions, ships to carry hundreds of millions of angels, whose chief occupation was to sing and chant the glory, power and dominion of De’yus and his Gods; yes, though a large book could not contain a description of a thousandth part of their wonderful glory, yet each and every God began to see coming danger.
25/30.11. Jehovih had said: Two precipices I have left open for testing man’s strength, and they are: great prosperity and great adversity. ||
25/30.12. And behold, satan came upon them in the guise of a good friend. First, he went to Anuhasaj and said to him: You greatest of Gods! Who is like you? Behold, I came to you in the beginning, and told you what to do, even to stretch forth your hand, and heaven and earth would be yours forever, for your own glory. And lo, it has come on finely! You have routed Jehovih and His hosts in heaven and earth; they are as a remnant skulking away. Hear me, then, O De’yus, for I will not only praise you for what you have accomplished, but I will chide you for your failings.
25/30.13. De’yus said: In what have I failed, O satan? And satan answered, saying: You are too honest for your own good; too pure for your own benefit; too unsuspecting regarding your Gods. Being honest yourself, you have easily attributed honesty to others, and they have taken advantage of you.
25/30.14. Anuhasaj said: How? Satan answered, saying: From the beginning, you said to your Gods: Maintain your schools, colleges and factories, and otherwise prepare the spirits of the dead for resurrection. And as fast as they arrive at grade thirty, send them to my kingdom, so that Hored may be glorified forever. But lo and behold, your Gods used the angels as slaves, to build up the glory of their own kingdoms. They have allowed their heavenly places of education, for the most part, to be scattered and gone. Nor have they inspired mortals to educate, as I warned you at the beginning. And mortals have thrown aside their schools and colleges, and their places of art, and have become riotous, and given to gross living, and there is no resurrection in them. Which matters show you that, sooner or later, all the spirits of the earth will be of no grade at all, but as fetals and vampires to live on mortals.
25/30.15. De’yus said: Why have mortals become gross in their living? Satan answered him, saying: Behold, in your own revelation to mortals you said to them: For your food, do not eat fish, flesh, blood, or anything that breathes the breath of life. And now, behold what came to pass: Your three Gods, whom you had elevated and trusted, went to work and made other revelations, in which they said: Eat fish and flesh; for they desired to please mortals. And lo, it has come to pass that man not only wars for you, but he wars to the right and left, for it is in his blood, like beasts that feed on flesh. Your Gods had no right to give this law to man without first consulting you, to know your will and pleasure.
25/30.16. Anuhasaj said: Alas, it is true. What shall I do? Satan said: You shall call your Gods before you and chide them in your own way, and command them to go down to mortals and re-establish learning and industry, instead of war. Anuhasaj said: So shall it be; they shall come and receive my reprimand. They shall know in truth that I am the Lord their God!
25/30.17. Satan went to every one of the other false Gods, separately, saying to each: Hear me, O wisest of Gods, who, because of your great wisdom and integrity, should in fact be at the all highest Godhead in heaven. Behold, I came to you in the beginning and foretold how your kingdom would become great and glorified; and it has come to pass. When you put forth your hand to do a thing, it is done; for you were born into life different from all others, and for the highest of glories. And because of your greatness, behold, all the Gods of heaven are jealous of you and fear you, all of which you know by your own knowledge. Now, while I accredit this to you, I will also chide you for your shortness:
25/30.18. For, because you are honest yourself, you believe the same of others; and for this reason you are cheated and ill-used on all hands. From the beginning you sent your highest grades to the Lord God, to be his; yes, you have robbed your own kingdom of its finest and best subjects for the glory of De’yus. And who is De’yus more than you? Is he not a coward? For he feared to give his own doctrines to mortals; instead he abridged his words till they were worthless. And you and your fellow-Gods made his doctrines up in full for him! Yet you serve him as if he were your superior.
25/30.19. The false God said: Alas, it is true, with all my wisdom I have acted like a fool. Because I was too honest and pure for De’yus and his Gods, they have taken advantage of me. What shall I do? Satan said: I told you at the beginning, that the time would come when you would rise to be higher than all other Gods. Behold, the time is near at hand when you shall strike the blow. You shall not only have your own kingdom, but the kingdoms of your companion Gods; and even De’yus shall be tributary to you and yours.
25/30.20. The false God said: What shall I do? And satan answered, saying: De’yus will scent the danger to his kingdom, and he will summon his Gods for consultation. Be ready with your answer to him and them; not hastily, for such is the manner of the weak; but most deliberately, in high holiness of purpose, for the good of mortals and spirits. ||
25/30.21. In that way satan spoke alike to all the false Gods; and they nursed the planted seed; held it in the light and shade to see it grow, till it became the very giant of each one’s understanding.
http://oahspestandardedition.com/OAHSPE_Standard_Edition_for_Screen_Reading.pdf
![Matthew Todorovski](https://c.mql5.com/avatar/2014/9/5423F64B-633A.jpg)
Matthew Todorovski
CHAPTER 26 Wars
25/26.1. Great was the feast, the pomp, parade and glory in Hored, when De’yus’ victorious Gods and their companions and attendants came in answer to the summons of Anuhasaj, alias the Lord God. The trumpeters of Hored were stationed along more than a thousand miles on the heavenly roadways, and in turn, the trumpeters and heralds of the visiting Gods extended in advance of the Gods themselves an equally great distance.
25/26.2. The roads were lined all along the way with flags and banners, and with millions of spectators, the same who had formerly been in schools and colleges in heaven, but were now emancipated from the restrictions of self-improvement, and used as applauders, to sing and shout praises to De’yus for his own glory.
25/26.3. The table of the feast was private and in secret, and only prepared for the Gods and their close companions, one hundred all told, but the serving host numbered more than one million souls.
25/26.4. While at the feast, De’yus said to Osiris: Tell us about your exploits, and about Baal and Ashtaroth and their valorous legions.
25/26.5. Then Osiris explained the nature of the earth countries, and the battles and incidents, well exaggerating these latter. After Osiris had finished his story, De’yus said to Te-in: Tell us about your exploits, and those of your generals and captains, and your valorous legions.
25/26.6. So Te-in displayed the maps of the earth regions where he had been, told of his battles and final success, also much exaggerated. And now, after he had finished his story, De’yus said to Sudga: Tell us about your generals and captains and your valorous legions.
25/26.7. Then Sudga explained the earth region where he had fought and won, extolling his generals and captains, and his hosts, well exaggerated also.
25/26.8. When they had all finished their hilarious accounts, and applauded one another in sufficient zeal, in that same time the feast of eating and drinking was ended also. Anuhasaj rose up and said:
25/26.9. I now declare the feast ended. Let the tables be removed. Behold, I will speak from the throne, in private, before my five Gods only, plus my own marshals. But to all others I declare a time of recreation and sport, to be called again to duty when I have finished with my Gods, at which time my marshals will inform the trumpeters, who shall sound the call.
25/26.10. Speedily now, the attendants took away the tables; and the hosts all withdrew except the Gods and De’yus with his marshals. So De’yus ascended the throne, and then spoke, saying:
25/26.11. I, the Lord your God, who am De’yus of heaven and earth, declare to you, my Gods and earth rulers, in my own name, and with love abounding:
25/26.12. My purpose for calling you together is to declare my doctrines and creations before you, so that all the earth may be subdued alike to me and mine forever. Here is the foundation:
25/26.13. Not to surpass my own age in my doctrines, nor to explain my axioms. But to surpass the understanding of mortals sufficiently in their earthly knowledge, so as to appease their curiosity, as revealed in the questions they put to you, my Gods.
25/26.14. Neither will I bind myself as Ahura did; for I will not explain who I am, except that man is in my own likeness; nor will I explain when the beginning of things was.
25/26.15. I created this heaven; and you also bear witness that I have established the earth in me, through your valorous deeds.
25/26.16. I, who am your God, do not look to matters of a day, or a year; my times are as one time, for from this time forward forever, this heaven and the earth are mine, time without end.
25/26.17. In which you behold the days, years, and generations of men on the earth pass rapidly. Who, then, shall think seriously of the inhabitants that now are yours and mine?
25/26.18. Behold, the earth is fruitful; a thousand years are only as one day; and in that time, billions of newborn souls shall spring up out of the earth. For them my answers are shaped, more than for those who are living now.
25/26.19. In the beginning I created this heaven and the earth (to my own name and glory). For they were void and without order; darkness was upon them. So I moved upon them, saying: Let there be light; and there was light. And I drew a line between darkness and light (for they had worshipped the void instead of me).
25/26.20. And so I declare this the morning and evening of the first day. And I have divided those who were void, and established my firmament between them, like land between water and water.
25/26.21. And my firmament is heaven, and I have made it to be over those who were void, like water.
CHAPTER 27 Wars
25/27.1. Osiris, being commanded by the Lord God to speak, said: Give us one day, O De’yus, so that we may digest this matter.
25/27.2. So the Lord God gave them one day; and on the next day, when they were assembled, the Gods ratified every word De’yus had spoken. And it was called the morning and evening of the second day.
25/27.3. Again De’yus spoke, saying: Let the waters of the earth be in one place, and the land appear to itself, for it was so. And I saw that the earth was good (and that heaven could reign on it). And I saw that the earth brought forth grass and trees, and fruit and seeds, everything after its own kind; and I said: Behold, they are good. (Neither did I attribute evil to anything on the earth, or in the waters, or in the air above. But I separated the light from darkness; this was the substance of my creation.)
25/27.4. Again Osiris asked for a day, so the Gods could weigh the words of the Lord God; and this was the evening of the third day. And God gave them a day; and when they were assembled again, De’yus said:
25/27.5. Let there be Gods in the firmament above the earth; and they shall separate the darkness from the light of the earth (so that man may know me and my kingdoms).
25/27.6. And my Gods shall teach signs and seasons, and days and years, forever, to the sons of men. And I made myself to rule the light of the world; but Osiris I made to rule the darkness of the world, which is the earth, my footstool.
25/27.7. Again De’yus gave the Gods one day, to weigh the matter of his words, and to ratify them; which they did. And this was the morning of the fourth day.
25/27.8. Again De’yus said: Let the waters of the earth bring forth abundantly the moving creatures that live; and let the fowl fly above the earth in the air of the firmament. For they are good. Let every living creature be fruitful and multiply, and fill the earth, and the waters of the earth, and the air above the earth, every creature after its own kind. For which reason my blessing is upon them.
25/27.9. Again the Lord God gave his Gods a day to weigh his words and ratify them, which they did; and this was the morning of the fifth day. And then De’yus said: And now, my Gods, let us make man in our own fashion; and in likeness of ourselves (who have dominion over angels and mortals), let them have dominion also, but over the fish in the waters and the fowl in the air, and over the cattle, and over the earth, and over every living creature upon the earth. And you shall go to them and say to them: In our own likeness you are created, male and female, and God’s blessing is upon you. Be fruitful, and multiply, and replenish the earth and subdue it; and have dominion over the earth, and the fishes and fowl, and every living creature on the earth, for they are yours forever! And behold, you have every herb, seed and fruit, which is on the face of the earth, and the roots that grow in the earth, and they shall be your food. But whatever has breathed the breath of life, man shall not eat. ||
25/27.10. Again De’yus gave the Gods a day of rest, in order to weigh the matter and ratify it; and this was the morning of the sixth day.
25/27.11. And again De’yus spoke, saying: The Lord your God said to you, Osiris, and to you, Te-in, and to you, Sudga: Search among mortals for one high in su’is, for when I announce my doctrines, you shall go to that mortal and cause him to write my words, saying: These are the words of the Lord, your God. || To answer if you have found such a su’is, I bid you all to speak now before me.
25/27.12. Osiris said: According to your commandments I have searched and have found Thoth the highest man in su’is, and he dwells in Arabin’ya.
25/27.13. Then spoke Te-in, saying: In like manner, I also searched, and found Hong, in my division of the earth, the highest man in su’is; and he dwells in Ho’e Sin.
25/27.14. Then answered Sudga, saying: Even so have I accomplished in Vind’yu, and I have found one Anj-rajan.
25/27.15. De’yus said: To these mortals go and give my doctrines in your own ways; according to the languages of mortals, and their capacity to understand. Neither do I bind you to my exact words, nor limit you, except that which I have spoken shall be the foundation.
25/27.16. Then De’yus concluded, saying: Here, then, ends the feast; and behold, it is the seventh day; for which reason I sanctify it and declare it a day of recreation.
CHAPTER 28 Wars
25/28.1. On the following day the Gods departed, with due ceremonies, in the manner they came, and returned to their kingdoms, and then descended to the earth, each one to his own division.
25/28.2. And each of the three Gods went to his own chosen mortal (who had power to see and hear spiritual things). And the Gods possessed them by their presence, and inspired them to write the words of Anuhasaj, alias the Lord God, word for word; and they were written so, in the three great divisions of the earth. And copies of them were made and filed in the libraries, and in the houses of philosophy of mortals.
25/28.3. But when these matters were thus entered, in answer to the queries of mortals, as to the origin of man and his destiny, they were not deemed sufficient by the learned men. Many of them said: The Lord God has evaded our questions.
25/28.4. Then satan came to each of the three Gods who had the matter in charge, and he said to them: Consult with one another as to what shall be done. So Osiris sent messengers to Te-in and to Sudga, asking them to come to Agho’aden, his heavenly place, for consultation. And, in due course of time, Te-in and Sudga came to Osiris, to his throne, where they were received in great honor and glory. And presently Osiris’ marshals cleared the place, and the interview was private, for even the marshals stood far away.
25/28.5. Osiris said: What shall we do without a Creator in fact? I do not know if my judgment is beside itself, for it is said they who lose their reason are the last to discover it. The time was, when De’yus, our much-loved Lord God, said: While you labor on the earth for me and my kingdoms, behold, I will reciprocate in all things. Ask for anything and it shall be granted to you.
25/28.6. Hear me then, O my brothers, in my complaint; mortals have asked us, to know the origin of man, and his destination; and to know the cause of good and evil. These things I submitted to our Lord God, in Hored, to learn his will and decree.
25/28.7. And he sent messengers to me announcing a feast, promising that then he would answer satisfactorily the questions of mortals. You and I went to the feast, only to have De’yus furnish us with something that is nothing. For mortals can also perceive that what the Lord God has said is one and the same thing that was said by the Gods through Zarathustra; and, moreover, that the questions are still unanswered.
25/28.8. De’yus is my friend, and I do not desire to press him further on the subject; and so I have called you, to learn from you how you managed the same issues?
25/28.9. Te-in said: Before our heavenly kingdoms were confederated, Anuhasaj professed that he would announce himself the head and front of all created creations. Shall we say his courage is not up to the task? And so excuse him?
25/28.10. Sudga said: When he should have said: I created man in my own image, behold, he has weakly said: LET US MAKE MAN! Is it not clear, then, that he shirks from the responsibility, and desires to commingle us into the pitiful story? Hear me, then, my brothers; I am asked how I have answered the issues with my own division, and I say to you, I have been in the same quandary, and have not answered at all.
25/28.11. Te-in said: Neither have I. But that we may be justified in doing so, behold, the Lord God said to us: I do not bind you to my words, nor limit you, except that which I have spoken shall be the foundation. Now it is clear that if we admit that sin is in the world, then we must find a way to justify the Lord God, whose servants we are. If he is not justified, then sin is justified.
25/28.12. For mortals perceive good and evil understandingly; but to justify a good God for permitting evil is not an easy matter. For in the breath we praise him, we must praise his works; of which sin is apparent; and in the same breath that we condemn sin, how shall we glorify De’yus? For have we not proclaimed him the foundation of all things; the head and front, before creation was created? Was this not our battle-cry, to urge our angel warriors on to overthrow Jehovih? And has our loud-praised Lord God not said: LET US MAKE MAN! A child would have more courage than this!
25/28.13. Sudga said: It is plain we all understand these issues, and perceive, also, what is required of us. For, since De’yus has left us liberty to add to his doctrines, according to our own judgment, is it not well that we agree upon a doctrine, even as prior to the confederacy De’yus professed he would do? And so, give it to mortals?
25/28.14. Osiris said: This is wisdom, O my brothers. To make our Lord God the Creator, we must accredit all things to him, both good and evil. For this reason we shall give two masters to man, one being the serpent, the earth, the lowest inspirer; and the other the voice of our Lord God.
25/28.15. Sudga said: My brother has spoken wisely. And yet, is the term two masters the wisest term? For in declaring the Lord God the highest, we must make him master over the earth also.
25/28.16. Te-in said: Why shall we not adopt the E’O’LIN of the ancients, substituting the words Lord God? And make a commandment over man, forbidding him to listen to the serpent, lest he be led away from the Lord God; and thus throw the cause of sin upon man, for violating the Lord God’s commandment.
25/28.17. Osiris said: Most wisely spoken, my brothers. For by accusing man, through the serpent, we clear the Lord God unscathed.
CHAPTER 29 Wars
The Osirian Bible of Arabin’ya, Vind’yu, and Jaffeth
25/29.1. On the following day the three false Gods, Osiris, Te-in and Sudga, wrote their account, each one in his own way. And when they were read, Osiris’ stood clearer than either of the others’; but nevertheless, Te-in’s and Sudga’s had much of merit. So it came to pass that Osiris’ account was adopted, with interpolations from the others’.
25/29.2. This, then, is the completed report:
25/29.3. These are the times of earth and heaven when created; the time the Lord God created them. And the Lord God formed man out of the dust of the earth, and quickened him through his nostrils with the breath of life, and man became a living creature.
25/29.4. And God caused mists to rise up from the waters, and spread over the earth, and rain upon it. And he caused trees and herbs to grow up out of the ground; everything that is pleasant for the sight and good for food. Thus out of the ground the Lord God caused man to come forth, being of the earth, of the land of Eden (Spe-a).
25/29.5. The Lord God commanded man to dress the land and keep it pleasant, saying: This shall be your labor, in which you shall be perfected to everlasting life. You may freely take and enjoy all things that are in the land of Eden.
25/29.6. And man prospered on the earth for a long season; and he was naked and not ashamed. And God planted the tree of knowledge in the land of Eden, and he said to man: I have planted this tree; do not partake of it, for it pertains to life and death.
25/29.7. And God called the name of the first man A’su (Adam). And the Lord God caused man to name all things on the earth, and in the waters, and in the air above the earth, and whatever man called every living creature, that was its name.
25/29.8. And the Lord God caused A’su to fall into a trance; and an angel of heaven came and stood by his side. And the Lord God drew from the flesh, and from the bones, and from the blood of A’su, and thus made woman, and brought her to A’su.
25/29.9. And the Lord God repeated his commandment to woman, saying: You shall dwell for a season on the earth, and cleave to A’su, for he is your husband, and you are his wife; and you shall partake of all things on the face of the earth, except for the tree of life, which is of both good and evil, for in the day you eat of it you shall surely die.
25/29.10. But because of the serpent (the earth) of the woman, she listened to him [her flesh –Ed.], and he said to the woman: I say to you, in the day you eat of the tree of knowledge you shall have your eyes opened, and shall become like a Goddess, creating offspring.
25/29.11. And the woman was more easily persuaded than man, for she had confidence in the serpent; and they partook of the fruit of the tree of knowledge; and, in truth, their eyes were opened, and they saw their nakedness.
25/29.12. And presently they heard the Lord God walking in Eden, and they hid themselves in the bushes. And the Lord God said: Where are you, A’su? And A’su said: When we heard you walking, we hid ourselves, for we are naked.
25/29.13. The Lord God said: Who told you that you were naked? Have you eaten from the tree, which I told you that you should not eat from? A’su said: The woman you gave me to be with me, led me, saying: Behold, it is good fruit; and we ate it.
25/29.14. The Lord God said: Woman, what have you done? And the woman answered, saying: The serpent [her earth body –Ed.] beguiled me. And the Lord God said to the serpent [the flesh –Ed.]: Because you have done this, you are accursed, and you shall not rise up from the earth, but return to dust from which you came.
25/29.15. The Lord God said to the woman: Because you have conceived, you shall have great sorrow; in sorrow bring forth children; your desire shall be to your husband, and he shall rule over you. And I will put enmity between the serpent and your offspring; and the flesh shall call one way, which is to earth, but the soul of man shall call to me, the Lord God. And though the serpent bites, yet man shall bruise him, and subdue him.
25/29.16. And God taught man to make coats of skins and be clothed. And the Lord God said: Lest man partake further, becoming as one of us, he shall go out of Eden, where I created him. So he drove man out of Eden backward, and gave him cherubims to hold him on every side, to preserve to man the tree of life, so that man might not only fulfill the spirit, but the flesh also. ||
25/29.17. When Osiris had gone thus far, Sudga interposed, saying: If we say, Becoming as one of us, || will man not say: Behold, there are more Gods than the Lord God?
25/29.18. Te-in said: Because De’yus said: Let us make man, shall we not use us in this instance?
25/29.19. Osiris said: Hear me further, my brothers, for I previously found a way out. For I have divided the Lord from God; that is to say:
25/29.20. And the Lord God said: Because man has learned good and evil, I am like two entities to him, for I am Lord of the earth and God of heaven. And that which is on the earth is the Lord’s, and that which is in heaven is God’s.
25/29.21. And A’su called his wife’s name Eve (We-it), for she was the fountain of all men. And Eve brought forth a son, Cain, saying: I have begotten a son from the Lord. And she brought forth another son, Abel. And the firstborn was begotten in darkness, but the second in the light of the Lord. And the Lord had more respect for the second, Abel, than for the first, Cain.
25/29.22. In course of time Cain brought forth the fruit of the ground and offered it to the Lord. And Abel brought the firstlings of his flocks as his offerings for the Lord. And Cain perceived that the Lord had more respect for his brother, and Cain was angered, and his countenance fell.
25/29.23. And the Lord said to Cain: Why are you jealous? If you do well, shall you not be accepted? And if you do not do well, sin lies at your door.
25/29.24. But Cain would not be reconciled (because of the darkness in him), and when he and his brother were walking in the fields, Cain turned upon Abel and slew him.
25/29.25. God said: Behold, darkness is between men; the son begotten in darkness falls upon the one begotten in the light. And it shall come to pass on the earth from this time forward that the righteous shall be persecuted by the unrighteous.
25/29.26. And the Lord said to Cain: Where is Abel, your brother? And he said: I do not know. Am I my brother’s keeper? The Lord said: The voice of your brother’s blood cries out to me from the ground. Now you are accursed from the earth, for it has opened to receive your brother’s blood from your hand. In my sight you shall be a fugitive and a vagabond upon the earth. And because you have shed blood, blood shall not cease to flow from your sons and daughters forever.
25/29.27. Cain said: O Lord, my punishment is greater than I can bear. For I have become the first foundation of all the wars on the earth; for you have hidden your face from me; and it shall come to pass that everyone who finds of me in them shall be slain also.
25/29.28. And the Lord said to Cain: Whoever slays you or yours, vengeance shall be upon him sevenfold. And the Lord wrote upon Cain’s forehead the word Asugsahiben, signifying, BLOOD FOR SAKE OF SELF, a mark, lest any finding him might kill him.
25/29.29. And from this time forth Cain lost the voice of the Lord, because he went off into Nod (darkness). And Cain took a wife and begot heirs to himself, who were like him in manner, and they were called Cainites, and their heirs were called the tribe of Cainites, which survived him nine hundred and ten years, after which they were divided into twenty-six tribes. (And the name Cain was lost. But the people survived, and are known to this day as THE WORLD’S PEOPLE.)
25/29.30. And We-it bore another son, Seth, in place of Abel, whom Cain slew. And after these came the generations of men, good and evil. And the Lord God said: Behold, I created man without sin, and I gave him warning, so that he could remain holy on the face of the earth. But woman did not listen to my counsel, but to the serpent, and sin came into the world. Therefore in pain woman shall bring forth all the generations of the earth.
25/29.31. Thus it was that the Lord God created man in the likeness of God.
25/29.32. And the sons of Cain were called tribes, even to this day, but the sons of the righteous were sons of God; and for that reason it was said of old: Behold the sons of earth and the sons of heaven.
25/29.33. And the Lord said: Shall I not accord to myself to choose what I will? For this right I gave to man also. And from that time forward the sons of God were called God’s chosen.
25/29.34. And it came to pass that man multiplied on the face of the earth; and the tribes were mightier than the sons of the Lord God, and the wickedness of man became great in the earth, and the desires of his heart were continually evil.
25/29.35. And the Lord God repented that he had made man on the earth, and it grieved him in his heart. And the Lord God said: I will destroy man whom I have created; neither will I spare beast nor creeping thing in the place I gave.
25/29.36. Behold, I will bring a flood of waters upon the lands of the earth, and I will destroy all flesh which has the breath of life. But my covenant is with my chosen, who shall not be destroyed by the flood of waters.
25/29.37. And God’s sons in Noe took with them pairs of the living, of both beasts and birds, according to the commandments of God, to keep their seed alive on the earth.
25/29.38. And when the earth was six hundred years in Noe, the flood of waters came upon the earth. And for forty days and forty nights the rain fell, and the fountains of the sea came upon the lands of the earth. And man and beast alike that drew the breath of life, died, for the land was no more.
25/29.39. But the heirs of Noe did not suffer; and the ships of the arc, where the Lord had concealed them, rode upon the waters. And God made a wind to pass over the earth; and the fountains of the deep were stopped, and the rain of heaven restrained, and the ships of the arc brought to dry land.
25/29.40. And the Lord God said: Behold, I will build a new earth and a new heaven. For these, my sons, have proven their faith in me. Never will I again destroy the tribes of men because their hearts are set on evil. And the Lord God swore an oath by the bow of the arc, saying: This is the token of the covenant which I have established between me and all flesh that is upon the earth. || And the sons of Noe spread over the whole earth, and the Lord blessed the earth, and said: Every moving thing that lives shall be meat for man; even as the green herb I have given. But flesh with the life in it, which is in its blood, man shall not eat.
25/29.41. For if you do, I will surely require your blood from your lives; no matter the type of beast thus eaten, I will require it. By the hand of every man’s brother I will take the life of man who feeds on living flesh and blood.
25/29.42. And he who sheds man’s blood, shall have his own blood shed by man; for I made man in my image. So be fruitful and multiply, and bring forth harvests abundantly from the earth, and inhabit it, for it is yours for perpetual generations. ||
25/29.43. Thus ended the words of Osiris. Te-in said: Because of flesh blood, you are wise, my brother. Sudga said: The glory of our enterprise hangs on this. For man being less restrained than in the Divan laws, will readily accept the new.
25/29.44. After this, Osiris prepared a book of generations of men on earth. And with that, the substance of the doctrines of De’yus and his Gods was finished. So Osiris, Te-in and Sudga departed, and descended to the earth, to their mortal wards, and by virtue of their presence inspired their wards to write the doctrines in mortal words, according to the languages in the places where they lived. And after these seers finished the writing, copies were made and put on file in the libraries containing the records of the kings and queens of earth, in Arabin’ya, Jaffeth and Shem. And these became the bible of that day.
http://oahspestandardedition.com/OAHSPE_Standard_Edition_for_Screen_Reading.pdf
25/26.1. Great was the feast, the pomp, parade and glory in Hored, when De’yus’ victorious Gods and their companions and attendants came in answer to the summons of Anuhasaj, alias the Lord God. The trumpeters of Hored were stationed along more than a thousand miles on the heavenly roadways, and in turn, the trumpeters and heralds of the visiting Gods extended in advance of the Gods themselves an equally great distance.
25/26.2. The roads were lined all along the way with flags and banners, and with millions of spectators, the same who had formerly been in schools and colleges in heaven, but were now emancipated from the restrictions of self-improvement, and used as applauders, to sing and shout praises to De’yus for his own glory.
25/26.3. The table of the feast was private and in secret, and only prepared for the Gods and their close companions, one hundred all told, but the serving host numbered more than one million souls.
25/26.4. While at the feast, De’yus said to Osiris: Tell us about your exploits, and about Baal and Ashtaroth and their valorous legions.
25/26.5. Then Osiris explained the nature of the earth countries, and the battles and incidents, well exaggerating these latter. After Osiris had finished his story, De’yus said to Te-in: Tell us about your exploits, and those of your generals and captains, and your valorous legions.
25/26.6. So Te-in displayed the maps of the earth regions where he had been, told of his battles and final success, also much exaggerated. And now, after he had finished his story, De’yus said to Sudga: Tell us about your generals and captains and your valorous legions.
25/26.7. Then Sudga explained the earth region where he had fought and won, extolling his generals and captains, and his hosts, well exaggerated also.
25/26.8. When they had all finished their hilarious accounts, and applauded one another in sufficient zeal, in that same time the feast of eating and drinking was ended also. Anuhasaj rose up and said:
25/26.9. I now declare the feast ended. Let the tables be removed. Behold, I will speak from the throne, in private, before my five Gods only, plus my own marshals. But to all others I declare a time of recreation and sport, to be called again to duty when I have finished with my Gods, at which time my marshals will inform the trumpeters, who shall sound the call.
25/26.10. Speedily now, the attendants took away the tables; and the hosts all withdrew except the Gods and De’yus with his marshals. So De’yus ascended the throne, and then spoke, saying:
25/26.11. I, the Lord your God, who am De’yus of heaven and earth, declare to you, my Gods and earth rulers, in my own name, and with love abounding:
25/26.12. My purpose for calling you together is to declare my doctrines and creations before you, so that all the earth may be subdued alike to me and mine forever. Here is the foundation:
25/26.13. Not to surpass my own age in my doctrines, nor to explain my axioms. But to surpass the understanding of mortals sufficiently in their earthly knowledge, so as to appease their curiosity, as revealed in the questions they put to you, my Gods.
25/26.14. Neither will I bind myself as Ahura did; for I will not explain who I am, except that man is in my own likeness; nor will I explain when the beginning of things was.
25/26.15. I created this heaven; and you also bear witness that I have established the earth in me, through your valorous deeds.
25/26.16. I, who am your God, do not look to matters of a day, or a year; my times are as one time, for from this time forward forever, this heaven and the earth are mine, time without end.
25/26.17. In which you behold the days, years, and generations of men on the earth pass rapidly. Who, then, shall think seriously of the inhabitants that now are yours and mine?
25/26.18. Behold, the earth is fruitful; a thousand years are only as one day; and in that time, billions of newborn souls shall spring up out of the earth. For them my answers are shaped, more than for those who are living now.
25/26.19. In the beginning I created this heaven and the earth (to my own name and glory). For they were void and without order; darkness was upon them. So I moved upon them, saying: Let there be light; and there was light. And I drew a line between darkness and light (for they had worshipped the void instead of me).
25/26.20. And so I declare this the morning and evening of the first day. And I have divided those who were void, and established my firmament between them, like land between water and water.
25/26.21. And my firmament is heaven, and I have made it to be over those who were void, like water.
CHAPTER 27 Wars
25/27.1. Osiris, being commanded by the Lord God to speak, said: Give us one day, O De’yus, so that we may digest this matter.
25/27.2. So the Lord God gave them one day; and on the next day, when they were assembled, the Gods ratified every word De’yus had spoken. And it was called the morning and evening of the second day.
25/27.3. Again De’yus spoke, saying: Let the waters of the earth be in one place, and the land appear to itself, for it was so. And I saw that the earth was good (and that heaven could reign on it). And I saw that the earth brought forth grass and trees, and fruit and seeds, everything after its own kind; and I said: Behold, they are good. (Neither did I attribute evil to anything on the earth, or in the waters, or in the air above. But I separated the light from darkness; this was the substance of my creation.)
25/27.4. Again Osiris asked for a day, so the Gods could weigh the words of the Lord God; and this was the evening of the third day. And God gave them a day; and when they were assembled again, De’yus said:
25/27.5. Let there be Gods in the firmament above the earth; and they shall separate the darkness from the light of the earth (so that man may know me and my kingdoms).
25/27.6. And my Gods shall teach signs and seasons, and days and years, forever, to the sons of men. And I made myself to rule the light of the world; but Osiris I made to rule the darkness of the world, which is the earth, my footstool.
25/27.7. Again De’yus gave the Gods one day, to weigh the matter of his words, and to ratify them; which they did. And this was the morning of the fourth day.
25/27.8. Again De’yus said: Let the waters of the earth bring forth abundantly the moving creatures that live; and let the fowl fly above the earth in the air of the firmament. For they are good. Let every living creature be fruitful and multiply, and fill the earth, and the waters of the earth, and the air above the earth, every creature after its own kind. For which reason my blessing is upon them.
25/27.9. Again the Lord God gave his Gods a day to weigh his words and ratify them, which they did; and this was the morning of the fifth day. And then De’yus said: And now, my Gods, let us make man in our own fashion; and in likeness of ourselves (who have dominion over angels and mortals), let them have dominion also, but over the fish in the waters and the fowl in the air, and over the cattle, and over the earth, and over every living creature upon the earth. And you shall go to them and say to them: In our own likeness you are created, male and female, and God’s blessing is upon you. Be fruitful, and multiply, and replenish the earth and subdue it; and have dominion over the earth, and the fishes and fowl, and every living creature on the earth, for they are yours forever! And behold, you have every herb, seed and fruit, which is on the face of the earth, and the roots that grow in the earth, and they shall be your food. But whatever has breathed the breath of life, man shall not eat. ||
25/27.10. Again De’yus gave the Gods a day of rest, in order to weigh the matter and ratify it; and this was the morning of the sixth day.
25/27.11. And again De’yus spoke, saying: The Lord your God said to you, Osiris, and to you, Te-in, and to you, Sudga: Search among mortals for one high in su’is, for when I announce my doctrines, you shall go to that mortal and cause him to write my words, saying: These are the words of the Lord, your God. || To answer if you have found such a su’is, I bid you all to speak now before me.
25/27.12. Osiris said: According to your commandments I have searched and have found Thoth the highest man in su’is, and he dwells in Arabin’ya.
25/27.13. Then spoke Te-in, saying: In like manner, I also searched, and found Hong, in my division of the earth, the highest man in su’is; and he dwells in Ho’e Sin.
25/27.14. Then answered Sudga, saying: Even so have I accomplished in Vind’yu, and I have found one Anj-rajan.
25/27.15. De’yus said: To these mortals go and give my doctrines in your own ways; according to the languages of mortals, and their capacity to understand. Neither do I bind you to my exact words, nor limit you, except that which I have spoken shall be the foundation.
25/27.16. Then De’yus concluded, saying: Here, then, ends the feast; and behold, it is the seventh day; for which reason I sanctify it and declare it a day of recreation.
CHAPTER 28 Wars
25/28.1. On the following day the Gods departed, with due ceremonies, in the manner they came, and returned to their kingdoms, and then descended to the earth, each one to his own division.
25/28.2. And each of the three Gods went to his own chosen mortal (who had power to see and hear spiritual things). And the Gods possessed them by their presence, and inspired them to write the words of Anuhasaj, alias the Lord God, word for word; and they were written so, in the three great divisions of the earth. And copies of them were made and filed in the libraries, and in the houses of philosophy of mortals.
25/28.3. But when these matters were thus entered, in answer to the queries of mortals, as to the origin of man and his destiny, they were not deemed sufficient by the learned men. Many of them said: The Lord God has evaded our questions.
25/28.4. Then satan came to each of the three Gods who had the matter in charge, and he said to them: Consult with one another as to what shall be done. So Osiris sent messengers to Te-in and to Sudga, asking them to come to Agho’aden, his heavenly place, for consultation. And, in due course of time, Te-in and Sudga came to Osiris, to his throne, where they were received in great honor and glory. And presently Osiris’ marshals cleared the place, and the interview was private, for even the marshals stood far away.
25/28.5. Osiris said: What shall we do without a Creator in fact? I do not know if my judgment is beside itself, for it is said they who lose their reason are the last to discover it. The time was, when De’yus, our much-loved Lord God, said: While you labor on the earth for me and my kingdoms, behold, I will reciprocate in all things. Ask for anything and it shall be granted to you.
25/28.6. Hear me then, O my brothers, in my complaint; mortals have asked us, to know the origin of man, and his destination; and to know the cause of good and evil. These things I submitted to our Lord God, in Hored, to learn his will and decree.
25/28.7. And he sent messengers to me announcing a feast, promising that then he would answer satisfactorily the questions of mortals. You and I went to the feast, only to have De’yus furnish us with something that is nothing. For mortals can also perceive that what the Lord God has said is one and the same thing that was said by the Gods through Zarathustra; and, moreover, that the questions are still unanswered.
25/28.8. De’yus is my friend, and I do not desire to press him further on the subject; and so I have called you, to learn from you how you managed the same issues?
25/28.9. Te-in said: Before our heavenly kingdoms were confederated, Anuhasaj professed that he would announce himself the head and front of all created creations. Shall we say his courage is not up to the task? And so excuse him?
25/28.10. Sudga said: When he should have said: I created man in my own image, behold, he has weakly said: LET US MAKE MAN! Is it not clear, then, that he shirks from the responsibility, and desires to commingle us into the pitiful story? Hear me, then, my brothers; I am asked how I have answered the issues with my own division, and I say to you, I have been in the same quandary, and have not answered at all.
25/28.11. Te-in said: Neither have I. But that we may be justified in doing so, behold, the Lord God said to us: I do not bind you to my words, nor limit you, except that which I have spoken shall be the foundation. Now it is clear that if we admit that sin is in the world, then we must find a way to justify the Lord God, whose servants we are. If he is not justified, then sin is justified.
25/28.12. For mortals perceive good and evil understandingly; but to justify a good God for permitting evil is not an easy matter. For in the breath we praise him, we must praise his works; of which sin is apparent; and in the same breath that we condemn sin, how shall we glorify De’yus? For have we not proclaimed him the foundation of all things; the head and front, before creation was created? Was this not our battle-cry, to urge our angel warriors on to overthrow Jehovih? And has our loud-praised Lord God not said: LET US MAKE MAN! A child would have more courage than this!
25/28.13. Sudga said: It is plain we all understand these issues, and perceive, also, what is required of us. For, since De’yus has left us liberty to add to his doctrines, according to our own judgment, is it not well that we agree upon a doctrine, even as prior to the confederacy De’yus professed he would do? And so, give it to mortals?
25/28.14. Osiris said: This is wisdom, O my brothers. To make our Lord God the Creator, we must accredit all things to him, both good and evil. For this reason we shall give two masters to man, one being the serpent, the earth, the lowest inspirer; and the other the voice of our Lord God.
25/28.15. Sudga said: My brother has spoken wisely. And yet, is the term two masters the wisest term? For in declaring the Lord God the highest, we must make him master over the earth also.
25/28.16. Te-in said: Why shall we not adopt the E’O’LIN of the ancients, substituting the words Lord God? And make a commandment over man, forbidding him to listen to the serpent, lest he be led away from the Lord God; and thus throw the cause of sin upon man, for violating the Lord God’s commandment.
25/28.17. Osiris said: Most wisely spoken, my brothers. For by accusing man, through the serpent, we clear the Lord God unscathed.
CHAPTER 29 Wars
The Osirian Bible of Arabin’ya, Vind’yu, and Jaffeth
25/29.1. On the following day the three false Gods, Osiris, Te-in and Sudga, wrote their account, each one in his own way. And when they were read, Osiris’ stood clearer than either of the others’; but nevertheless, Te-in’s and Sudga’s had much of merit. So it came to pass that Osiris’ account was adopted, with interpolations from the others’.
25/29.2. This, then, is the completed report:
25/29.3. These are the times of earth and heaven when created; the time the Lord God created them. And the Lord God formed man out of the dust of the earth, and quickened him through his nostrils with the breath of life, and man became a living creature.
25/29.4. And God caused mists to rise up from the waters, and spread over the earth, and rain upon it. And he caused trees and herbs to grow up out of the ground; everything that is pleasant for the sight and good for food. Thus out of the ground the Lord God caused man to come forth, being of the earth, of the land of Eden (Spe-a).
25/29.5. The Lord God commanded man to dress the land and keep it pleasant, saying: This shall be your labor, in which you shall be perfected to everlasting life. You may freely take and enjoy all things that are in the land of Eden.
25/29.6. And man prospered on the earth for a long season; and he was naked and not ashamed. And God planted the tree of knowledge in the land of Eden, and he said to man: I have planted this tree; do not partake of it, for it pertains to life and death.
25/29.7. And God called the name of the first man A’su (Adam). And the Lord God caused man to name all things on the earth, and in the waters, and in the air above the earth, and whatever man called every living creature, that was its name.
25/29.8. And the Lord God caused A’su to fall into a trance; and an angel of heaven came and stood by his side. And the Lord God drew from the flesh, and from the bones, and from the blood of A’su, and thus made woman, and brought her to A’su.
25/29.9. And the Lord God repeated his commandment to woman, saying: You shall dwell for a season on the earth, and cleave to A’su, for he is your husband, and you are his wife; and you shall partake of all things on the face of the earth, except for the tree of life, which is of both good and evil, for in the day you eat of it you shall surely die.
25/29.10. But because of the serpent (the earth) of the woman, she listened to him [her flesh –Ed.], and he said to the woman: I say to you, in the day you eat of the tree of knowledge you shall have your eyes opened, and shall become like a Goddess, creating offspring.
25/29.11. And the woman was more easily persuaded than man, for she had confidence in the serpent; and they partook of the fruit of the tree of knowledge; and, in truth, their eyes were opened, and they saw their nakedness.
25/29.12. And presently they heard the Lord God walking in Eden, and they hid themselves in the bushes. And the Lord God said: Where are you, A’su? And A’su said: When we heard you walking, we hid ourselves, for we are naked.
25/29.13. The Lord God said: Who told you that you were naked? Have you eaten from the tree, which I told you that you should not eat from? A’su said: The woman you gave me to be with me, led me, saying: Behold, it is good fruit; and we ate it.
25/29.14. The Lord God said: Woman, what have you done? And the woman answered, saying: The serpent [her earth body –Ed.] beguiled me. And the Lord God said to the serpent [the flesh –Ed.]: Because you have done this, you are accursed, and you shall not rise up from the earth, but return to dust from which you came.
25/29.15. The Lord God said to the woman: Because you have conceived, you shall have great sorrow; in sorrow bring forth children; your desire shall be to your husband, and he shall rule over you. And I will put enmity between the serpent and your offspring; and the flesh shall call one way, which is to earth, but the soul of man shall call to me, the Lord God. And though the serpent bites, yet man shall bruise him, and subdue him.
25/29.16. And God taught man to make coats of skins and be clothed. And the Lord God said: Lest man partake further, becoming as one of us, he shall go out of Eden, where I created him. So he drove man out of Eden backward, and gave him cherubims to hold him on every side, to preserve to man the tree of life, so that man might not only fulfill the spirit, but the flesh also. ||
25/29.17. When Osiris had gone thus far, Sudga interposed, saying: If we say, Becoming as one of us, || will man not say: Behold, there are more Gods than the Lord God?
25/29.18. Te-in said: Because De’yus said: Let us make man, shall we not use us in this instance?
25/29.19. Osiris said: Hear me further, my brothers, for I previously found a way out. For I have divided the Lord from God; that is to say:
25/29.20. And the Lord God said: Because man has learned good and evil, I am like two entities to him, for I am Lord of the earth and God of heaven. And that which is on the earth is the Lord’s, and that which is in heaven is God’s.
25/29.21. And A’su called his wife’s name Eve (We-it), for she was the fountain of all men. And Eve brought forth a son, Cain, saying: I have begotten a son from the Lord. And she brought forth another son, Abel. And the firstborn was begotten in darkness, but the second in the light of the Lord. And the Lord had more respect for the second, Abel, than for the first, Cain.
25/29.22. In course of time Cain brought forth the fruit of the ground and offered it to the Lord. And Abel brought the firstlings of his flocks as his offerings for the Lord. And Cain perceived that the Lord had more respect for his brother, and Cain was angered, and his countenance fell.
25/29.23. And the Lord said to Cain: Why are you jealous? If you do well, shall you not be accepted? And if you do not do well, sin lies at your door.
25/29.24. But Cain would not be reconciled (because of the darkness in him), and when he and his brother were walking in the fields, Cain turned upon Abel and slew him.
25/29.25. God said: Behold, darkness is between men; the son begotten in darkness falls upon the one begotten in the light. And it shall come to pass on the earth from this time forward that the righteous shall be persecuted by the unrighteous.
25/29.26. And the Lord said to Cain: Where is Abel, your brother? And he said: I do not know. Am I my brother’s keeper? The Lord said: The voice of your brother’s blood cries out to me from the ground. Now you are accursed from the earth, for it has opened to receive your brother’s blood from your hand. In my sight you shall be a fugitive and a vagabond upon the earth. And because you have shed blood, blood shall not cease to flow from your sons and daughters forever.
25/29.27. Cain said: O Lord, my punishment is greater than I can bear. For I have become the first foundation of all the wars on the earth; for you have hidden your face from me; and it shall come to pass that everyone who finds of me in them shall be slain also.
25/29.28. And the Lord said to Cain: Whoever slays you or yours, vengeance shall be upon him sevenfold. And the Lord wrote upon Cain’s forehead the word Asugsahiben, signifying, BLOOD FOR SAKE OF SELF, a mark, lest any finding him might kill him.
25/29.29. And from this time forth Cain lost the voice of the Lord, because he went off into Nod (darkness). And Cain took a wife and begot heirs to himself, who were like him in manner, and they were called Cainites, and their heirs were called the tribe of Cainites, which survived him nine hundred and ten years, after which they were divided into twenty-six tribes. (And the name Cain was lost. But the people survived, and are known to this day as THE WORLD’S PEOPLE.)
25/29.30. And We-it bore another son, Seth, in place of Abel, whom Cain slew. And after these came the generations of men, good and evil. And the Lord God said: Behold, I created man without sin, and I gave him warning, so that he could remain holy on the face of the earth. But woman did not listen to my counsel, but to the serpent, and sin came into the world. Therefore in pain woman shall bring forth all the generations of the earth.
25/29.31. Thus it was that the Lord God created man in the likeness of God.
25/29.32. And the sons of Cain were called tribes, even to this day, but the sons of the righteous were sons of God; and for that reason it was said of old: Behold the sons of earth and the sons of heaven.
25/29.33. And the Lord said: Shall I not accord to myself to choose what I will? For this right I gave to man also. And from that time forward the sons of God were called God’s chosen.
25/29.34. And it came to pass that man multiplied on the face of the earth; and the tribes were mightier than the sons of the Lord God, and the wickedness of man became great in the earth, and the desires of his heart were continually evil.
25/29.35. And the Lord God repented that he had made man on the earth, and it grieved him in his heart. And the Lord God said: I will destroy man whom I have created; neither will I spare beast nor creeping thing in the place I gave.
25/29.36. Behold, I will bring a flood of waters upon the lands of the earth, and I will destroy all flesh which has the breath of life. But my covenant is with my chosen, who shall not be destroyed by the flood of waters.
25/29.37. And God’s sons in Noe took with them pairs of the living, of both beasts and birds, according to the commandments of God, to keep their seed alive on the earth.
25/29.38. And when the earth was six hundred years in Noe, the flood of waters came upon the earth. And for forty days and forty nights the rain fell, and the fountains of the sea came upon the lands of the earth. And man and beast alike that drew the breath of life, died, for the land was no more.
25/29.39. But the heirs of Noe did not suffer; and the ships of the arc, where the Lord had concealed them, rode upon the waters. And God made a wind to pass over the earth; and the fountains of the deep were stopped, and the rain of heaven restrained, and the ships of the arc brought to dry land.
25/29.40. And the Lord God said: Behold, I will build a new earth and a new heaven. For these, my sons, have proven their faith in me. Never will I again destroy the tribes of men because their hearts are set on evil. And the Lord God swore an oath by the bow of the arc, saying: This is the token of the covenant which I have established between me and all flesh that is upon the earth. || And the sons of Noe spread over the whole earth, and the Lord blessed the earth, and said: Every moving thing that lives shall be meat for man; even as the green herb I have given. But flesh with the life in it, which is in its blood, man shall not eat.
25/29.41. For if you do, I will surely require your blood from your lives; no matter the type of beast thus eaten, I will require it. By the hand of every man’s brother I will take the life of man who feeds on living flesh and blood.
25/29.42. And he who sheds man’s blood, shall have his own blood shed by man; for I made man in my image. So be fruitful and multiply, and bring forth harvests abundantly from the earth, and inhabit it, for it is yours for perpetual generations. ||
25/29.43. Thus ended the words of Osiris. Te-in said: Because of flesh blood, you are wise, my brother. Sudga said: The glory of our enterprise hangs on this. For man being less restrained than in the Divan laws, will readily accept the new.
25/29.44. After this, Osiris prepared a book of generations of men on earth. And with that, the substance of the doctrines of De’yus and his Gods was finished. So Osiris, Te-in and Sudga departed, and descended to the earth, to their mortal wards, and by virtue of their presence inspired their wards to write the doctrines in mortal words, according to the languages in the places where they lived. And after these seers finished the writing, copies were made and put on file in the libraries containing the records of the kings and queens of earth, in Arabin’ya, Jaffeth and Shem. And these became the bible of that day.
http://oahspestandardedition.com/OAHSPE_Standard_Edition_for_Screen_Reading.pdf
![Matthew Todorovski](https://c.mql5.com/avatar/2014/9/5423F64B-633A.jpg)
Matthew Todorovski
CHAPTER 23 Wars
25/23.1. Not many more days passed before Osiris called his legions together, and gave them four days’ recreation and a great heavenly feast. And after the feast was over, he spoke from his temporary throne on Mount Agho’aden, situated in the sky over the earth mountains of Aghogan, in Par’si’e; complimenting them, saying:
25/23.2. In the light and power of life and death I speak! Greeting, in De’yus’ name, highest of Gods! In his love, to glorify you all for your great victory, this feast was spread, and my voice upraised in your praise.
25/23.3. First, to you, Baal, wise and powerful among Gods, for your great energy and glorious success, I bestow the Sign of the Sacred Bird, Iboi, to be yours forever. And next, to you, Ashtaroth, the Goddess who never tires, or is without a stratagem, for your glorious success I bestow you with the fete, the circle and the true cross, to be yours forever.
25/23.4. To you, Hermes, most unflinching of generals, second in rank to Lord, for your victories, I bestow the Inqua. To you, Apollo-ya [Apollo –Ed.], I bequeath a bow and arrow, for you shall break the bonds of the creed of circumcision, and tempt mortals to wed by no law but by the impulse of the heart. For as the Faithists have been bound by their sign (circumcision) to not marry outside their own people, so shall you teach the opposite; for by crossing the breeds of men, they shall be broken off from Jehovih.
25/23.5. To you, Posee-ya-don [Poseidon –ed.], I bestow a model ship, for you shall have dominion over sea-faring men in all these divisions of the world. To you, Hefa-yis-tie [Hephaestus –ed.] I bestow a forge and tongs, for your dominion over mortals shall be with the workers of metals and weapons of war.
25/23.6. To you, Pluton-ya [Pluto –Ed.], I bestow a torch and brand of fire, for you shall rule over mortals for the destruction of cities and houses, belonging to whoever will not bow down to De’yus as the highest God. To you, Ura-na, queen of the es’enaurs, the very stars of my armies, I bestow a quill and staff, for you shall have dominion over the songs of the earth, inspiring mortals to sing praises to the Lord our God. ||
25/23.7. In that way Osiris went through the list, bestowing and assigning medals, signs, symbols and emblems upon the generals and captains, and exalting many of the privates for daring deeds done, and for victories. And then Osiris allotted to the generals and captains tens of thousands of spirits specially adapted to their respective work; and he placed Baal and Ashtaroth as chiefs over them. Next Osiris organized a new division of angels, an army of one hundred million, distributed into one hundred parts, and called this army See-loo-gan, signifying spirits who travel about among mortals in systematic order, to measure them as to how best they can be used for the glory of the heavenly kingdoms; and to possess them, or hand them over to be obsessed, as may be deemed profitable.
25/23.8. At Pluton-ya’s request, Osiris made his selection for him, and then further explained, saying: To you, all privilege in your line. If you find fire is not well suited to destroy a city, even though thousands of mortals are obsessed at the same time to set it afire, then you shall have your spirits carry virus and inoculate mortals so they die; or have them fill the city with epidemic air, well poisoned, throwing mortals into fevers so they shall die. For in all cases, whether Baal or Ashtaroth, or any of your superior officers, says to you: Destroy that city, or this city, or that family, or this family, or that man or this man; then you shall fall upon the place, family or man as commanded and accomplish it. ||
25/23.9. And now, with due ceremonies, and with excellent music, the assemblage was commanded back to the earth to resume work. And Osiris’ messengers bore the news to De’yus, well exaggerated, extolling the fidelity of Osiris to the highest.
25/23.10. From this time forward the Osirians made no more masterly raids, but they took advantage of the well-adapted times to give mortals an abundance of wonders in angel manifestations; which bait mortals eagerly took. And they were, for the most part, easily persuaded to follow angel advice, and so fell to work and built temples and established oracles of their own, obliterating the doctrine of the Great Spirit, and substituting the words: The Lord God; and De’yus; and Anubi, his holy Son and Savior and Judge of the world; and Osiris, God’s commanding Lord of the earth. And mortals traveled throughout all regions, preaching and explaining spirit communion, and establishing the Anubian rites and ceremonies, but never using the names Great Spirit or Jehovih, except to deride and accurse. The rites taught virtue, love, truth, and the acquisition of knowledge, but did not teach peace, but war, which was maintained to be justifiable if done for the glory of the Lord, or for the Lord God, or for the Son, the Savior, Anubi, whose sign was a pair of scales, and who was sometimes called Judge, and Keeper of the Gate that led to the upper heaven, Hored.
25/23.11. So for those reasons it came to pass, that the mortal adherents of Osiris began to war on the Faithists and take their possessions. And because the Faithists, by their pledges to Jehovih, dared not resist by weapons of death, but only by walls around their cities, and by stratagems, and by running away, the Osirians had easy victories in most instances.
25/23.12. In ten years the Osirians began to build great cities, as the ancients had; and to gather in their plunder taken from the Faithists.
25/23.13. And Osiris, Baal and Ashtaroth, through their angel hosts, chose from among mortals the largest and strongest, most war-like, and by means of the oracles declared them kings and queens, and instructed them in building palaces and having thrones, after the manner of Lords and Gods. And they directed mortals how to make themselves powerful by organization and obedience to the kings and queens, who were recognized as adopted sons and daughters of the Lord God.
25/23.14. Now it came to pass, in course of time, that in consequence of the great abundance of angel manifestations, mortals sought by this means to obtain knowledge of heaven and earth, and especially in regard to the purpose of man.
25/23.15. And the Osirian hosts, being the only angels engaged in the matter of establishing De’yus, answered them, saying: The life and the purpose of man is to glorify God, who is Lord of heaven and earth.
25/23.16. And the mortals pressed the matter further, asking: Who is God? What are the worlds? Where did all things come from? How was it with the creation and the Creator?
25/23.17. For an answer to these questions, Osiris sent messengers to the Lord God in Hored; so De’yus called a Council of his Gods and Lords, to meet in Hored, to solve the matter, so that a uniform answer could be given to all the divisions of the earth.
25/23.18. After the invitations were sent, but before the Council assembled, the self (satan) of De’yus spoke to him, saying: If you admit a Creator except yourself, you are undone. For is this not the point on which hangs the power and dominion of Jehovih? The Lord God inquired of satan, saying: Why did you not speak of this before? Behold, the Great Spirit signifies everywhere. But I am only as a man, small, compared to the size of the worlds!
25/23.19. Satan said: It does not matter; you shall say you were the Creator of heaven and earth.
25/23.20. De’yus said: But this is not truthful? When you persuaded me to assume dominion of earth, you said: Be truthful in all things. How, then, shall I say, I created heaven and earth? Satan said: When Osiris comes before you, ask him: Who have you found among mortals to be the greatest, wisest and best su’is? And when he tells you, say to him: Osiris, my son, you yourself shall inspire the one whom you say is the greatest su’is. And you shall cause him to write answers to the questions of mortals, so that the learned and the ignorant alike may know me and my kingdoms. Behold, before my time both heaven and earth were void as to a Godhead, except for the servants of Jehovih. And because they (heaven and earth) were void in this respect, you shall persuade your seers to know I created them (heaven and earth) from voidance to my own glory.
http://oahspestandardedition.com/OAHSPE_Standard_Edition_for_Screen_Reading.pdf
25/23.1. Not many more days passed before Osiris called his legions together, and gave them four days’ recreation and a great heavenly feast. And after the feast was over, he spoke from his temporary throne on Mount Agho’aden, situated in the sky over the earth mountains of Aghogan, in Par’si’e; complimenting them, saying:
25/23.2. In the light and power of life and death I speak! Greeting, in De’yus’ name, highest of Gods! In his love, to glorify you all for your great victory, this feast was spread, and my voice upraised in your praise.
25/23.3. First, to you, Baal, wise and powerful among Gods, for your great energy and glorious success, I bestow the Sign of the Sacred Bird, Iboi, to be yours forever. And next, to you, Ashtaroth, the Goddess who never tires, or is without a stratagem, for your glorious success I bestow you with the fete, the circle and the true cross, to be yours forever.
25/23.4. To you, Hermes, most unflinching of generals, second in rank to Lord, for your victories, I bestow the Inqua. To you, Apollo-ya [Apollo –Ed.], I bequeath a bow and arrow, for you shall break the bonds of the creed of circumcision, and tempt mortals to wed by no law but by the impulse of the heart. For as the Faithists have been bound by their sign (circumcision) to not marry outside their own people, so shall you teach the opposite; for by crossing the breeds of men, they shall be broken off from Jehovih.
25/23.5. To you, Posee-ya-don [Poseidon –ed.], I bestow a model ship, for you shall have dominion over sea-faring men in all these divisions of the world. To you, Hefa-yis-tie [Hephaestus –ed.] I bestow a forge and tongs, for your dominion over mortals shall be with the workers of metals and weapons of war.
25/23.6. To you, Pluton-ya [Pluto –Ed.], I bestow a torch and brand of fire, for you shall rule over mortals for the destruction of cities and houses, belonging to whoever will not bow down to De’yus as the highest God. To you, Ura-na, queen of the es’enaurs, the very stars of my armies, I bestow a quill and staff, for you shall have dominion over the songs of the earth, inspiring mortals to sing praises to the Lord our God. ||
25/23.7. In that way Osiris went through the list, bestowing and assigning medals, signs, symbols and emblems upon the generals and captains, and exalting many of the privates for daring deeds done, and for victories. And then Osiris allotted to the generals and captains tens of thousands of spirits specially adapted to their respective work; and he placed Baal and Ashtaroth as chiefs over them. Next Osiris organized a new division of angels, an army of one hundred million, distributed into one hundred parts, and called this army See-loo-gan, signifying spirits who travel about among mortals in systematic order, to measure them as to how best they can be used for the glory of the heavenly kingdoms; and to possess them, or hand them over to be obsessed, as may be deemed profitable.
25/23.8. At Pluton-ya’s request, Osiris made his selection for him, and then further explained, saying: To you, all privilege in your line. If you find fire is not well suited to destroy a city, even though thousands of mortals are obsessed at the same time to set it afire, then you shall have your spirits carry virus and inoculate mortals so they die; or have them fill the city with epidemic air, well poisoned, throwing mortals into fevers so they shall die. For in all cases, whether Baal or Ashtaroth, or any of your superior officers, says to you: Destroy that city, or this city, or that family, or this family, or that man or this man; then you shall fall upon the place, family or man as commanded and accomplish it. ||
25/23.9. And now, with due ceremonies, and with excellent music, the assemblage was commanded back to the earth to resume work. And Osiris’ messengers bore the news to De’yus, well exaggerated, extolling the fidelity of Osiris to the highest.
25/23.10. From this time forward the Osirians made no more masterly raids, but they took advantage of the well-adapted times to give mortals an abundance of wonders in angel manifestations; which bait mortals eagerly took. And they were, for the most part, easily persuaded to follow angel advice, and so fell to work and built temples and established oracles of their own, obliterating the doctrine of the Great Spirit, and substituting the words: The Lord God; and De’yus; and Anubi, his holy Son and Savior and Judge of the world; and Osiris, God’s commanding Lord of the earth. And mortals traveled throughout all regions, preaching and explaining spirit communion, and establishing the Anubian rites and ceremonies, but never using the names Great Spirit or Jehovih, except to deride and accurse. The rites taught virtue, love, truth, and the acquisition of knowledge, but did not teach peace, but war, which was maintained to be justifiable if done for the glory of the Lord, or for the Lord God, or for the Son, the Savior, Anubi, whose sign was a pair of scales, and who was sometimes called Judge, and Keeper of the Gate that led to the upper heaven, Hored.
25/23.11. So for those reasons it came to pass, that the mortal adherents of Osiris began to war on the Faithists and take their possessions. And because the Faithists, by their pledges to Jehovih, dared not resist by weapons of death, but only by walls around their cities, and by stratagems, and by running away, the Osirians had easy victories in most instances.
25/23.12. In ten years the Osirians began to build great cities, as the ancients had; and to gather in their plunder taken from the Faithists.
25/23.13. And Osiris, Baal and Ashtaroth, through their angel hosts, chose from among mortals the largest and strongest, most war-like, and by means of the oracles declared them kings and queens, and instructed them in building palaces and having thrones, after the manner of Lords and Gods. And they directed mortals how to make themselves powerful by organization and obedience to the kings and queens, who were recognized as adopted sons and daughters of the Lord God.
25/23.14. Now it came to pass, in course of time, that in consequence of the great abundance of angel manifestations, mortals sought by this means to obtain knowledge of heaven and earth, and especially in regard to the purpose of man.
25/23.15. And the Osirian hosts, being the only angels engaged in the matter of establishing De’yus, answered them, saying: The life and the purpose of man is to glorify God, who is Lord of heaven and earth.
25/23.16. And the mortals pressed the matter further, asking: Who is God? What are the worlds? Where did all things come from? How was it with the creation and the Creator?
25/23.17. For an answer to these questions, Osiris sent messengers to the Lord God in Hored; so De’yus called a Council of his Gods and Lords, to meet in Hored, to solve the matter, so that a uniform answer could be given to all the divisions of the earth.
25/23.18. After the invitations were sent, but before the Council assembled, the self (satan) of De’yus spoke to him, saying: If you admit a Creator except yourself, you are undone. For is this not the point on which hangs the power and dominion of Jehovih? The Lord God inquired of satan, saying: Why did you not speak of this before? Behold, the Great Spirit signifies everywhere. But I am only as a man, small, compared to the size of the worlds!
25/23.19. Satan said: It does not matter; you shall say you were the Creator of heaven and earth.
25/23.20. De’yus said: But this is not truthful? When you persuaded me to assume dominion of earth, you said: Be truthful in all things. How, then, shall I say, I created heaven and earth? Satan said: When Osiris comes before you, ask him: Who have you found among mortals to be the greatest, wisest and best su’is? And when he tells you, say to him: Osiris, my son, you yourself shall inspire the one whom you say is the greatest su’is. And you shall cause him to write answers to the questions of mortals, so that the learned and the ignorant alike may know me and my kingdoms. Behold, before my time both heaven and earth were void as to a Godhead, except for the servants of Jehovih. And because they (heaven and earth) were void in this respect, you shall persuade your seers to know I created them (heaven and earth) from voidance to my own glory.
http://oahspestandardedition.com/OAHSPE_Standard_Edition_for_Screen_Reading.pdf
: